Digitized by the Internet Archive . in 2008 with funding from IVIicrosoft Corporation http://www.archive.org/details/compilationofgenOOunitrich COMPILATION OF General Orders Circulars and Bulletins n OF THE WAR DEPARTMENT Issued between February 15, 1881, and December 31, 1915 WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1916 \^\:^^ LETTER OP TRANSMITTAL. WAR DEPARTMENT, Washington, Novemher 1, 1916. The following is a compilation of general orders, circulars, and bulletins of the War Department, issued since February 15, 1881, the date of General Orders, No. 20, of that year, the last order included in the codification of the regulations and general orders in force on February 17, 1881, which codifica- tion was published as the 1881 edition of Army Regulations. This compilation includes general orders, circulars, and bulletins issued up to and including December 31, 1915, which are still in force, which are of general application, and which have not been incorporated in Army Regulations or other regulations or manuals of the War Department, and it super- sedes all orders, circulars, and bulletins, or parts thereof, that are contained in it. In addition to the orders, circulars, and bulletins which are still in force, but which have been omitted from this compila- tion because of their limited application or because of having been embodied in Army Regulations, or other regulations and manuals of the War Department, other orders, circulars, and bulletins have been omitted — (a) Because of their unimportance ; or ( b ) Because the customs and practices of the service in the particulars they covered were believed to be so well estab- lished that their republication would be superfluous ; or (c) Because of recommendations of the staff bureaus con- cerned that they be not republished ; or (d) Because of their periodical character; or (e) Because of their bulk. Orders, circulars, and bulletins of classes (d) and (e) are referred to by notes in the proper places in the compilation. (3) 357437 The subjects are arranged as nearly as practicable in the order of arrangement of related subjects in the Army Regu- lations. [2273190 A, A. G. 0.1 By obdeb of the Seceetaby of Was : H. L. SCOTT, Ma^or General, Chief of Staff. Official : H. P. McCain, The Adjutant General. TABLE OF CONTENTS. Article I. Restrictions on activities of offi- cers and employees outside regular duties Article II, Appointment and promotion of officers Article III. Assignments and details; de- tached service of officers Article IV. Foreign service, officers and en- listed men Article V. Annual physical tests of officers. Article VI. Veterinarians, Cavalry and Field Artillery Article VII. Enlisted men Article VIII. Medals and badges; certificates of merit; honorable mention. . Article IX. Posts, reservations, and camps. Article X. Enlisted strength of Army; sta- tistical data reports of organi- zations; historical record of organizations; training, in- struction, and employment of troops Article XI. Coast Artillery Corps Par. 1-4 6-10 11-14 15-20 21-25 26-27 28-62 6»-71 72-81 94-103 Article XII. Par. Company, mess, and hospital funds 104-113 Article XIII. Post exchanges and post laun- dries 114-117 Article XIV, Military education 118-131 Article XV. Public property and funds 132-152 Article XVI. Damage to private property from military operations 153 Article XVn. Civilian employees 154-167 Article XVIIL General Staff Corps 168-170 Article XIX. Adjutant General's Department 171-173 Article XX. Military correspondence and record keeping 174-185 Article XXI. Changes in regulations and man- uals; orders, blank forms and military publications 186-191 Article XXII. Pay rolls and muster rolls 192-194 Article XXIII, "Efficiency records of officers.. 195-197 (5) 6 Article XXIV. Par. Penalty envelopes and soldiers' letters 198-199 Article XXV. Courts-martial 200-203 Article XXVI. Quartermaster Corps 204-270 Article XXVn. Medical Department 271-283 Article XXVm. Engineer Department Article XXIX. Par. Ordnance Department 289-305 Article XXX. Signal Corps 306-316 Article XXXI. Equipment 317-327 Article XXXII. Army Reserve 328-331 Article XXXIII. Permanent boards 332-334 COMPILATION OF GENERAL ORDERS, CIRCULARS, AND BULLETINS OF THE WAR DEPARTMENT, 1881-1915. ARTICLE I. RESTEICTIONS ON" ACTIVITIES OF OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES OUTSIDE REGULAR DUTIES. 1. Officers to refrain from publication of views on mili- tary situation. — Officers of the Army will refrain, until fur- ther orders, from giving out for publication any interview, statement, discussion, or article on the military situation in the United States or abroad, as any expression of their views on this subject at present is prejudicial to the best Interests of the service. (O. O. 10, 1915—2260070, A. G. O.) 2. Commercial interests in Philippine Islands. — Officers of the Army on the active list now or hereafter holding office or employment under the Philippine Government are hereby prohibited from entering into any commercial enterprise or from owning any stock or interest in, or having any connection with, any association, company, or corporation, whose activi- ties come into contact with that Government or in any manner involve the use of, or any right, privilege, or concession in, the property or public rights of the Philippine people. And if any such officer be now engaged or interested in, or connected with, any such enterprise, association, company, or corporation, he will forthwith make a bona fide disposition of all his interest therein and sever all connection with such enterprise, associa^ tion, company, or corporation. (Par. I, O. O. 4, 1914 — 2116873, A. G. O.) 3. Contributions for and acceptance of gifts or pres- ents. — ^The attention of officers and enlisted men is drawn to the following provision of the Revised Statutes : 1784. No officer, clerk, or employee in the United States Government employ shall at any time solicit contributions from (7) 8 other officers, clerks, or employees in the Government service for a gift or present to those in a superior official position; nor shall any such officials or clerical superiors receive any gift or present offered or presented to them as a contribution from persons in Government employ receiving a less salary than themselves; nor shall any officer or clerk make any donation as a gift or present to any official superior. Every person who violates this section shall be summarily discharged from the Government employ. The foregoing enactment includes within the statutory pro- hibition the soliciting of contributions by one officer or fem- ployee from other officers or employees of the United States when such contributions are to constitute gifts or presents or are to be used for the purchase of gifts or presents to those in superior official position. The receiving of presents by officers as contributions from those under their command or control, in either the military or civil service, also falls within the prohibition of the section, which imposes the penalty of sum- mary dismissal upon all official superiors and those under their command or control who, by soliciting or receiving con- tributions, or by giving presents, become subject to its penal operation. The practice of receiving presents from persons not in the military establishment or in the employ of the Government in recognition of services rendered, though not expressly for- bidden, is opposed to the spirit of the statute and for that reason is not approved by the department. The requirements of the statute above cited will hereafter be strictly observed in all branches of the military establish- ment. {Cir. 46, 1904, as amended by Cir. 77, 1909—1584316, A. O. O.) 4. Instruction of persons for Civil Service and other examinations. — ^No officer or employee of the Government shall, directly or indirectly, instruct or be concerned in any manner in the instruction of any person or classes of persons, with a view to their special preparation for the examinations of the United States Civil Service Commission or of the boards of examiners for the diplomatic and consular services. The fact that any officer or employee is found so engaged shall be considered sufficient cause for his removal from the service. {Executive Order, Oct. 13, 1905, G. O. 183, 1905— 1065280, M, S. O.; Executive Order, Dec. 23, 1910, Par. II, G. O. 5, 1911—1731023, A. G. 0.) ARTICLE II. APPOINTMENT AND PROMOTION OF OFFICERS. APPOINTMENTS. 6. Cavalry, Field Artillery, Coast Artillery Corps, and Infantry. — Requirements and procedure in the case of appli- cants for appointment to the positions of second lieutenant, Cavalry, Field Artillery, Coast Artillery Corps, and Infantry : 1. Notice of appointments and letters of designation are issued by the War Department through The Adjutant General of the Army. Oaths of office of officers of the Army will be taken before some officer who is authorized by the law of the United States or by the local municipal law to administer oaths, before the judge advocate of a department, or of a court- martial, or before the trial officer of a summary court. Officers of the Army, other than those above specified, are not authorized by law to administer oaths. Appointment as Second Lieutenant of the Line. 2. Vacancies in the grade of second lieutenant in the Cav- alry, Field Artillery, Coast Artillery Corps, and Infantry oc- curring in any fiscal year will be filled by appointment as required by law: First, of cadets graduated from the United States Military Academy during that fiscal year; second, of enlisted men whose fitness for promotion shall have been de- termined by examination; third, of candidates from civil life between the ages of 21 and 27 years. Candidates from civil life will be selected by competitive examination from those designated by the War Department. No candidate will be designated who is married or who is not a citizen of the United States, and no candidate will be designated who is not eligible for appointment on date set for the examination. 3. All vacancies occurring after June 30, and not needed for the graduates of that fiscal year of the Military Academy, will be held for the next graduating class of the academy. (9) ,. i 10 4. No person who has been a cadet at the United States Military Academy will, under any circumstances, receive a commission in advance of his class ; nor will anyone who has been a midshipman at the United States Naval Academy re- ceive a commission in advance of the class at the Military Academy corresponding to his class at the Naval Academy. No cadet who has been expelled from the Military Academy for hazing will be commissioned until two years after the graduation of his class. 5. Applicants who are graduates of certain institutions (par. 36) will be entitled to exemption in certain subjects, as follows: (a) Honor graduates of institutions which are designated as " distinguished colleges " will be exempt from the mental examination, but must undergo the physical test prescribed in paragraph 10 of this order. (&) Honor graduates of institutions formerly classed as " distinguished institutions " will not be required to include any subject of Group III, paragraphs 21 or 23. (c) Graduates of institutions rated as class MC or class C and graduates of recognized colleges or universities will not be required to include any of Group I, paragraphs 21 or 23. Each applicant should state the branch of service for which he desires to compete, with second and third choice. Those desiring exemptions should submit to the War Department diplomas, certificates, or other evidence of such graduation when applying for the letter of designation or with the appli- cation referred to in paragraphs 8 and 28 of this order. If exempted, candidates will be so informed. Duties of Examining Boabds. 6. Boards for the examination of candidates for appoint- ment as second lieutenant will be governed by the following: The duties of the medical officers shall be confined to in- quiring into and reporting upon the physical qualifications of the applicants. The duties of the line officers shall be to pass upon the moral qualifications of each candidate, as far as prac- ticable from all available data; to inquire into the general suitability of candidates, and the suitability for mounted serv- ice of candidates applying therefor; and to supervise the mental examination. 11 The physical examination will be first, the examination into the moral character and general qualifications next, and this will be followed by the mental examination, which will be written and will take place in the presence of the line officers of the board, at least one of whom must be present at all times during the examination. Each examination paper will contain a certificate from one of the line officers of the board that the candidate has undergone the examination in his presence and without assistance from anyone. Appointments of Second Lieutenants from the Abmy. 7. A soldier to be eligible to compete for appointment to the grade of second lieutenant must be a citizen of the United States, unmarried, and under 30 years of age on the 1st day of July of the year in which he is to enter the competition, and must have served honorably not less than two years in the Army as an enlisted man on or before that date ; he must also be physically sound and of good moral character before and after enlistment, and must be an enlisted man of the Army when he submits his application and when he appears for examination, and if appointed a second lieutenant must be an enlisted man at the date of his appointment. Applications. 8. An enlisted man who desires to appear for examination will submit, through military channels, an application so that it will reach his post commander on or before March 1, or if in Alaska or the Philippines, before January 1, of the year in which he desires to take the examination. Any applications received after those dates will not be considered unless it be shown that the delay was through no fault of the applicant. The application will be accompanied by the " Form for indi- vidual record of candidate " (p. 12), filled out and sworn to as indicated. The applicant's immediate commander, in forwarding such .application, will verify the statement of service as given, and will state specifically whether, in his opinion, the soldier fulfills each of the conditions hereinbefore required, adding his re> marks in each case as to the aptitude of the applicant for the position sought, and whether, in the event of his appointment 12 as second lieutenant in the Army, he would object to the appli- cant's assignment to his organization, should a vacancy exist therein, giving his reasons, if any, for the objection. Form for Individual Record of Candidate. (1) Give the exact date and place of your birth. (2) Are you married or single? (3) Are you a citizen of the United States? If so, state whether native born or naturalized. (4) What schools have you attended and for what periods? Answer explicitly, giving dates and designations of schools, as public schools, academies, district schools, colleges, manual- training schools, night schools, etc. Give also names and pres- ent addresses of presidents, superintendents, commandants, principals, professors, or teachers under the supervision of whom you were while attending schools, academies, colleges, etc. (5) In what profession or occupation have you been em- ployed? Answer explicitly, giving time, character of employ- ment, etc. (6) During what time have you supported yourself, totally or partially by your own labor? (7) Have you ever served in the Volunteers or Organized Militia, or as a cadet at the United States Military Academy? Answer explicitly, giving State, arm of service, rank, dates, etc. (8) State concisely your service in the Regular Army, giv- ing organizations in which you have served and names of officers under whom you have served, with periods of such service (as near as possible) in each case. (9) Statp the places of your residence since your twelfth birthday, giving dates between which you resided at each place. (10) State the name and present address of each person by whom you were employed since your twelfth birthday, giving in each instance the nature of the employment and date of its beginning and ending. ( Signature with full name, rank, etc. ) Sworn to and subscribed before me the day of , A. D. 191 13 Pbemminaby Examination for Appointment as Second LdEUTENANT FEOM THE ArMY. general provisions. 9. The commanding officer of each post where applications are received will convene a board, consisting of at least one medical and two line officers, exclusive of the immediate com- mander of any applicant, to conduct the preliminary exam- ination. Should the appointment of such board be imprac- ticable, or should the applicant be not serving at a post, the application will be forwarded through military channels to the commander of the district, territorial department, or divi- sion (if in the field), who will designate the board before which the candidate is to appear. These boards will be con- vened as soon as practicable after March 1, or, if in the Philip- pines or Alaska, after January 1. Physical Examination. 10. Each applicant will be first subjected to a rigid physical examination, and if any cause of disqualification is found to exist it will be specified in the report, and the applicant will be rejected and his examination will cease, unless, in the opinion of the medical officers of the board, the physical de- fects are temporary in nature and such as may be overcome by the time the applicant is to appear for final examination, in which case the physical defects and the reasons which in- fluenced the board to continue the examination, notwith- standing such defects, will be fully set forth in the report. Examination as to physical qualifications will conform to the standard required of recruits, except that any applicant whose degree of vision is less than 20/40 in either eye or who is color blind for red, green, or violet, will be rejected. The physical examination will be made complete in each case, even though a disqualifying defect be discovered, so as to ascertain whether any other defects exist. It is highly desirable that where a candidate is rejected for any physical cause, the cause of rejection should be so clearly established as to be conclusive of the reasonableness and propriety of the rejection, and in cases where physical fitness appears doubtful the board may require the production of such testimony as to the medical history of the candidate and of his family as may be obtainable. 14 Examination as to Moeal Chaeacter and Fitness. 11. The moral character of each applicant found physically qualified will then be inquired into, and any applicant who has not borne a good moral character before and after enlistment will be rejected, and his examination will cease. Each applicant will submit to the oflicer conducting the examination testimonials or certificates as to his moral char- acter and fitness for the position of a commissioned officer, and these testimonials and certificates will be forwarded with the report of the board. 12. The board will conduct such inquiries as will enable it to render an opinion, based on observation, verbal questioning of the applicant, and upon all available data, as to whether the candidate possesses the qualifications to be desired in a com- missioned officer and as to his probable ability to pass satisfac- torily the final mental examination. Repoet of the Boaed. 13. Upon the conclusion of the preliminary examination the board will render a full report as to its proceedings and find- ings in the case of each applicant, and will forward this report with all papers pertaining thereto through military channels to The Adjutant General of the Army. Final Examination foe Appointment as Second Lieutenant FEOM THE AeMY. GENEEAL PEOVISIONS. 14. Each year in which there remain vacancies in the grade of second lieutenant for appointment to which enlisted men are eligible, the War Department will, on July 1, or subsequent thereto, convene such boards as may be deemed necessary, consisting of two or more line officers and two medical officers, before which those who have successfully passed the prelimi- nary examination will be ordered to appear to compete in the final examination for appointment to such vacancies. 15. No applicant will be ordered before the final board in any calendar year who has not successfully passed the pre- liminary post or departmental board during that calendar year or the one immediately preceding. An applicant who twice 15 fails to pass the preliminary examination in years in which final examinations are held or who twice fails in his final examination will not be permitted to compete again for ap- pointment to the grade of second lieutenant in the Army. 16. The records of the preliminary examinations of candi- dates ordered to take the final examination, and the papers pertaining thereto, together with such official records in the AVar Department as relate to the character and qualifications of such candidates for commission, will be submitted to the final board. Physical Examination. 17. Each candidate will first be subjected to a rigid physical examination, and any candidate who fails to pass it will be rejected by the board ; but should he so desire, he will be per- mitted to undergo the mental examination with the distinct understanding that such examination will not confer upon him any right to appointment should his physical disability finally be regarded as disqualifying. This examination will conform to the rules laid down in paragraph 10 of this order, and the report of the preliminary board as to the physical qualifica- tions of the candidate will be considered. A certificate of physical examination by the medical officers of the board will accompany the proceedings of the board in each case. Mental Examination. 18. Upon the completion of the physical examination will follow the mental examination, which will be written, and the questions for which will be furnished by The Adjutant Gen- eral of the Army to the senior line officer of the board. Each examination paper will contain a certificate from one of the line officers of the board that the applicant has undergone the examination in his presence and without assistance from anyone. Suitability fob Mounted Service. 19. Upon the completion of the mental examination, the board will examine the applicants for mounted service and will report upon their suitability therefor, taking into consid- eration only proficiency in riding, horsemanship, and size when so great as to indicate present or future unsuitability for mounted service, and the board will report them by name in 16 two groups as determined by the result of the examination, viz : First, those considered qualified ; second, those considered not qualified. Completion of Proceedings. 20. The proceedings of the board will be completed and all papers connected with the case of each candidate will be for- warded in accordance with instructions furnished by The Ad- jutant General of the Army. Subjects fob Mental Examination of Candidates fbom the Abmy foe Appointment as Second Lieutenant in the Cavaley, Field Artillery, and Infantry. [Civilian candidates are examined in these subjects. See par. 32.] 21. Each applicant who is physically qualified or desires to undergo the mental examination notwithstanding his physical defects, will be examined mentally in the following subjects, subject to the exemptions noted in paragraph 5. Group I. Weight. 1. United States History and Constitution 1 2. Geography 1 3. Elementary English 1 4. Algebra 1 5. Geometry 1 6. Trigonometry 1 Group II. 1. Elementary French, German, or Spanish, as the applicant may elect 8j 2. General history 1 S. Elementary surveying 1 Also in one of the following subjects : Group III. 1. Advanced English 2 2. Advanced French . 2 8. Advanced German 2 4. Advanced Spanish 2 5. Analytical geometry 2 6. Calculus (differential and integral) , ^ 7. Military art and field engineering Z'' 8. Advanced surveying 17 OPTION. The candidate, before entering upon the mental examination, will submit to the board in writing his choice of subject in Group III and in 1 of Group II, and thereafter no change of subject will be allowed. Scope of the Examination. 22. The general scope of the examination in each subject will be as follows: Geoup I. 1. UNITED STATES HISTORY AND CONSTITUTION. A knowledge of prominent persons and events connected with the origin, growth, and Government of the United States, from the discovery of the American continent to the present time. The examination will not be concerned with mere annals and dates, but will require an intelligent insight into causes and effects; also, a knowledge of the evolution and principal characteristics of government and their relation to history. The textbooks used will be any good high-school history of the United States, Upton's Military Policy, and Constitutional Law, by E. G. Davis. 2. GEOGBAPHY. A general knowledge, based on information obiainable from he best school textbooks, with especial reference to the United tates. The examination will require knowledge of the prin- cipal land and water features of the world and of their rela- tions to one another ; of commercial routes, navigable rivers, principal centers of population and manufacture, general loca- tion of races, political boundaries, and the natural products of certain areas. 3. ELEMENTARY ENGLISH. ■ Knowledge of English composition, grammar, and spelling, and the ability to express clearly ideas on subjects of common knowledge or on subjects connected with the candidate's exam- [.■'littion. The candidate will be required to write one or more "• 40062°— 16 2 18 letters or compositions on subjects lie may select from a list given in the examination papers, to explain the meaning of certain words or phrases contained in given quotations, and will be tested generally as to his knowledge of English con- struction. Special attention will be paid to effective arrange- ment of material, power of exact statement, correct grammat- ical construction, and spelling. 4, 5, AND G. MATHEMATICAL SUBJECTS. The scope of the mathematical subjects will be that usually considered necessary as a general foundation or preparation for undertaking a scientific course of study such as is covered by the following, or any other recognized textbooks on the same subjects of an equivalent standard, namely : Ne^v School Algebra (Wentworth). Plane and Solid Geometry, Revised (Wentworth). New Plane and Spherical Trigonometry (Wentworth). Group II. 1. ELEMENTARY FRENCH, GERMAN, OR SPANISH. The scope of the examination in elementary French, Ger- man, or Spanish will include the construction of the language, ability to read and write the simple forms, translation from English into French (German or Spanish), and vice versa; the knowledge to be as extended as that which would ordi- narily be acquired by a college student taking a course of in- struction in a first year's college course extending over about 200 recitation periods of an hour each. It is covered by the following-named or any other recognized textbook : ( A ) Elementary French. 1. Grammar: Elementary French Grammar (Olmsted). Aldrich and Foster, Elementary French (or) AVhitney, French Grammar. Marchand, French Idioms ; Martin, French Verb. 2. Composition: Frangois, Introductory French Composition. Frangois, Advanced French Composition (or) Weekley, French Prose Composition. (London, W. B. Olive.) 19 3. Reading : ^ (a) Plays. — Moliere, le Bourgeois Gentilhomme. Les Precieuses Kidicules, L'Avare, Le Misanthrope. The plays of Scribe, Labiche, Augier, Dumas fils, Pailleron, Rostand, or of any other standard modern dramatic author. (&) Prose proper. — The works of Chateaubriand, Hugo, Balzac, Maupassant, or of any other standard modern author. (c) Poetry. — Lamartine, de Musset, Hugo, SuUy-Prodhomme, Coppee. (B) Elementary German. 1. Grammar : Whitney's German Grammar or Thomas's Practical German Grammar. 2. Composition: Collar's Eysenbach, Graded German Les- sons. 3. Reading:^ (a) Plays. — Lessing, Goethe, and Scliiller. Any modern plays of standard character. ( & ) Prose proper. — Heine — Die Harzreise ; Hoffmann — Mei- ster Martin der Kiifner, Das Fraulein Von vScuderi ; Rield-- Der Fluch der Sch(5nheit; Whitney's German Reader; any standard modern prose. (c) Poetry. — Goethe — Hermann and Dorothea; Heine's poems; Scheffel — Der Trompeter Von Sakkingen. (C) Elementary Spanish. 1. Grammar: A Spanish Grammar (Olmsted and Gordon). Ramsey's Textbook on Modern Spanish (or) De Arteaga, Practical Spanish. 2. Composition: Crawford's Spanish Composition. 3. Reading : * (a) Plays. — Calderon — La Vida es Sueno; Moratin — El si de las niiias ; Galdos — Electra ; any other modern standard plays. 1 The Indications under " 3. Reading " do not mean that all the autliors mentioned will be required, nor that all of a given author's worlis must be read. The scope is made purposely broad, so as to cover possible variations in the course of study pursued by the candidate. 20 (&) Prose proper. — Valera — Pepita Jimenez; Alarcon — El Capitan Veneno, El Sombrero de Tres Picos ; or any standard modern prose. 2. GENERAL HISTORY. So much of the history of ancient Greece and Rome as is contained in good high-school textbooks on those subjects and the important facts in general ancient history and in the his- tory of mediaeval Europe to the end of the fifteenth century ; also so much of the political, social, and economic history from the end of the Middle Ages to the present day and the funda- mental principles of civil government historically considered as is contained in the following or any other recognized text- books of an equivalent standard, namely : Outline of the World's History (Swinton). A Political History of Modern Europe (F. Schwill). The Development of Modern Europe (J. H. Robinson and C. A. Beard). Readings in Modern European History, Volume II (Robin- son and Beard). The Development of the State (Dealy). 3: ELEMENTARY SURVEYING. The applicant need not be a practical surveyor. He must have, however, a good general knowledge of the instruments and methods used in topographical surveying and must be proficient in reading a contoured map. The requirements are fully covered in Part I, Chapters I-IV, inclusive; Part II, Chapters I (omitting paragraphs 68-70, inclusive), II, IV (omitting paragraphs 118 and 119), V (omit- ting paragraphs 130-133, inclusive), VI (omitting paragraph 159), VIII, IX, and X of Military Topography for the Mobile Forces, Sherrill, third edition. Group III. 1. ADVANCED ENGLISH. (a) Such general knowledge of American and English liter- ature and their history as is covered by works on these sub- jects of the standard of the following: History of English (Champneys). English Literature (Long). 21 A History of English Literature (Moody and Lovett). Introduction to American Literature (Pancoast). American Literature (Bronson). (&) Ability to write understandingly on the subject matter of the works of the principal American and English authors. One or more compositions will be required on subjects taken from 10 of the works in the following list. Preparation is ex- pected on two works in each group, and the choice of subjects indicated in the examination will be broad enough to cover the special preparation of the candidate. The candidate is not expected to have a minute knowledge of the subject matter of these books; and he may not offer mere knowledge of the books as a substitute for the ability to write good English. His aim should be to acquire through his reading the power to express his own thought. He is ex- pected, however, to have such a general knowledge of the books as would come from fresh and thoughtful reading. I. Shakespeare's As You Like It; Henry V; Julius Caesar; The Merchant of Venice ; Twelfth Night ; Midsummer Night's Dream. II. Bacon's Essays ; The Sir Roger de Coverly Papers in the Spectator; Franklin's Autobiography; Goldsmith's The Vicar of Wakefield ; Scott's Ivanhoe ; Scott's Quentin Durward ; Hawthorne's The House of the Seven Gables; Thackeray's Henry Esmond; Mrs. Gaskell's Cranford; Dickens's A Tale of Two Cities; George Eliot's Silas Marner; Blackmore's Lorna Doone; Stevenson's Treasure Island. III. Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress, Part I ; Macaulay's Essays on Lord Clive and Warren Hastings; Thackeray's English Humourists ; Selections from Lincoln, including the two Inau- gurals, the Speeches in Independence Hall and at Gettysburg, the Last Public Address, and a brief memoir or estimate; Parkman's Oregon Trail; Thoreau's Walden; Stevenson's Inland Voyage and Travels with a Donkey. IV. Irving's Sketch Book; Lamb's Essays of Ella; De Quincey's Joan of Arc and the English Mail-Coach ; Carlyle's Hero as Poet, as Man of Letters, and as King; Emerson's Essays (selected) ; Ruskin's Sesame and Lilies. V. Palgrave's Golden Treasury (first series), Book II and III, with especial attention to Dryden, Collin, Gray, Cowper, and Burns ; Gray's Elegy in a Country Churchyard and Gold- smith's The Deserted Village; Coleridge's The Ancient Mari- 22 ner and Lowell's The Vision of Sir Launfal ; Scott's The Lady of .the Lake; Byron's Childe Harold, Canto IV, and the Prisoner of Chillon ; Palgrave's Golden Treasury (first series),* Book IV, with especial attention to Wordsworth, Keats, and Shelley; Foe's The Raven; Longfellow's Tlie Courtship of Miles Standish, and Whittier's Snow Bound ; Macaulay's Lays of Ancient Rome, and Arnold's Sohrab and Rustum; Tenny- son's Gareth and Lynette, Lanceolot and Elaine, and the Passing of Arthur; Browning's Cavalier Tunes, The Lost Leader, How They Brought the Good News from Ghent to Aix, Home Thoughts from Abroad, Home Thoughts from the Sea, Incident of the French Camp, Herve Riel, Plieidippides, My Last Duchess, Up at a Villa — Down in the. City, (c) Questions will be asked on the following books: Shakespeare's Macbeth ; Tennyson's Idylls of the King, or Milton's Comus, L'Allegro, and II Penseroso ; Burke's Speech on Conciliation with America, or Washington's Farewell Ad- dress and Webster's First Bunker Hill Oration; Macaulay's Life of Johnson, or Carlyle's Essay on Burns. This part of the examination will be upon subject matter, form, and structure, and presupposes the thorough study of each of the books named. In addition, the candidate may be required to answer questions on the leading facts in those periods of English literary history to which the prescribed M'orks belong. 2, 3, AND 4. MODERN LANGUAGES. (Either French, German, or Spanish may be chosen.) Thorough knowledge of the grammar and construction of the language chosen, with ability to translate idiomatically to or from English, and to write original compositions on a sub- ject chosen from a given list. The examination will generally include: (a) One or more translations from the language chosen into English of quotations from various authors. (h) Translations from English into the language chosen. (c) Translations to and from English of selected sentences, with especial regard to idiomatic peculiarities. (d) Paraphrases of quotations. (e) Grammatical construction, declensions, conjugations, etc., usually of selected words and phrases from preceiling quo- tations or sentences. 23 (/) A composition of at least 250 words in the Uingua^e stlected on a subject chosen from a list given in the examina- tion papers. 5 AND 6. ANALYTICAL GEOMETRY AND Cx'iLCULUS. The scope of the examination in higher mathematics will be that of a final examination at the end of the sophomore or junior years in the scientific courses of recognized colleges and technical schools, and is covered by the following or any other recognized textbooks of an equivalent standard, namely : Analytical geometry. Tanner and Allen. Differential calculus, McMahon and Snyder. Integral calculus, D. A. Murray. 7. MILITARY ART AND FIELD ENGINEERING. Handling of commands not larger than a battalion, map reading, principles of military topography, and field fortifica- tion, to the extent covered by the following books : Drill Regulations of the Three Arms (Combat only), Field Service Regulations, 1914 (Parts I, II, and III). Studies in Minor Tactics. Military Topography — Sherrill (Chapters I, II, and III, Part I, and Chapters I, II, III, IV, V, and VI, Part III only). Applied Principles of Field Fortification for Line Officers — Woodruff (Chapters II, IV, VII, IX, X, and XI). The examination will consist of map problems and exercises designed to test the candidate's intelligent perception of the subjects, and ability to apply to concrete cases his knowledge of principles. 8. ADVANCED SURVEYING. Part I. — General theoretical knowledge of the methods em- ployed in mapping large areas ; control of the survey ; astro- nomical observations for azimuth, time, latitude, and longi- tude; trigonometrical leveling; barometric leveling; filling-in methods; projection methods. Part II. — Special knowledge of either (a) Topographical Surveying, (6) Hydrographic Surveying, or (c) Railroad Surveying. 24 A candidate who elects advanced surveying as his optional subject will take Part I and either (a), (b), or (c) of Part II as he may elect. Theoretical and practical knowledge required will conform to the following standards or their equivalents: Part I. — The Principles and Practice of Surveying — Breed and Hosmer. The Theory and Practice of Surveying — Johnson. Part II. — {a) Topographic Surveying — Wilson; Breed and Hosmer, Vol. II, Parts I and II; Methods in Use by U. S. Geological Survey. (&) Breed and Hosmer, Vol. II, Part III; Methods in Use by U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey ; Methods in Use by U. S. Lake Survey. (c) Johnson, Chapters IX and XIII, and Railroad Con- struction—Webb, Part I, Chapters I, II, and III. Subjects foe Mental Examination of Candidates from the Abmy fob Appointment as Second Lieutenant in the Coast Artillery Corps. [Civilian candidates are examined in these subjects. See par. 32.] 23. Each applicant who is physically qualified or desires to undergo the mental examination notwithstanding his physical defects, will be examined mentally in the following subjects, subject to the exemptions noted in paragraph 5. Geoup I. Weigh 1. United States History and Constitution 2. Geography 3. Elementary English 4. Algebra 5. Geometry 6. Trigonometry Group II. 1. Elementary French, German, or Spanish, as the applicant may elect 2. General history 3. Elementary electricity 4. Elementary mechanics 5. Elementary chemistry _ 25 Also in one of the following subjects : Group III. Weight. 1. Advanced English 2 2. Advanced French 2 3. Advanced German 2 4. Advanced Spanish 2 5. Advanced surveying 2 6. Advanced mathematics , 2 7. Advanced electricity 2 8. Advanced mechanics 2 OPTION. The candidate, before entering upon the mental examination will submit to the board in writing his choice of subject in Group III, and in 1 of Group II, and thereafter no change of subjects will be allowed. The scope of the examination in the subjects of Groups I, II (except subjects 3, 4, and 5), and III (except subjects 6, 7, and 8) is given in paragraph 22 of this order. 24. The scope of the examination in elementary electricity, mechanics, and chemistry will be that of a high school or pre- paratory school examination in these subjects and will cover only so much of the subjects as is usually considered necessary as a general foundation or preparation for beginning one oC the scientific courses at recognized colleges or technical schools. The scope of the subjects is that covered by the fol- lowing, or any other recognized textbooks of an equivalent standard, viz: Lessons in Practical Electricity (Swoope, lessons 1 to 23). A Text Book of Physics (Wentworth and Hill). Elementary Chemistry (Clarke and Dennis). The scope of the examination in advanced mathematics, elec- tricity, or mechanics will be that of a final examination in these subjects given by certain correspondence schools, and by recognized colleges and technical schools at the end of the sophomore or junior years in the scientific courses, and the scope of the subjects covered by the following or any other recognized textbooks of an equivalent standard, viz : For advanced mathematics: Differential calculus, McMahon and Snyder. Integral calculus, D. A. Murray. Analytical geometry. Tanner and Allen. For advancel electricity: Elements of Electrical Engineer- ing, Vol. 1, Franklin and Esty. 26 For advanced mechanics: International Library of Tech- nology, covering the subjects of steam engines, steam boilers, gas-engine management, carburetors, electrical ignition and gas producers. Appointments. 25. The final examination is competitive and for a specified number of vacancies. The board which conducts the final examination will recommend for appointment only such num- ber, in the order of merit established by the final examination, as will equal the number of vacancies apportioned to enlisted competitors by the Secretary of War, and no greater number will be reported as having passed. No competitor will be rec- ommended by the board who is not physically and morally qualified for the position of second lieutenant in the Army, nor any whose general average on the mental examination is less than 70 p^r cent, or less than 65 per cent in any subject, but the mere fact that a candidate makes a general average of 70 per cent or more will not give him any right or title to appointment. Awarding of Marks. 26. The board convened to mark the papers will award marks in each subject on a scale of 100; these marks will then be multiplied by the relative weight of the correspond- ing subject, as given in paragraphs 21 or 23 of this order, and the total of the products divided by the total weight, as in the following example : Candidate's name: A. B., Class D. No. Subject. United States History and Constitution. . Geography Elementary English Algebra Geometry Trigonometry Elementary Spanish (French or German). General history Elementary surveying Advanced Spanish Total. General average . Mark. Weight. Product of marks by weights. 87 77 90 166 111 926 84.18 27 Appointments of Second Lieltexants fkom Civil Life, general provisions. 27. An appointment as second lieutenant in the Army will be awarded annually to one honor graduate of each institution designated as a " distinguished college," provided sufficient vacancies exist after the appointment of graduates of the United States Military Academy and of the successful com- petitors in the annual examination of enlisted men. The honor graduate of the " distinguished college " must be a member of the class graduating from that institution in the year in which his appointment to the Army is made. He will not be required to take any mental examination. APPLICATIONS. 28. Applications for designation should be addressed upon the prescribed form to The Adjutant General of the Army. Copies of the prescribed form may be obtained upon applica- tion to The Adjutant General of the Army, and, when filled and returned, should be accompanied by three or four letters of recommendation as to character from persons of the com- munity in which the applicant has lived. 29. Upon receipt of such application The Adjutant General will issue letters of designation to those applicants whom the War Department desires to appear for examination. EXAMINING BOARDS. 30. Candidates will be authorized to report for examination at such military posts in the vicinity of their homes as may be designated in each case. The examination will be conducted by a board to consist of two medical officers and two or more line officers, appointed by the commanding officer at the post designated. PHYSICAL EXAMINATION. 31. The physical examination will bo as prescribed in para- graph 10. MENTAL EXAMINATION. 32. Upon the completion of the physical examination, the mental examination as prescribed in paragraphs 18, 21, and 22, or 18, 23, and 24, as the case may be, will follow. 28 MORAL CHARACTER. 33. All candidates shall submit to the officer conducting the mental examination testimonials or certificates as to their moral character and fitness for the position of a commissioned officer, and these testimonials and certificates will be for- warded with the examination papers. SUITABILITY FOR MOUNTED SERVICE. 34. Upon the completion of the mental examination the ex- amination prescribed in paragraph 19 will follow. COMPLETION OF PROCEEDINGS. 35. Examination papers when completed will be forwarded to The Adjutant General of the Army. Marks upon the exam- ination papers will be awarded by the War Department. CLASSIFICATION OF CANDIDATES. 36. Candidates will be classified as follows: Class A. — Honor graduates of " distinguished colleges," who must be members of the classes graduating from the several institutions in the year in which appointments to the Army are made. Class B. — Honor graduates of institutions of learning at which Army officers are detailed as professors of military science and tactics, who have at any time been designated as honor graduates of " honor schools," as well as those graduates who have been reported in the past as honor graduates of insti- tutions formerly designated as " distinguished institutions," and who may at any time become candidates for commission in the Army, shall be given certain privileges of precedence in appointment as indicated in paragraph 39. Class C. — Other graduates of institutions of learning at which Army officers are detailed as professors of military sci- ence and tactics and which are classified as class MO and class C at date of the candidate's graduation ; members of the Organ- ized Militia of not less than three years' creditable service in the militia. Class D. — Other candidates. 29 GBADING OF CANDIDATES. 37. Candidates will be graded according to merit as estab- lished by their averages. Those whose general average is 85 per cent or more will be graded separately in their several classes, as described in paragraph 36. Those whose general average is 75 per cent or more and less than 85 per cent will l)e graded in one list without regard to class. AWARDING OF MARKS. 38. Marks will be awarded as prescribed in paragraph 26. APPOINTMENTS. 39. Vacancies remaining after the appointment of qualified enlisted candidates will be filled : First, from those candidates belonging to class A ; second, from those candidates whose gen- eral average is 85 per cent or more by taking first those of class B, second those of class C, and third those of class D ; third, the remaining available vacancies will then be filled in order of merit from the list of candidates, without regard to the classification, whose general average upon the competitive examination is 75 per cent or more. No candidate will be appointed who is not physically or morally qualified, nor whose general average is less than 75 per cent, or whose mark in any subject is less than 70 per cent, except those candidates belonging to class A, who are exempt from any mental examination. The mere fact that a candidate makes a general average of 75 per cent or more will not give him any title to an appointment. The examination will be competitive, and the board will recommend for appointment only such number of candidates as equal the number of vacancies apportioned by the Secretary of War for civilian candidates. (G. O. 64, 1915—2301790, A. G. O.) 6. Corps of Engineers, from civil life. — 1. Regulations regarding the examination and appointment of persons in civil life to be second lieutenants in the Corps of Engineers. 2. The law governing the appointment of persons in civil life as second lieutenants in the Corps of Engineers is given in the 30 following extracts from the act of Congress ai)i)roved Febru- ary 27, 1911 : * * * Vacancies in the grade of second lieutenant in the Gorps of Engineers shall hereafter be filled, as far as may be consistent with the interests of the military service, by promo- tions from the Corps of Cadets at the United States Military Academy : Provided, That vacancies remaining in any fiscal year after the assignment of cadets of the class graduating in that fiscal year may be filled from civil life as hereinafter provided : * * * To become eligible for examination and appointment, a civilian candidate for the appointment as second lieutenant must be an unmarried citizen of the United States between the ages of twenty-one and twenty-nine, who holds a diploma showing graduation in an engineering course from an ap- proved technical school, and is eligible for appointment as a junior engineer under the Engineer Bureau of the War De- partment. Selection of eligible civilians for appointment, in- cluding term of probation, shall be made as the result of such competitive examination into the mental, moral, and physical qualifications, and under such rules and regulations as shall be recommended by the Chief, of Engineers and approved by the Secretary of War. Candidates from civil life will be selected by competitive ex- amination from those designated by the War Department on the recommendation of the Chief of Engineers. Applications for designation should be addressed to The Adjutant General of the Army, and must include a signed statement showing the applicant's date of birth, also whether he is married or single, and also whether or not he is a citizen of the United States by birth or naturalization. Applications will be accompanied by the original or a certified copy of a diploma or other sufficient certificate showing graduation in an engineering course of a well-established, high-grade technical school, and evidence that the applicant is eligible for appointment as a junior engineer in the Engineer Bureau of the War Department. No applicant will be designated for examination who is not eligible for ap- pointment on the date set for the examination. No person who has been a cadet in the United States Military Academy or a midshipman at the United States Naval Academy will, under any circumstances, be commissioned ahead of his class or the corresponding class at the Military Academy; and any per- son already in the Army or Navy must become a civilian be- fore he can be considered for examination. Diplomas or certificates will be accepted, in determining eligibility of candidates, only from well-recognized technical 31 schools in which are giveu engineering courses of liigh order, and which may be approved by the Secretary of War on the recommendation of tlie Chief of Engineers. 3. Eligibilty for original appointment as junior engineer (civil, mechanical, and electrical) under the Engineer Bureau of the War Department is determined by the rules of the United States Civil Service Commission and may be secured (1) by passing successfully the examination prescribed by the Civil Service Commission for such position in its manual of examinations, (2) by promotion in the Engineer Bureau of the War Department under the provisions of paragraph 7 (Section III), General Orders, No. 14, Office of the Chief of Engineers, December 27, 1910, and (3) by transfer from an- other branch of the departmental service to the Engineer Bureau under Rule X of the Rules of the Civil Service. Eligibility for reappointment as junior engineer of persons who have been separated from the service is governed by the regulations prescribed in Section V, General Orders, No. 14, Office of the Chief Engineers, December 27, 1910. Copies of the Manual of Examinations (issued semiannually) and the Rules of the Civil Service may be obtained by application to the United States Civil Service Commission, Washington, D. C. Copies of General Orders, No. 14, Office of the Chief of En- gineers, December 27, 1910, may be obtained by application to the Chief of Engineers, Washington, D. C. 4. Eligible candidates designated by the War Department to take the prescribed competitive examinations will be author- ized to report for examination at such military posts as may be designated in each case, and the examination will be con- ducted by a board to consist of two medical officers and one or more other commissioned officers, designated by the post commander. The duties of the medical officers shall be con- fined to inquiring into and reporting upon the physical quali- fications of the candidates, and the duty of the other conunis- sioned officers shall be to supervise the mental examination, which will be written. The questions for this examination will be prepared under the supervision of the Chief of En- gineers and furnished by The Adjutant General of the Army to the senior officer of the board other than a medical officer. The physical examination will be conducted first and will be followed by the mental examination, which will take place in the presence of the officers of the board other than medical 32 officers, at least one of whom must be present at all times during the mental examination. Each examination paper will contain a certificate from one of the officers of the board other than medical officers that the candidate has undergone the examination in his presence and without assistance from any one. Examination papers when completed will be forwarded with the certificate of the medical officers to The Adjutant General of the Army. Marks upon the examination papers will be awarded by a board of three officers of the Corps of Engineers designated by the War Department. MORAL CHARACTEB. 5. All candidates shall submit to the officer supervising the mental examination testimonials or certificates as to their moral character and fitness for the position of a commissioned officer, as well as statements of their practical experience in an engineering capacity, and these testimonials, certificates, and statements will be forwarded with the examination papers. PHYSICAL EXAMINATION. 6. Any candidate who fails to pass this examination will be rejected, but should he so desire he will be permitted to undergo the mental examination with the distinct understand- ing that such examination will not confer upon him any right to appointment should his physical disability finally be regarded as disqualifying. Examination as to physical quali- fications will conform to the standard required of recruits, except that any candidate whose degree of vision is less than 20/40 in either eye, or who is color blind for red, green, or violet, will be rejected. The physical examination will be made complete in each case, even though a deficiency be dis- covered, so as to ascertain whether any other defects exist. It is highly desirable that where a candidate is rejected for any physical cause, the cause of rejection should be so clearly established as to be conclusive of the reasonableness and pro- priety of the rejection, and in cases where physical fitness ap- pears doubtful the board should require the production of such testimony as to the medical history of the candidate and of his family as may be obtainable. 33 COMPETITIVE MENTAL EXAMINATION. 7. Each candidate who is physically qualified or who desires to undergo the competitive mental examination notwithstand- ing his physical defects, will then be examined mentally in the following subjects, which will have the relative weights indicated : No. Subject. Relative weight. English grammar and orthography, both to be judged by all the papers submitted by the candidate Elementary French, German, or Spanish, as the applicant may elect Optional subject Under this subject the applicant will be examined upon one of the following, as he may elect: (a) General nistory, to include the important facts of ancient history, of the history of medieval Europe, and of the po- litical, social , and economic history of modern times. Also the fundamental principles of civil government, histori- cally considered with special reference to the United States. (6) The elements of constitutional and international law. (c) A thorough working knowledge of any modern language. Physics, including electricity and magnetism, heat, sound, and light Chemistry, geology, and mineralogy Topographic . hydrographic, and geodetic surveying, including the elements of practical astronomy Descriptive geometry and drawing Theoretical and applied mechanics Theory and practice of engineering construction, including build- ings, highways, bridges, retaining walls, dams, foundations, water-supply and sewerage systems, and materials of construo- tion The scope of the examination in each subject is as indi- cated in the following: Where textbooks are given, it is cov- ered by these books or other well-recognized books of equiva- lent standard : (1) English grammar and orthography: Any standard United States public-school textbooks. (2) Elementary French, German, and Spanish: (a) French: Grammar and composition — Elementary French, Aldrich and Foster ; Introductory French Composition, Francois. Reading and translation — Elementary French Reader, Douay ; standard French authors, Guerlac. (&) German: Grammar and composition — Practical Ger- man Grammar, Thomas (1905 edition). Reading and transla- tion — Wilhelm Tell, Schiller; Hermann and Dorothea, Goethe; Der Trompeter von Sakkingen, Scheffel. 40002° — ir. 3 34 (c) Spanish: Grammar and composition — Spanish gram- mar, Olmsted and Gordon; Spanish prose composition, Craw- ford. Reading and translation — Spanish reader and trans- lation, Tolon; Spanish tales. Hill; Lecturas Hispanas Modernas, Elias. (3) Optional subject: (a) General history : Outlines of Universal History, Fisher ; School History of United States, Fiske. (&) The Elements of Constitutional and International Law : Constitutional law, E. G. Davis; international law G. B. Davis. (c) A thorough working knowledge of any modern lan- guage: A candidate selecting as his optional subject "A thor- ough working knowledge of any modern language" will be assumed to have a general knowledge of the literature of the language, and an ability to speak it, and will be required to write in the language selected a composition of not less than 300 words upon an assigned subject. (4) Physics, including electricity and magnetism, heat, sound, and light: Ganot's Physics (18th edition). (5) Chemistry, Geology, and Mineralogy: General Chem- istry, Smith; The Elements of Geology, Norton; Important Minerals and Rocks, Tillman. (6) Topographic, hydrographic, and geodetic surveying, in- cluding the elements of practical astronomy: Theory and Practice of Surveying, Johnson-Smith. (7) Descriptive geometry and drawing: Descriptive geom- etry. Church ; technic of mechanical drafting, Reinhardt. (8) Theoretical and applied mechanics: Mechanics of En- gineering, Church. (9) Theory and practice of engineering construction, includ- ing buildings, highways, retaining walls, dams, foundations, water-supply and sewerage systems, and materials of construc- tion; Civil Engineering, Fiebeger; A Treatise on Masonry Construction, Baker, 10th Edition; Theory of Structures, Spofford; Elements of Sanitary Engineering, Merriman; Ma- terials of Construction, Johnson. Each candidate in submitting his application for designa- tion will indicate in writing the language he elects for his examination in subject No. 2, and also which of the optional subjects given under subject No. 3, he selects. After having once indicated the language and the optional subject no change will be allowed. 35 8. Ill awarding marks the general average* of the candidate will be computed as follows: Each question will be marked according to its relative weight and the aggregate of marks thus obtained in each sub- ject will be reduced to a scale in which 100 corresponds to perfect. The result will give the mark in the subject. The mark in each subject will be multiplied by the number indi- cating the relative weight of the subject and the sum of the products will be divided by the sum of the relative weights. The result will be the general average for the examination. No candidate will be considered as having passed a satis- factory mental examination who fails to attain a general average of at least 80 per cent on such examination, or who fails to attain a mark of at least 67 per cent in each and every subject included therein. When the board of Engineer officers marking the papers shall have acted on the examination papers of all the candi- dates, it will prepare separate proceedings in the case of each candidate and also a tabulated statement showing the order of their relative merit as developed by the competitive mental examination, and forward the proceedings with all papers per- taining thereto to The Adjutant General of the Army. 9. From those candidates who pass the physical and mental examinations satisfactorily and who are found to be morally qualified, selections will be made by the War Department on the recommendation of the Chief of Engineers in order of relative merit, excepting as hereinafter provided, as deter- mined by the competitive mental examination, for probational appointment as second lieutenants in the Corps of Engineers. The number of probational appointments will not exceed the number of vacancies existing in the grade of second lieutenant at the end of the previous fiscal year after the assignment of cadets of the class graduating from the United States Military Academy in that fiscal year, and the mere fact that a candi- date has passed satisfactorily the competitive mental examina- tion will not give him any right or title to a probational ap- pointment. No candidate, whatever may be his mark, will be held over to fill a subsequent vacancy. Acceptable candidates from approved technical schools who can show also at least one year's continuous service as a com- missioned officer in State military organizations, or at least one year's training in a well-established military organization of their technical school, and who receive at their mental ex- amination an average of 90 per cent or more, shall be given preference over all others who can not show proof of such military service or training. No person who fails to pass satisfactorily the competitive mental examination will be admitted to a subsequent exami- nation before the next general examination, and no person who fails twice to pass satisfactorily the examination will thereafter be admitted to examination. Probational appointment as second lieutenant in the Corps of Engineers will be made for a period of one year, and per- sons so appointed shall be entitled to the rank, pay, and allow- ances of second lieutenants and shall be subject to the Rules and Articles of War and regulations for the government of the Army of the United States. Candidates, on the acceptance of their probational appoint- ments as second lieutenants in the Corps of Engineers, and on taking the prescribed oath of office, will be assigned for in- struction and observation during their year of probation to a battalion of Engineers stationed in the United States. Probational appointment as second lieutenant, unless va- cated sooner by resignation or dismissal, shall cease and deter- mine one year from the date of such appointment, and persons holding such appointments will, subject to passing satisfac- torily their final examinations, be appointed as second lieu- tenants in the Corps of Engineers to rank as such from the date of their probational appointments, and will then be imme- diately assigned to duty with engineer troops. Shortly before the expiration of their probational appoint- ments they will be given a final examination to determine their general physical, moral, and professional qualifications for per- manent appointment in the military service. This examination will be conducted by boards of officers convened by the War Department at the military posts where the officers to be ex- amined are serving or at such other place as may be most convenient. The organization and procedure of these boards for final examinations will conform to that prescribed for boards con- vened for the examination of ofliicers of the Corps of Engineers to determine their fitness for promotion ; and at this examina- tion physical, mental, and moral qualifications will again be considered. 37 The iiual examination will be upon the following subjects : a. Administration. b. Duties of Engineer officers and trooi)s in war. c. Field Service Regulations. d. Drill Regulations and Ponton Manual. e. Small-Arms Firing Manual. /. Military law. g. Military engineering. h. Ordnance and gunnery. i. Military hygiene. ;'. Hippology. k. Military record and aptitude as certified to by company, post, and battalion commanders and judged by the examining board. The scope of this final examination shall include such knowl- edge of subjects a to j, inclusive, as should reasonably be acquired in about one year's service, including the course of the garrison school, and supplemented by professional reading and study. The examination in subject k will include such practical exercises as the board may deem necessary to demonstrate the capacity of the officer being examined for the proper perform- ance of the duties of second lieutenant in the Corps of Engi- neers. To pass successfully the final examination a mark of 75 per cent will be required in each subject included therein, and probational officers who fail to attain such percentages in the final examination, or who fail to pass a satisfactory physical examination, or who have for other satisfactory reason been found to be unsuited for the service, will be honorably dis- charged the service of the United States on the expiration of their probational appointments. The record of the examining board shall be submitted as required for examining boards for promotion, the findings of the board being stated according to circumstances as indicated below. " The board is of the opinion that has the physical, moral, and professional qualifications to perform the duties of second lieutenant in the Corps of Engineers, and does recommend his appointment thereto," or " has not the physical, moral, and professional qualifications to perform the duties of second lieutenant in the Corps of Engineers and does not recommend his appointment thereto." 38 The recommendation of the examining board shall be final as to the mental and moral qualifications of probational officers for appointment as second lieutenants in the Corps of Engineers, and no probational officer shall be so appointed excepting on the recommendation of that board. (G. O. 20, 1914—1832776, A. O. O.) 7. Chaplains. — Information respecting the appointment and duties of chaplains in the Army and regulations to govern the examination of candidates for appointment as chaplains. The existing laws prescribe the following requirements, which must be met as preliminary to an appointment by the President as chaplain : First, that the candidate is a regularly ordained minister of some religious denomination; second, that he is in good standing in such denomination ; third, that he is recommended for appointment by some authorized eccle- siastical body or by not less than five accredited ministers of the same ; fourth, that he shall not have passed the age of 40 years; and, fifth, that he shall have "passed satisfactorily such examination as to his moral, mental, and physical quali- fications as may be prescribed by the President," unless he has demonstrated such qualifications in service as chaplain during the war with Spain. (Sec. 1123, R. S. ; acts Mar. 2, 1899, and Feb. 2, 1901.) The duties required by law of chaplains are that they shall hold appropriate religious services for the benefit of the com- mands to which assigned ; that they shall perform appropriate burial services at the burial of officers and soldiers who may die in such commands, and that they shall give instruction to the enlisted men in the common English branches of educa- tion. (Sees. 1124, 1125, R. S.) EXAMINATION OF CANDIDATES. Boards of examination, which shall include at least one medical officer, will be appointed by the Secretary of War for the examination of candidates who may be designated by the President. No candidate will be examined who is not a citizen of the United States, or who does not conform to the preliminary requirements prescribed by law. The examination as to fitness will cover physical, educa- tional, and professional or clerical qualifications. A thorough physical examination will be made by the medi- cal member or members of the board whose certificate shall 39 accompany its proceedings. If there be found to exist any disqualification that might impair the efficiency of the candi- date as a chaplain, the cause thereof will be fully stated in the certificate. The examination as to educational and professional qualifi- cations will be in writing and will include the following subjects : 1. Extent of school, academic or collegiate, and theological education. 2. Pastoral work as clergyman. 3. Experience in teaching. 4. English grammar and composition. 5. Writing and spelling. 6. Arithmetic, elementary, including addition, subtraction, multiplication, and fractions, with general statement of the candidate as to what knowledge he may possess, if any, of other mathematics. 7. Geography, particularly in reference to the United States. 8. History, particularly of the United States, and outlines of general history. In awarding marks the board will give an aggregate weight of 1,600, to be distributed and attached to the several subjects of examination as follows : 1. Physical examination 100 2. Attendance at schools and academies 100 .3. Attendance at college 200 4. Attendance at theological seminary 100 .5. Pastoral work as clergyman 300 6. Teaching 200 7. Writing and spelling 150 8. Arithmetic 100 9. English grammar and composition 150 10. Geography 100 11. History 100 A candidate will not be passed by the board who shall not be awarded an average of 65 per cent in each subject of exami- nation, excepting attendance at school or college and at a theological seminary and experience in teaching (numbered 2, 3, 4, and 6, respectively), and a general average of 70 per cent in the subjects other than those excepted. QUESTIONS FOR PERSONAL RECORD OF CANDIDATE. 1. Give date and place of your birth. 2. Are you married or single? 40 3. Are you a citizen of the United States? If so, state whether native born or naturalized. 4. What district, select, or graded schools, or what acade- mies or preparatory schools, if any, have you attended? De- scribe the schools thoroughly and give limiting dates in each case. 5. Are you a graduate of a regularly incorporated college, or have you passed through any portion of a regular college course? Answer in the same detail as in question 4. 6. Have you ever pursued a course of study at a theological seminary ? State what portion of such course of study, if any, has been taken by you. Have you ever attended what is known as a " school for Christian workers " ? If so, state name of school and the time during which you were in attendance. 7. When and where were you ordained or licensed to preach? In what denomination were you ordained? 8. Give a brief history of the pastoral charges which you have had since entering the ministry, with dates, location of church, the membership, etc. 9. What experience, if any, have you had as a teacher? Give name and grade or character of schools taught by you, with length of service as a teacher in each case. 10. Have you ever attended a normal school? Have you a teacher's certificate received by you from a board authorized to give such certificate? Please submit copies of such certifi- cates in answer to this question. iCir.24, 1908 — 1203905 A, M. 8. O.) PBOMOTIONS. 8. Examinations for promotion of oflRcers. — 1. Laws and regulations governing the examination for promotion of oflEi- cers of the permanent military establishment and for the reappointment and selection for promotion of officers of Philippine Scouts. LAWS. (a) AN ACT To provide for the examination of certain ofllcers of the Army and to regulate promotions therein. Be it enacted dy the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That hereafter promotion to every grade in the Army below the rank of brigadier general, throughout each arm, corps, or 41 department of the service, shall, subject to the examination hereinafter provided for, be made according to seniority in the next lower grade of that arm, corps, or department: Provided, That in the line of the Army all officers now above the grade of second lieutenant shall, subject to such examina- tion, be entitled to promotion in accordance with existing laws and regulations. Sec. 2. That officers of grades in each arm of the service shall be assigned to regiments and transferred from one regi- ment to another as the interests of the service may require, by orders from the War Department, and hereafter all ap- pointments in the line of the Army shall be by commission in an arm of the service and not by commission in any particular regiment. Sec. 3. That the President be, and he is hereby, authorized to prescribe a system of examination of all officers of the Army below the rank of major to determine their fitness for promotion, such an examination to be conducted at such times anterior to the accruing of the right to promotion as may be best for the interests of the service : Provided, That the Presi- dent may waive the examination for promotion to any grade in the case of any officer who in pursuance of existing law has jiassed a satisfactory examination for such grade prior to the passage of this act: And provided. That if any officer fails to pass a satisfactory examination and is reported unfit for promotion the officer next below him in rank, having passed said examination, shall receive the promotion : And provided. That should the officer fail in his physical exami- nation and be found incapacitated for service by reason of physical disability contracted in line of duty he shall be re- tired with the rank to which his seniority entitled him to be promoted ; but if he should fail for any other reason he shall be suspended from promotion for one year, when he shall be reexamined, and in case of failure on such reexamination he shall be honorably discharged with one year's pay from the Army: And provided further. That the examination of offi- cers appointed in the Army from civil life, or of officers who were officers of volunteers only, or were officers of the militia of the several States called into the service of the United States, or were enlisted men in the regular or volunteer serv- ice, either in the Army, Navy, or Marine Corps, during the "War of the Rebellion, shall be conducted by boards composed 42 entirely of officers who were appointed from civil life or of officers wlio were officers of volunteers only during said war, and such examination shall relate to fitness for practical service and not to technical and scientific knowledge; and in case of failure of any such officer in the reexamination here- inbefore provided for he shall be placed upon the retired list of the Army ; and no act now in force shall be so construed as to limit or restrict the retirement of officers as herein pro- vided for. Approved, October 1, 1890. (6) AN ACT Amending the act of October first, eighteen hundred and ninety, entitled "An act to provide for the examination of certain Officers of the Army and to regulate promotion therein." Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That section three of the act of October first, eighteen hundred and ninety, entitled "An act to provide for the examination of certain officers of the Army and to regulate promotions therein," is hereby amended by adding thereto the following: ''And provided further, That officers entitled by this section to examination by a board composed entirely of officers who were appointed from civil life, or who were officers of volun- teers only during the war, may, by written waiver filed with the War Department, relinquish such right, in which case the examination of such officers shall be conducted by boards com- posed as shall be directed by the Secretary of War." Sec. 2. That the examination of officers of the Corps of En- gineers and Ordnance Department who were officers or enlisted men in the regular or volunteer service, either in the Army, Navy, or the Marine Corps, during the War of the Rebellion, shall be conducted by boards composed in the same manner as for the examination of other officers of their respective corps and department ; and the examination shall embrace the same subjects prescribed for all other officers of similar grades in the Corps of Engineers and Ordnance Department, respectively. Approved, July 27, 1892. (c) AN ACT To increase the efficiency of the Medical Department of the United States Army. Hf * Hf * its Sec. 5. That no officer of the Medical Corps below the rank of lieutenant colonel shall be promoted therein until he shall 43 have successfully passed an examination before an Army medical board consisting of not less than three officers of the Medical Corps, to be designated by the Secretary of War, such examination to be prescribed by the Secretary of War and to be held at such time anterior to the accruing of the right to promotion as may be for the best interests of the service : Provided, That should any officer of the Medical Corps fail in his physical examination and be found incapacitated for service by reason of physical disability contracted in the line of duty, he shall be retired with the rank to which his sen- iority entitled him to be promoted ; but if he should be found disqualified for promotion for any other reason a second examination shall not be allowed, but the Secretary of War sliall appoint a board of review to consist of three officers of the Medical Corps superior in rank to the officer examined, none of whom shall have served as a member of the board which examined him. If the unfavorable finding of the examining board is concurred in by the board of review, the officer reported disqualified for promotion shall, if a first lieutenant or captain, be honorably discharged from the serv- ice with one year's pay; and, if a major, shall be debarred from promotion, and the officer next in rank found qualified shall be promoted to the vacancy. If the action of the examining board is disapproved by the board of review, the officer shall be considered qualified and shall be promoted. * « « * * Approved, April 23, 1908. id) AN ACT Making appropriation for the support of the Army for the fiscal year ending June thirtieth, nineteen hundred and ten, ***** Provided, That any major of the Medical Corps on the ac- tive list of the Army who, at his first examination for promotion to the grade of lieutenant colonel in said corps, has been or shall hereafter be found disqualified for such pro- motion for any reason other than physical disability incurred in the line of duty shall be suspended from promotion and his right thereto shall pass successively to such officers next below him in rank in said corps as are or may become eligible to promotion under existing law during the period of his suspension; and any officer suspended from promotion, as hereinbefore provided, shall be reexamined as soon as prac- ticable after the expiration of one year from the date of the 44 completion of the examination that resulted in his suspen- sion; and if on such reexamination he is found qualified for promotion, he shall again become eligible thereto; but if he is found disqualified by reason of physical disability incurred in line of duty, he shall be retired, with the rank to which his seniority entitled him to be promoted; and if he is not found disqualified by reason of such physical disability, but is found disqualified for promotion for any other reason, he shall be retired without promotion. ***** Approved, March 3, 1909. (e) AN ACT Fixing the status of the Porto Rico Provisional Regiment of Infantry, Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That on and after the thirtieth day of June, nineteen hundred and eight, the Porto Rico Provisional Regiment of Infantry shall be designated the Porto Rico Regiment of Infantry of the United States Army. * * * Sec. 2. That the field officers of said regiment shall be one lieutenant colonel and two majors, who shall be detailed for four years by the President from officers not below the rank of captain of the Array. Sec. 3. That the present captains and lieutenants of the Porto Rico Provisional Regiment of Infantry appointed or who were reappointed after a mental, physical, and profes- sional examination, may be recommmissioned as officers of the Porto Rico Regiment of Infantry, Sec. 4. That vacancies in the grade of second lieutenant may be filled by the President in his discretion by the appoint- ment of citizens of Porto Rico whose qualifications for commis- sion shall be established by examination. Sec. 5. That promotions to the grade of first lieutenant and captain shall be according to seniority within the regiment, subject to the examination provided by law. All appoint- ments and promotions herein provided for shall be made with the advice and consent of the Senate. Officers of the Porto Rico Regiment of Infantry shall have the same rank, pay, rights, and allowances provided by law for officers of similar rank in the Army of the United States, except as herein provided with regard to promotion. Any of the officers pro- vided for by section three who may have become incapaci- 45 tated for active service by reason of disability incident to tlie service shall be placed upon the retired list with the rank to which they would otherwise be entitled. Sec. 6. That all laws or parts of laws inconsistent with the provisions of this act are hereby repealed. Approved, May 27, 1908. if) AN ACT To increase the efficiency of the permanent military establishment of the United States. * * * * * Sec. 32. That when the exigencies of the service of any officer who w^ould be entitled to promotion upon examination require him to remain absent from any place where an ex- amining board could be convened, the President is hereby authorized to promote such officer, subject to examination, and the examination shall take place as soon thereafter as practicable. If upon examination the officer be found dis- qualified for promotion, he shall, upon the approval of the proceedings by the Secretary of War, be treated in the same manner as if he had been examined prior to promotion. ♦ * * * * Sec. 36. That wlien in his opinion the conditions in the Philippine Islands justify such action the President is author- ized to enlist natives of those islands for service in the Army, to be organized as scouts, with such officers as he shall deem necessary for their proper control, or as troops or companies, as authorized by this Act, for the Regular Army. The Presi- dent is further authorized, in his discretion, to form com- panies organized as are companies of the Regular Army, in squadrons or battalions, with officers and noncommissioned officers corresponding to similar organizations in the Cavalry and Infantry arms. * * * The majors to command the squadrons and battalions shall be selected by the President from captains of the line of tlie Regular Army, and wliile so serving they shall have the rank, pay, and allowances of the grade of major. The captains of tlie troops or companies shall be selected by the President from first lieutenants of the line of the Regular Army, and while so serving they shall have the rank, pay, and allowances of captain of the arm to which assigned. The squadron and battalion staff officers, and first and second lieutenants of companies, may be selected from the noncommissioned 46 officers or enlisted men of the Regular Army of not less than two years' service, or from officers or noncommissioned officers or enlisted men serving or who have served in the volunteers subsequent to April twenty-first, eighteen hundred and ninety- eight, and officers of those grades shall be given provisional appointments for periods of four years each, and no such appointments shall be continued for a second or subsequent term unless the officer's conduct shall have been satisfactory in every respect. * * * When, in the opinion of the President, natives of the Philip- pine Islands shall, by their services and character, show fit- ness for command, the President is authorized to make pro- visional appointments to the grade of second and first lieu- tenants from such natives, who, when so appointed, shall have the pay and allowances to be fixed by the Secretary of War, not exceeding those of corresponding grades of the Regular Army. Approved, February 2, 1901. iff) AN ACT To create the oflSce of captain in the Philippine Scouts. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America in Congress assembled, That the office of captain in the Philippine Scouts is hereby created as a grade of rank in the military establishment. Such cap- tains shall be selected from officers of the grade of first lieu- tenants in said scouts, and shall be given provisional appoint- ments for periods of four years each, and no such appoint- ments shall be continued for a second or subsequent period unless the officers' conduct shall have been satisfactory in every respect: Provided, That the number of officers provisionally appointed under the terms of this Act shall not at any time exceed the number of companies of said native troops which may be formed by the President from time to time for service in the Philippine Islands. Approved, May 16, 1908. {h) AN ACT To recognize and promote the efficiency of Army chaplains. Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States of America w Congress assembled, That hereafter the President may, from time to time, select from among the chaplains of the Army any chaplains having not less than ten years' service, in the grade of captain, who shall 47 liave been commended as worthy of special distinction for ex- ceptional efficiency by the regimental or district commanders with whose commands they may be serving as chaplains, ap- proved through regular military channels, and may, with the advice and consent of the Senate, promote such regimental or Artillery chaplains to be chaplains with the grade, pay, and allowances of major ; every such promotion being made with a view to active service until the statutory age for the com- pulsory relinquishment thereof, except in cases of physical disability incurred in the line of duty: Provided, That the total number in active service so promoted shall not at an,v time exceed fifteen, * * * Approved, April 21, 1904. Regulations. I. 2. The following regulations under the foregoing laws are prescribed by the President for the examination of officers of the Regular Army and of the Porto Rico Regiment of Infantry. EXAMINING BOARDS. Canstitution. 3. Boards for the examination of officers of the several staff corps and departments and of the Coast Artillery Corps Mill be convened by the War Department; those for the examination of officers of Cavalry, Field Artillery, and Infan- try by the commanders of territorial departments of tactical divisions and of separate brigades. 4. Boards for the examination of officers of the several staff corps and departments and of the Coast Artillery Corps serving within the continental limits of the United States^ will be convened at the following places : Medical Corps. — Washington, D. C, and Presidio of San Francisco, Cal. Corps of Engineers. — New York City, N. Y., and San Fran- cisco, Cal. Signal Corps. — Fort Leavenworth, Kans. Coast Artillery Corps. — Fort Monroe, Va., and Presidio of San Francisco, Cal. 1 Includes Alaska and the Canal Zone. 48 When it is probable that the time for the examination of an officer of any of the staff corps or departments or of an officer of the Coast Artillery Corps will arrive while he is serving without the continental limits of the United States he will, if practicable, be examined prior to his departure for such service. Should it become necessary, hovvever, to ex- amine him while on such tour of duty, he will be examined by a board convened in the territory where he is serving. If, however, it be impracticable to convene such board because of the lack of officers having the requisite technical knowl- edge, the professional examination will be prepared by one of the boards hereinbefore authorized and will be sent to the commander of the territorial department, tactical division, or separate brigade under whom the officer is serving. This com- mander will cause the examination to be conducted by one of the permanent boards in his command, but the professional part will be conducted in writing and will be returned to the War Department unmarked, with the board's findings and recommendations in other respects, as directed in this order. The professional examination will, when received, be returned to the board that prepared the professional part and will be passed upon by it. The recommendations of the latter board are limited to the matter of the professional examination. In such cases both boards will be governed by the provisions of this order as to the oaths administered and challenges. 5. The commander of each territorial department, tactical division, or separate brigade will convene (when necessary) a l>ermanent board for each arm, as authorized in paragraph 3 of this order, at the most suitable place within his command provided with the necessary troops and materiel. He will order before the proper board such officers as the War Depart- ment may direct, subject to the following restrictions : (a) Officers of the line (except of the Corps of Engineers, of the Coast Artillery Corps, and of the Field Artillery) serv- ing in the Canal Zone, Panama, will be examined by boards, permanent, if possible, in that Zone. (&) Officers of Field Artillery serving within the conti- nental limits of the United States will be examined as follows : Heavy, Light, and Horse Artillery at Fort Sill, Okla. ; Mountain Artillery at Fort. D. A. Russell, Wyo., or another place where a battalion of Mounted Artillery may be serv- ing. 49 Officers of the Field Artillery who have been transferred within a year from organizations equipped with materiel different from that of the organization with which they are serving at the date of examination may, at their own request, take the examination prescribed for officers of the organization with which they served prior to the date of transfer. (c) Officers of the Porto Rico Regiment of Infantry (except the field officers) will be examined at San Juan, P. R. 6. When, on account of active operations in the field, the occupation of foreign territory, or other cause, officers are pre- vented from appearing before examining boards convened as hereinbefore provided, they will be examined as the War Department may direct, or they may be promoted subject to examination as provided in section 32 of the act of Congress approved February 2, 1901, hereinbefore quoted (/). 7. So far as practicable, examining boards will be perma- nent, members being replaced one at a time and at suflEicient intervals apart to preserve a continuity of purpose and policy. They will be convened at the most suitable season for the work in hand so as to interfere as little as possible with the routine work of the Army. When a board is first convened for the year's work, it will, as a rule, dispose of all cases that are to come before it during the year, officers to be examined being called before the board by the president thereof so that the business of the board may proceed with thoroughness and dis- patch. Composition. 8. Except for the examination of officers of the Medical Corps, an examining board will consist of five officers, two from the Medical Corps, selected without regard to rank, and three, senior in rank to the officer being examined, and, when practicable, chosen from the corps, department, or arm (in the Field Artillery, the branch) to which he belongs. The junior of these three will be the recorder of the board. Ex- cept where the action of the entire board is required by this order, the medical officers will participate in the proceedings connected with the physical examination only. In the exam- ination of chaplains, one member of the board will, when practicable, be a chaplain. 9. Boards for the examination of officers of the Medical Corps will consist of three officers of that corps senior in rank to the officer being examined. The junior will act as recorder. 40062°— 16 1 50 10. Officers detailed as members of examining boards will be selected with special reference to tlieir fitness for such detail and, so far as practicable, will be continued on that duty for a period of not less than two years. When engaged in the work of examination, they will not, as a rule, be re- quired to perform duties that will interfere with their proper functions as members of the board. Specially qualified officers may be directed by the War Department to report to com- manders of departments, of tactical divisions, and of separate brigades for duty on examining boards. 11. As soon as practicable after January 1 of each year the War Department will furnish commanders of territorial departments, tactical divisions, and separate brigades the names of officers that will be examined by boards convened by them within their respective commands during the year. If any officer so named is not serving under the department, division, or separate brigade commander, as the case may be, he will be directed by the War Department to report by letter to the proper commander for examination, s Procedure. 12. An examining board (including medical members) hav- ing assembled and the officer to be examined having appeared before it, the recorder will read the orders convening the board and directing the officer to report for examination. Members may then be challenged for cause, the relevancy and validity of the challenge being determined by the full board. If the number of members be reduced by challenge or other- wise, the board will adjourn, and the president thereof will report tlie facts to the convening authority for action. In matters of challenge and where the introduction of testimony becomes necessary, officers being examined may employ coun- sel if they so desire. 13. The right of challenge having been accorded, and all the members being present, the recorder, in the presence of the officer to be examined, will administer the following oath to the members : " You ( naming the members other than him- self) do swear (or affirm) that you will faithfully and im; partially discharge your duties as members of this board in the matter now before you. So help you God." The president will then administer the following oath to the recorder : " You (naming him) do swear (or affirm) that you will faithfully 51 and impartially discharge your duties as a member of this board in the matter now before you, and that you will, ac- cording to your best ability, accurately and impartially record the proceedings of this board and the evidence to be given in the case in hearing. So help you God." In case of affirmation, the closing sentence of adjuration Will be omitted. 14. Should anything arise during the examination requiring the introduction of evidence, the testimony of witnesses will be taken, orally, if the witnesses are immediately available and it can be done without expense to the Government, otherwise, as a rule, by interrogatories and depositions pre- pared in accordance with the requirements of the Manual for Courts-Martial. Should it become necessary, in the opin- ion of the board, to procure the oral testimony of a witness not immediately available, the facts will be reported to the t?onvening authority for action. All witnesses examined orally will be sworn by the recorder, the oath being the same as that administered to witnesses in trials by courts-martial. During such proceedings the officer being examined will be permitted to cross-examine witnesses and to submit evidence in his own behalf. All hearings of this nature will be con- ducted in open board and in the presence of the officer being examined. The conclusions reached and the recommendations made in each case will be regarded as confidential. 15. The examination of an officer for promotion will be conducted in the following order : (a) As to physical fitness and skill in horsemanship. (b) As to general efficiency. (c) As to professional fitness. Examination as to physical fitness and skill in horsemanship. 16. After a careful consideration of the medical history referred to the board as prescribed in paragraph 20 of this order, the medical officers will make a thorough physical examination of the officer being examined. In doubtful cases they will be guided by the following decision of the Secretary of War : "An incurable disease or injury, or a disease or injury not curable within a reasonable time, either of which is of such a character as to disqualify an officer for duty on the active list, constitutes incapacity for service under tills act 62 (act of Oct. 1, 1890). If, however, a disease or injury be curable within a reasonable time, the officer should be re- garded as physically qualified for promotion. The question as to the curability of a disease or injury is one for an ex- amining board to determine upon the advice of its medical members. If a board be unable to determine such question, it should recommend that the officer be reexamined after such period as, in its opinion, may be necessary to permit a determination to be reached." 17. On the conclusion of the physical examination, the medical officers will report their findings in writing to the board, which will then assemble to consider and act thereon. All questions pertaining to the physical fitness of an officer for promotion then or thereafter arising will be determined by a majority vote of the board (including the medical members). 18. When the board finds an officer incapacitated for active service by reason of physical disability, the examination, ex- cept as noted in this paragraph, will cease and the board will, report its findings (par. 30), stating in full the cause of dis- ability and whether or not it was contracted in line of duty. Where a medical officer on his first examination for promotion to any grade is found physically unfit for promotion by reason of disability not contracted in line of duty, the examination will be completed. 19. If the board finds an officer physically qualified for active service, it will then test his skill in horsemanship. Such test, under the supervision of at least one member of the board,^ will consist in his riding from 15 to 18 miles in three consecutive hours, and for officers of Cavalry and Field Artillery of such additional exercises as are especially appli- cable to those arms. If during such test an officer displays excessive fatigue or appears unduly distressed, the examination will be suspended, and as soon thereafter as practicable he will be reexamined physically by the medical members. If he is then found physi- 1 In special cases the War Department may direct this portion of the test to be supervised by an officer not a member of the board ; when this is done the certificate of the officer detailed will be for- warded to the board and will be evidence of the proficiency of the officer being examined or of the necessity for the board to proceed witb the additional test. 53 cally incapacitated, the board will proceed as provided in paragraph 18 of this order. If the test should develop no physical disability, but indi- cate deficiency of skill in horsemanship, the officer will then be examined by the full board (less medical officers) in re- gard thereto. The examination in this case will consist of a series of exercises, marked by the board as explained in para- graph 24 of this order; and will form part of the examination as to his professional fitness. Examination as to general etficiency. 20. Under this head the board will consider (1) the use an officer has made of his opportunities, (2) his ability to apply practically his professional knowledge, (3) his general trust- worthiness and ability in performance of his official duties, and (4) his ability to command troops or control men. To this end, when an officer is to be examined for promotion, The Adjutant General of the Army will forward to the board, if it is convened by the War Department, otherwise to the con- vening officer for transmission to the board, all papers on file in his office (including medical history) relating to the officer's efficiency. In addition, any officer under whom the officer to be examined has served will forward in writing directly to the board any information in his possession relating to the general efficiency of the said officer which has not already been reported to the War Department in time to reach the board, and the board is authorized to communicate directly with any such officer in regard to the general efficiency of the officer being examined. Should any such information be of a disqualifying nature, the board will furnish a copy thereof to the officer concerned and make such investigation in regard thereto as the circumstances warrant. In the absence of com- petent evidence to the contrary, an officer's fitness as to gen- eral efficiency will be presumed. The report of the board will follow the form prescribed in paragraph 30 of this orsfactorily will be furnished with a certificate to that effect, signed by the commandant of the School of Fire and duly recorded by the secretary. 13. The School of Fire for Field Artillery will be governed by the rules of discipline prescribed by Army Regulations and by its own special regulations. Correspondence with officers on duty with the school will be conducted through the commanding officer of Fort Sill. 14. The instruction units will not be required to comply with the annual instruction order for Field Artillery, and the offi- cers serving with them will not be required to pursue the gar- rison school course nor the postgraduate course. {G. 0. 73, 1914, as amended- -17262 Jf 2 A, A. G. O.) SCHOOL OF MUSKETRY, FORT SILL, OKLA. 127. Regulations. — I. Regulations governing the School of Musketry : 1. The School of Musketry shall be a part of the command of Fort Sill, Okla. 2. OBJECT. The object of the School of Musketry is to train officers and noncommissioned officers for their iraportent duties as fire leaders in battle and to provide trained instructors for regi- mental schools of practical musketry. 3. PERSONNEL. The personnel of the school will consist of the commandant, the assistant commandant, the school staff, the school detach- ment, the school troops, and such officers and enlisted men as may be detailed to attend the courses of instruction at the school. 4. THE COMMANDANT. («) The commandant of the school will be an officer spe- cially selected by the Secretary of War and charged with the administration of the school. Appropriations for the support 314 of the school and for the purchase of school property will be disbursed on vouchers approved by him. (b) He will make application for the detail of suitable officers for the school staff and shall assign officers so detailed to such duty incident to the school work and its administra- tion as may be necessary. He will make application also for the detail or assignment of suitable noncommissioned officers and other enlisted men for the school detachment and shall assign them to specific duties in the detachment. (c) He will supervise the training of the school troops and the methods of instruction in the school courses and make requisition for articles and equipment to carry out the pur- poses of the school. {d) On the 1st of August of each year the commandant will make a report upon the progress and needs of the school, and on the same date he will submit a detailed program of instruc- tion covering the courses to be given during the ensuing year. When this program has been approved it will be published for the guidance of the school and the information of the students. (e) At the end of each course the commandant will submit a report setting forth briefly the work accomplished during the course and showing the names of officers and noncommis- sioned officers who have satisfactorily completed the course. (/) In case of the absence or disability of the commandant, his duties shall be performed by the assistant commandant. 5. THE ASSISTANT COMMANDANT. The assistant commandant will be an officer specially se- lected by the Secretary of War for the duty and will assist the commandant in the administration and instruction work of the school, act for the commandant in his absence, and per- form such other duties connected with the school as may be assigned to him. 6. SCHOOL STAFF. The school staff will consist of all officers, not students, on duty with the School of Musketry. It will include the secre- tary, the statistical officer, th^ range officer, the directors, and the instructors. 7. THE SECRETARY. The secretary will be the custodian of the books and records of the school and will disburse the school funds under the 315 direction of the commandant. He will command the school detachment and the student companies, be in charge of the library, and will conduct the correspondence of the school. 8. THE STATISTICAL OFFICEE. The statistical officer will keep the records of all firing and will make such computations thereon as may be required. 9. THE RANGE OFFICEE. The range officer will establish and maintain the targets, range guards, and range communications on all ranges and firing grounds used by the school and perform such other duties connected with the ranges and firing grounds as may be directed by the commandant. 10. THE ORDNANCE OFFICER. The ordnance officer will be an officer of the Ordnance Department, specially selected by the Secretary of War to perform the duties of ordnance supply officer for the School of Musketry and the School of Fire for Field Artillery. He will be in charge of the storehouses, workshops, and property useil in common by the two schools and be directly under the commanding officer of Fort Sill, Okla. 11. DIRECTORS AND INSTRUCTORS. (a) The directors will be assigned by the commandant to the several departments into which the school is divided and, under the supervision of the assistant commandant, will have charge of the instruction and experimental work of the school. They will be assisted by such number of instructors as may be assigned by the commandant to their departments. (b) The instructors, under the supervision of the directors, will have charge of the instruction work and be assisted by such sergeant-instructors as may be available for that duty. (c) When practicable directors and instructors will be senior to student officers, but whether senior or junior direc- tors and instructors will be accorded the respect due to their positions. (d) Except when, in the opinion of the commandant, the exigencies of the service demand a departure from the rule, directors, instructors, and student officers will be exempt 316 from all ordinary garrison duties and routine, from attend- ance at the garrison school for officers, from court-martial duty, and from all such drills and ceremonies as are not included in the course of instruction, and, in general, from all duties which would interfere with the performance of their functions in the school. 12. SCHOOL BOARD. The school board will consist of the commandant, the assist- ant commandant, and the directors, with the secretary as recorder. The board will arrange the program of instruction and will prescribe the character and scope of the examinations and pass upon questions of proficiency. It will constitute a permanent board for such investigations and research work a& may be referred to the school by proper authority. 13. SCHOOL DETACHMENT. The school detachment will consist of such enlisted men and civilians as may be authorized by the War Department. Its members will assist in the instruction, administration, and maintenance of the school, perform the skilled labor thereat^ and exercise such other functions as may be assigned to them by the commandant. 14. SCHOOL TROOPS. •The school troops will consist of such regular organizations as may be assigned to duty at the School of Musketry. They will perform the usual guard, fatigue, and administrative duties at the old post of Fort Sill and provide such fatigue and other details as may be needed incident to the work of the school. School troops w^ill not be required to comply with the annual training orders for their arm of service, but will be trained under the direction of the commandant. Officers serving with school troops will not be required to pursue the garrison school course nor the postgraduate school course of the garrison schools. 15. STUDENTS. (a) student officers and noncommissioned officers will be selected by the Secretary of War on the recommendation of their regimental or other commanders, made in accordance 317 with the regulations publislied in orders governing such recommendations. (6) To each student who satisfactorily completes the ■course and is declared proficient by the school board a cer- tificate of proficiency will be issued, signed by the commandant and the secretary of the school. The possession of a certificate of proficiency by an officer will be noted on his efficiency rec- ord and such certificate will be considered as equivalent to a certificate of proficiency in the subject of the Small-Arms Firing Manual. It will also exempt the holder from exami- nation for promotion in that subject for a period of three years from the date of its issue or for five years when spe- -cially recommended by the school board for such extended exemption. The commandant will report to The Adjutant •General of the Army the names of all officers who complete the course satisfactorily and are declared proficient, the names of any officers who are found deficient in the course with a statement as to the cause of deficiency, and the names of those specially recommended by the school board for extended exemption from examination for promotion. The possession of a certificate of proficiency by an enlisted man will be made a matter of record and be noted on the soldier's discharge certificate. (c) Upon the recommendation of the school board the com- mandant may, with the approval of the Secretary of War, retain graduates on duty with the school and assign them to duty on the school staff or in the school detachment. 16. COUESES OF INSTETJCTION. There will be two school terms in each calendar year, in each of which the following courses are prescribed : (a) For field officers of Infantry and Cavalry. (ft) For captains and first lieutenants of Infantry and Cavalry. (c) For lieutenants of Infantry and Cavalry for instruction with machine guns. (d) For noncommissioned officers of Infantry and Cavalry other than those belonging to machine-gun organizations. (e) For noncommissioned officers of Infantry and Cavalry machine-gun organizations. (/) For general, field, and staff officers and such other officers as may be designated by the Secretary of War to take 318 this course. No officer of Infantry or Cavalry is eligible for this observation course. 17. METHODS OF INSTRUCTION. Instruction will be carried on concurrently in two depart- ments of instruction, viz: (a) Department of Small Arms (rifle and pistol). (6) Department of Machine Guns. Instruction in the school will be imparted by lectures, con- ferences, demonstrations, and practical firing problems and exercises. Examinations either written, oral, or practical will be held near the close of each course to determine the proficiency of the students in the subjects covered by the instruction. Before the close of the course each officer will be required to prepare and read before the assembled school a thesis on a professional subject pertaining to musketry or kindred matters. 18. ADMINISTRATION. The School of Musketry will be governed by the rules of discipline prescribed in Army Regulations and by its own special regulations. Matters pertaining to the courses of instruction will be subject exclusively to control of the War Department. The commandant will furnish copies of all orders issued by him pursuant to the authority contained in these regulations changing the status of officers and noncommissioned officers on duty at the school to The Adjutant General of the Army and to all headquarters, to commanding officers, and others interested in or affected by such orders. II. Regulations and instructions governing the selection of student officers and noncommissioned oflScers at the School of Musketry : 1. The school year is divided into two periods of about four months each. INSTRUCTION COURSES BEGINNING FEBRUARY 20 AND AUGUST 20. Course A. For 15 field officers of Infantry and Cavalry. Course B. For 30 captains and first lieutenants of Infantry and Cavalry. 319 Course C. For 15 lieutenants of Infantry and Cavalry for instruction with machine guns. Course D. For 110 noncommissioned officers of Infantry and Cavalry other than those belonging to machine-gun organizations. Course E. For 32 noncommissioned officers of Infantry and Cavalry machine-gun organizations. OBSERVATION COURSE BEGINNING JUNE 1 AND DECEMBER 1. Course F. For general, field, and staff officers and such other officers as may be designated by the Secretary of War to take this course, for which no officer of Infantry or Cav- alry is considered eligible. 2. Selections of students for these courses will be made by the Secretary of War on the recommendation of regimental or other commanders made in conformity with these regulations. 3. The commanding officer of each regiment of Infantry and Cavalry serving within the continental limits of the United States will submit the names of officers and noncommissioned officers of their respective regiments whom they recommend as students at the School of Musketry. These recommendations will be made twice each year, on December 1 and June 1, and will state specifically for which course the officer or noncom- missioned officer is recommended, as follows: For course A, one field officer. For course B, two company officers (captains or first lieu- tenants), one as principal, the other as alternate. For course C, one lieutenant for machine-gun instruction. For course D, four noncommissioned officers other than those belonging to machine-gun organizations. For course E, one noncommissioned officer of machine-gun organizations. 4. In making recommendations of officers for detail as stu- dents at the School of Musketry, the regimental commander will be governed by the following limiting conditions : (a) No officer will be considered available for the detail who will not be eligible for detached service during the entire period covered by the course for which recommended. (&) No officer will be considered available for the detail who has been or may be' ordered to foreign or other service which would operate to relieve him from the school before the close of the course for which recommended. (c) Officers recommended should be suitable for duty as instructors of musketry in the regiment and be available for such duty upon their graduation from the school. (d) Where, in any regiment, the directed recommendations can not all be made because there is no officer qualified for the detail, that fact will be stated in explanation of the failure to make the required recommendations. 5. In making the recommendations for the detail of non- commissioned officers as students at the School of Musketry regimental commanders will be governed by the following limiting considerations : (a) No noncommissioned officer will be considered available for the detail unless he shall at the time of entrance at the school have two years to serve in his current enlistment or, having less than two years to serve, has signified in writing his intention to reenlist. In no case will a man be detailed whose term of enlistment expires while at the school. (&) Noncommissioned officers recommended for the detail should be selected not so much for their excellence in marks- manship as for their estimated aptitude as instructors of musketry in the regiment after graduation. They should be of good character, be in good physical condition, and be well grounded in reading, writing, and arithmetic. Preference should be given to those who have expressed a desire for the detail. 6. As the observation course will be included in the regular courses for which they are eligible, no officer of Infantry or of Cavalry will be considered eligible for that course alone. Officers wiio are eligible may make application on the dates fixed for the recommendations of regimental commanders for authority to attend the observation course. Such applica- tions should be made through the usual channels to The Adju- tant General of the Army, stating that the applicant desires to attend the observation course. 7. Owing to the limited capacity of the school, no more stu- dent officers than the numbers mentioned in Paragraph II, section 1, can be accommodated at the School of Musketry until additional quarters are provided. When the number of available officers recommended for detail as students under Paragraph II, section 3, falls below the capacity of the school, officers of the Organized Militia, the Marine Corps, and the Navy may be admitted to fill up the classes. Officers of the 321 Field Artillery regiment stationed at Fort Sill may, however, in a limited number attend the classes of the School of Mus- ketry upon making application for this privilege to The Adju- tant General of the Army through their commanding officers and the commandant of the School of Musketry. While so attending, these officers will enjoy all the privileges of regular students except that of quarters. (G. 0. 28, 1915—2220899, A. G. O.) SCHOOLS FOR BAKERS AND COOKS. 128. Regulations. — Regulations governing the several schools for bakers and cooks as authorized in Tables of Organization : 1. The commanding officers of the posts where schools for bakers and cooks are located, under the direction of depart- ment commanders, will be the commandants of the schools at their respective posts. 2. The commandant of each school, under the direction of the department commander concerned, will arrange the pro- gram of instruction as to subjects, textbooks, and allotment of time, will prescribe the character and scope of examina- tions, and will have final determination of all questions of proficiency. 3. The enlisted instruction personnel at each of the several schools for bakers and cooks will consist of — (a) A permanent school detachment; the enlisted faculty. (b) A temporary personnel — (1) Members of the bakers companies attached as needed. (2) Certain proficient student personnel. TABLE OF INSTRUCTION PERSONNEL. (a) The enlisted faculty. One senior instructor: Supervisor of instruction; baking and cooking. Instructor of mess sergeants. In charge of bak- ery laboratory. Lecturer on subjects taught. To have the rank of quartermaster sergeant, Quartermaster Corps, and extra-duty pay of $1 per day. One chief instructor in baking, garrison and field : Expert on processes of fermentation, pastry, and bread making. To 40062°— 16 21 322 have the rank of sergeant, Quartermaster Corps, and extra- duty pay of $1 per day. One chief instructor in cooking, garrison and field : Expert in handling the Army ration in garrison and field to best ad- vantages. To have the rank of sergeant. Quartermaster Corps, and extra-duty pay of $1 per day. One instructor in baking, garrison and field : Able to replace the chief instructor in baking. To have the rank of sergeant. Quartermaster Corps, and extra-duty pay of 50 cents per day. One instructor in cooking, garrison and field : Able to re- place the chief instructor in cooking. To have the rank of sergeant. Quartermaster Corps, and extra-duty pay of 50 cents per day. One instructor in mess accounts and arithmetic: Acting first sergeant, quartermaster sergeant, and clerk to the school detachment and attached student personnel ; keeper of all records and accounts. To have the rank of sergeant, Quarter- master Corps, and extra-duty pay of 50 cents per day. Total, 6. (&) The temporary personnel. Assistant instructors (assigned from time to time in such numbers and to such duty as the particular school needs may require), to assist in instruction under the guidance and supervision of the enlisted faculty, to be obtained from the following sources: (1) From members of the bakery companies (cooks and bakers) attached to and utilized as, but not forming a part of. the permanent instruction personnel of the schools, but to be subject to duty with the bakery company whenever assembled. To have the rank of their grade. (2) From noncommissioned officers, pursuing the mess ser- geants' course of four months during the last month of that course. To have the rank of their grade. 4. The term of each school will be four months : Provided, That enlisted men of previous experience or of marked ability may, when deemed proficient by the officer in charge, be grad- uated after three months' instruction; and Provided further, That enlisted men who are unable to qualify within the four months, but who have nevertheless demonstrated their fitness for the work, may be retained for additional instruction for a period not to exceed one month. 323 5. The course of theoretical and practical instruction will be conducted by the officer in charge of each school, who will submit to the commandant thereof an annual report not later than July 20 regarding the progress and needs of the school. 6. The commandant of each school will submit to The Adju- tant General of the Army, through military channels, not later than August 31 of each year, a report regarding the prog- ress and needs of the school. 7. The classes under instruction will be composed of enlisted men specially recommended by the organization, coast defense, or regimental commanders, who have had at least one year's service, and who have not less than two years of the minimum active term to serve, or who, having less than that 'time to serve, have signified in writing their intention to reenlist. Enlisted men who have only a short time to serve and who have not signified their intention to reenlist will not be recom- mended for detail. In no case will men be selected whose enlistments or terms of active service expire during the school course. 8. The enlisted men recommended must be of excellent character and in good physical condition. They must not show a positive reaction on a Wasserman test or be suffering from a communicable disease of any nature. They must be well grounded in reading, writing, and arithmetic and must be men who have expressed a willingness to accept the detail. In the cases of enlisted men who may be selected for these details and sent to the school, and who prove themselves to be manifestly unfit for such service, the officer recommending their detail will be called on to justify his recommendation. 9. There will be simultaneously under instruction in each school four classes of bakers and four classes of cooks, a new class of each to enter on the loth of every month. 10. An organization, coast defense, or regimental com- mander desiring to enter a soldier in one of these training schools will make application for the privilege through mili- tary channels to his department commander. Applications may be forwarded at any time. 11. Regimental commanders will take proper steps to have at least one graduate baker available with each regiment. This provision will not apply to regiments serving at oversea stations, except in the Philippine and Hawaiian Departments. 324 12. Details for the training seliools will be made by depart- ment commanders in order to reach the actual needs of the service without exceeding the accommodations of the training schools. 13. In addition to the foregoing, the commandant of each school, with the approval of the department commander con- cerned, is authorized to detail such enlisted men belonging to organizations stationed at the post where the school is located as in his opinion are available and suitable; these men to be exempt from so much of the requirements of section 7 of this order as specifies length of time to serve. 14. Commanders of organizations will note on the descrip- tive lists of men ordered for instruction, " Bakers' class " or " Cooks' class," depending upon the nature of the instruction. 15. Upon the completion of the school course certificates of proficiency will be awarded to men who successfully pass a- satisfactory theoretical and practical examination. Degrees of proficiency will be noted thereon as follows : Assistant baker : A competent journeyman baker. Baker : Same as assistant baker, and capable of handling a bakery, its working force, and all of its accounts. Second cook: A competent organization cook. First cook: Same as second cook and capable of handling a kitchen, its working force, and simple accounts. Mess sergeant: A first cook who has demonstrated for at least one month his ability to supervise and control all details and accounts of an organization mess. (Par. I, G. O. 60, 1915—18U970 A, A. O. O.) SCHOOL FOR SADDLERS AND FOR BATTERY ME- CHANICS OF FIELD ARTILLERY. 129. Regulations. — A training school for saddlers and for battery mechanics of Field Artillery is established at the Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, 111. The school term is of 11 months' duration, from the 1st day of August in each year until the 30th day of June of the following year. The school is under the direction of the Chief of Ordnance, who will instruct the commanding officer of the Rock Island Arsenal in regard to the selection and detail, from officers and others of his command, of such assistants as may be nee- 325 essary for the proper conduct of the school and for the organi- zation and discipline of the enlisted men composing the classes under instruction. Instruction in the school is practical and is conducted with a view to training saddlers to make or repair efficiently and in the most practical and expeditious manner any horse equip- ments or harness on which they would ordinarily be required to work in their organizations and with a view to training battery mechanics in the construction, assembling, and dis- mounting of Field Artillery material and in making such repairs as would be required of them in their organizations. At the beginning of each term of the school the classes put under instruction will be composed of specially recommended enlisted men who have not less than one year and six months to serve, detailed from the various organizations of the Army. Details will be made by The Adjutant General of the Army in order that the number under instruction at any one time may not exceed the accommodations of the school. An organization commander desiring to enter a man in this school will make application to The Adjutant General of the Army for that purpose, explaining the degree of urgency of the need for a trained saddler or battery mechanic in the organization. The enlisted men recommended for detail must be of excellent character, intelligent, and in good health. Preference should be given to men who desire to learn the saddler's or harness maker's trade or the duties of Field Ar- tillery battery mechanics and who have shown an aptitude therefor. Communications concerning men detailed for or undergoing instruction at the school should be addressed to the commanding officer, Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, 111. The Chief of Ordnance will include in his annual report a statement of the progress and needs of the school. Upon completion of the school course certificates of pro- ficiency signed by the commanding officer of the arsenal will be awarded to the men who have attained a sufficiently high standard in their work. Unless otherwise directed, the commanding officer. Rock Island Arsenal, will, by authority of the Secretary of War, relieve all enlisted men detailed for instruction at the school at the proper time after the completion of the courses. En- listed men so relieved will be ordered to join their proper stations. Those whose stations are in the Philippine Islands 326 will report at San Francisco, Cal., in time to embark on the next Army transport sailing from that port after the date of their being relieved from duty at the school. (Par. II, G. O. 80,1909—1508154, A. Q. O.) CIVIL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS. 130. Detail of officers and issue of ordnance stores. — 1. The following regulations and instructions govern the de- tail of officers of the Army at educational institutions and the issue of ordnance stores thereto : APPORTIONMENT OF DETAILS. 2. The details authorized by the act approved April 21, 1904, are in addition to the number allowed by section 1225, Revised Statutes, as amended by the act approved November 3, 1893, and may be made to educational institutions in any State or Territory without reference to population or to the number of officers already serving therein. The following apportionment, in accordance with section 1225, Revised Statutes, as amended by the act approved No- vember 3, 1893, is adopted, and details will be made in accord- ance therewith. Apportionment of details of 100 officers of the Army at uni- versities, colleges, academies, etc., based upon the number of States and the population of the States and Territories as determined by the census of 1910. states and Territories. Details for land- grant schools. Details by popula- tion. Total. Maine New Hampshire. Vermont Massachusetts . . . Rhode Island Connecticut. New York.. New Jersey. . Pennsylvauia. Delaware Maryland District of Columbia. Virginia West Virginia 10 327 Apportionment of details of 100 officers of the Army at uni- versities, colleges, academies, etc. — Continued. States and Territories. North Carolina. South Carolina. Georgia Florida .\labania. . . Mississippi. Texas Louisiana. Arkansas.. Oklahoma. Kentucky. Ohio Indiana.. Illinois... Michigan. Missouri. Kansas.. Iowa Nebraska. Minnesota. Wisconsin. North Dakota. South Dakota. Montana Idaho Washington. Alaska Oregon California. Nevada.. Utah , Arizona . . Hawaii... New Mexico. Colorado Wyoming.. . Porto Rico. Total. Details for land- grant schools. Details by popula- tion. 48 52 Total. 3. The following regulations in regard to the detail of offi- cers of the Army at educational institutions within the United States and its Territories are prescribed by the President under the foregoing laws: 328 CLASSIFICATION. 4. Institutions to which officers of the Army are detailed under the provisions of section 1225, Revised Statutes of the United States, and of the acts of Congress amendatory thereof, will be divided into classes as follows : Class M C. — Colleges and universities (including land- grant institutions) where the curriculum is sufficiently ad- vanced to carry with it a degree, where the students are habit- ually in uniform, where the average age of the students on graduation is not less than 21 years, where military disci- pline is constantly maintained, and where one of the leading objects is the development of the student by means of military drill and by regulating his daily conduct according to the principles of military discipline. Class M. — Essentially military institutions where the cur- riculum is not sufficiently advanced to carry with it a degree, or where the average age of the students on graduation is less than 21 years. Class C. — Colleges and universities (including land-grant institutions) not essentially military, where the curriculum is sufficiently advanced to carry with it a degree, and where the average age of the students on graduation is not less than 21 years. Class S M. — Institutions not included in any of the classes mentioned above. 5. The War Department will classify all institutions and make necessary changes of classification upon receipt of the reports of the annual inspections. 6. The institutions of Classes M C and C, not exceeding 10 in any year, whose students have exhibited the greatest degree of military training as compared with others of their class, and whose graduates of that year are, by reason of discipline, education, and military training, best qualified for commis- sions in the Army, will be designated, in addition to above classification, as " Distinguished colleges," and the year or years in which distinguished will be added. The institutions of Class M, not exceeding 10 of the whole number in that class, whose students display the greatest de- gree of military training and instruction, will be designated as " Honor schools," and the year or years in which so desig- nated will be added. 329 THE DETAIL OF OFFICEES AND NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICERS. 7. When the detail of an officer of the Army as professor of military science and tactics is desired, application should be made by the president or other chief administrative officer of the institution to The Adjutant General of the Army. 8. The application, when no detail has been previously made to the institution, must be accompanied by the last printed catalogue and a certificate as to the number of male students the institution. has the capacity in buildings, apparatus, and instructors to educate at one and the same time ; the number of such students in actual attendance at the time of applica- tion, or, if the application is made during vacation, the number actually in attendance during the session immediately preced- ing it, and the number over 15 years of age. The certificate must also show the grade of the institution, the degrees it confers, and whether or not it is a land-grant institution, established under the provisions of the act of Congress approved July 2, 1862. 9. When application is made for the detail of an officer of the Army at an institution to which an officer has not previ- ously been assigned, it will be visited at the time of the annual inspection of civil educational institutions having detailed officers by one of the officers detailed for such inspection, who will report to the War Department whether or not the insti- tution fulfills the requirements of the law and regulations governing such details and will recommend specifically whether the detail should be made. 10. Application for the first detail, or for the renewal of a detail, may include a recommendation for such officer or offi- cers as may be deemed suitable by the college authorities. When the officers named are not available for the duty, or when such recommendations are not made, selection will be made by the War Department from those available officers who may have been recommended for such duty by their mili- tary superiors. 11. Applications for the detail of retired noncommissioned officers should be addressed by the president of the institution to The Adjutant General of the Army, accompanied by a certificate to the effect that the noncommissioned officer will be furnished with quarters, or commutation therefor, and extra-duty pay at the rate of at least 50 cents per day during the period of his detail. 330 A retired noncommissioned officer will be detailed at an institution only where an officer of the Army is on duty. 12. To be eligible for the detail of an officer on the active list as professor of military science and tactics, institutions will be required to maintain under the course of military instruction prescribed in paragraph 27 of this order the fol- lowing minimum numbers of male pupils over 15 years of age, viz : Classes M C and M, 100. Classes C and S M, 150. An officer of the retired list will not be detailed as profes- sor of military science and tactics at any institution' (except land-grant institutions established under the provisions of the act of Congress approved July 2, 1862, which are required by said law to include military tactics in their courses of instruc- tion) which does not maintain under military instruction at least 75 male pupils over 15 years of age, excepting under the provisions of the act of Congress, approved April 21, 1904, amending section 1225, Revised Statutes. 13. Where a State has more than one college endowed by the national land grant, under the act approved July 2, 1862, the college which is designated by the governor of the State will be held to have the first claim to the officer allotted to the State for detail at a land-grant institution. 14. No officer who has not had five years' commissioned service in the Army is eligible for detail as professor of military science and tactics. 15. The detail of an officer on the active list will be for three years. In case an officer achieves marked success and is willing to remain longer on such duty, his detail may, upon application of the college authorities, be extended to four years. The detail of a retired officer or noncommissioned officer will be for four years. 16. No retired officer above the rank of major will be de- tailed as a professor of military science and tactics unless in connection with his duties as such he is to hold the position of president, superintendent, or principal of the institution. 17. Orders detailing an officer to relieve another as profes- sor of military science and tactics will direct him to report at the institution during the school year and not less than two weeks prior to the relief of his predecessor. DUTIES OF OFFICEES AND NONCOMMISSIONED OFFICERS. 18. The professor of military science and tactics will retain copies of all returns, reports, and correspondence and will 331 keep an accurate journal of the drills and other military instruction. He will transfer these records to the officer who may succeed him or to the person designated by the chief administrative officer of the institution. In either case a receipt will be taken for the records. 19. The officer detailed as professor of military science and tactics will reside at or near the institution to which assigned and, when in the performance of his military duties, will appear in proper uniform. He will, in his relations to the institution, observe the general usages and regulations therein established affecting the duties and obligations of other mem- bers of the faculty. He will perform no duties other than those of instructor in military science and tactics, which may include the duties of commandant of cadets, except by special permission of the War Department. 20. It is the duty of the professor of military science and tactics to enforce proper military discipline at all times when students are under military instruction and, in case of serious breaches of discipline or misconduct, to report the same to the proper authorities of the institution, according to its estab- lished methods. In case no suitable action is taken by the authorities of the institution, the professor of military science and tactics will report the facts to The Adjutant General of the Army. 21. Where practicable a detailed retired noncommissioned officer may be ordered to report to the officer on duty at the school for instructions as his assistant. He will be reported by the latter to the president of the school or college and will be instructed in his relations to the institution and to its officials. He will reside at or near the institution and will perform no duties other than those of assistant to the instruc- tor in military science and tactics and acting ordnance and quartermaster sergeant, except by special permission of the War Department. ORGANIZATION. 22. Pupils under military instruction will be organized into companies, battalions, and regiments of infantry, the organi- zation, drill, and administration of which will conform, as far as possible, to those of the Army. The strength of companies will not ordinarily exceed 58 students. Where a battalion organization is maintained, a band may be organized, provided its members be thoroughly trained to include the school of the squad. 332 23. All rules and orders relating to tlie organization and government of the military students, the appointment, promo- tion, and change of officers, and all other orders affecting the military department, except those relating to routine duty, will be made and promulgated by the professor of military science and tactics after being approved by the chief adminis- trative officer of the institution. 24. Upon occasions of military ceremony, in the execution of drills, guard duty, and when students are receiving any other practical military instruction, they will appear in the uniform prescribed by the institution. They will be held strictly responsible for the arms and accouterments issued to them. INSTRUCTION. 25. The main object of the military instruction given at civil educational institutions having Army officers as pro- fessors of military science and tactics will be to qualify stu- dents who enter the military departments of such institutions to be company officers of Infantry, Volunteers, or militia. 26. Infantry drill and training will "^e considered para- mount. Instruction in other branches of the military service will not be sanctioned, nor will property be issued for instruc- tion in such branches at any particular institution unless the Infantry instruction and training at that institution are found, upon inspection by officers designated by the War De- partment, to have reached a satisfactory plane of efficiency. 27. The following minimum courses of military instruction, practical and theoretical, are prescribed: At every institution at which a professor of military science and tactics is detailed it shall be provided in its regular sched- ule of studies that at least three hours per week, or an equiv- alent of 84 one-hour periods per year for two years, shall be assigned for instruction in the military department, not less than two-thirds of the total time to be devoted to practical instruction and field training and the remainder to theoretical instruction. 28. The instruction will vary according to the nature of the institution and the facilities afforded, but at all institutions will include the following: Infantry drill regulations. — School of the Soldier, School of the Squad, School of the Company, Intrenchments, paragraphs 584 to 595. 333 Field-service regulations. — The Service of Information. The Service of Security. Small-arms firing regulatimis. — Instruction preliminary to gallery and range practice. Gallery practice. Range practice, when a range can be procured. The instruction will also include company administration, camp sanitation, and military-map reading. Whenever prac- ticable an annual practice march and encampment will be included. The additional ground to be covered will be determined by the instructor, having in view the age of the students, the strength of the organization, and other conditions. Throughout the course of instruction the reasons for the successive steps in the military training will in all cases be carefully shown to the student before the initiation of that particular instruction. The theoretical course of study will be based strictly upon the main object of the military instruction and will consist largely of talks or lectures, illustrated wherever and when- ever practicable by lantern slides and by objects and covering the essential principles and essential details of the subjects which a company officer of Infantry, Volunteers, or militia should know and omitting, as a rule, all auxiliary subjects and subjects pertaining to advanced military studies, such as campaigns, strategy, etc., except in those cases where the study of a campaign may be made the basis of the theoretical course, or where advanced subjects may be utilized to hold and maintain the interest of the students, or where the time at the disposal of the military instructor is such as will enable liim to supplement his theoretical course proper with a course of lectures on those subjects. 29. The professor of military science and tactics will en- deavor to impart a full knowledge of the benefits of military training to the Nation, State, institution, and student. To this end he will, in a preliminary talk or lecture to the students entering the military department, explain the main object of the military instruction and make clear to the stu- dent the benefits to be conferred by the military training not only in fitting him for the full duties of citizenship but also in giving him the normal physical development necessary to his continued well-being throughout life. 334 80. In order that the graduates of the military department of the civil educational institutions having an officer detailed from the Army on duty may have knowledge of the aims, purpose, and necessity for the Army, and the necessity for a proper military organization, including thereunder not only the troops with the colors but necessary reserves, the officer acting as professor of military science and tactics will give a course of lectures fully covering these subjects. These lec- tures will embody also a brief resume of the main features of the military history of the United States, our present mili- tary system, and a thorough and careful exposition of the approved military policy. It is of the utmost importance that graduates of these institutions, who are presumably men bf education and intelligence, shall take away with them sound and correct ideas on these most important subjects. Toa much time has generally been given to instructing students as though they were recruits rather than in an effort to impart, in addition to this instruction, those ideas which are of vital importance in the establishment of a sound military policy. WAE DEPARTMENT INSPECTIONS. 31. The military departments of educational institutions at which officers of the Army are detailed as professors of mili- tary science and tactics will be subject to inspection under the authority of the President of the United States. Stated inspections will begin about April 1 and be completed by June 1 in each year. These inspections willbe made by a board of four officers of the General Staff, the individual members of which will pursue itineraries to be prescribed each year. The board will be convened in Washington, D. C, suffi- ciently in advance to enable the members to make such arrangements and preparations as will secure the greatest possible uniformity in methods and standards. The inspecting officer will, upon his arrival at any institu- tion, call upon the chief administrative officer present in order to obtain from him the necessary facilities for the perform- ance of his duties. The board will reconvene in Washington, D. C, not later than June 10 in each year and, after comparing individual reports of their inspections, will recommend the classification of institutions and those to be designated as " Distinguished 335 colleges " and " Honor schools," and will make such further recommendations as may be deemed necessary to insure a proper compliance with the provisions of this order and to improve the methods and character of the military instruc- tion. The board will also malie special mention of such insti- tutions as may have shown during; the year gratifying improvement in their military departments. These recommendations and the individual-inspection re- ports will be transmitted to the Chief of Staff not later than June 20 in each year. A copy of the report of inspection will be furnished the president of the institution by the War Department. DISTINGUISHED COLLEGES AND HONOR SCHOOLS. 32. For each year that an institution is designated as " Dis- tinguished college " or " Honor school " one member of its graduating class, to be selected by the president and the pro- fessor of military science and tactics, acting jointly, will upon graduation be rated as honor graduate. By the term " honor graduate " is understood a graduate whose attainments in scholarship have been so marlied as to receive the approbation of the president of the school or college, and whose proficiency in military training and knowledge and intelligent attention to duty have merited the approbation of the professor of mili- tary science and tactics. The honor graduate must be a citi- zen of the United States, unmarried, of exemplary habits, and of good moral character. The honor graduate of a " Distin- guished college " must, in addition, be not less than 21 nor more than 27 years of age. The name of the honor graduate should be reported to the War Department as soon as practicable after graduation. 33. Those graduates who have been reported in the past as honor graduates of institutions formerly designated as " Distinguished institutions," who become candidates for commissions in the Army and make a general average of 85 per cent or more on the competitive mental examination, and who fulfill the other requirements for commissions in the Army, will be placed in a special class. 34. In the regulations governing the examination and ap- pointment of candidates from civil life for commissions as second lieutenant in the Army, those heretofore reported as honor graduates of institutions formerly classed as " Distin- 336 guished institutions " are exempted from examination in cer- tain subjects, as are also graduates of institutions rated as class M C or class C and graduates of recognized colleges or universities. 35. The President of the United States authorizes the an- nouncement that an appointment as second lieutenant in the Regular Army will be awarded annually to an honor gradu- ate of each of the institutions designated as " Distinguished colleges," under the provisions of paragraph 6 of this order, provided sufficient vacancies exist after the appointment of graduates of the Military Academy at West Point and the successful competitors in the annual examination of enlisted men. The honor graduate of a " Distinguished college " must be a member of the class graduating from that institution in the year in which his appointment to the Army is made. He will not be required to take any mental examination. AFFILIATION OF STUDENTS WITH THE ORGANIZED MILITIA AND VOLUNTEERS. 36. Upon the graduation of every class, the professor of mili- tary science and tactics, after consultation with the president of the college or school, will decide upon and report to The Adjutant General of the Army the names of such students belonging to the class as have shown special aptitude for mili- tary service and will furnish a copy of his report to the adju- tants general of the States of which such graduates are resi- dent. This report will contain the following data : (1) Name. (2) Home address. Business address. (3) Institution. (4) Year of graduation. (5) Age at graduation. (6) Number of years under military instruction. (7) Highest rank held. (8) Branch of service best fitted for. (9) Rank for which recommended. (10) Whether willing to serve as reserve officer; and if so, in Volunteers or Regulars. (11) Remarks. 337 37. It is desired to bring the cadet organizations and the Organized Militia into closer relations, and to the attainment of this end professors of military science and tactics will en- deavor to interest the cadets in the National Guard and en- courage them to join it upon graduation. To further increase the mutual interest of the cadets and the militia, prominent military officials of the State, with the approval of the college authorities, should be invited to inspect the work done in the military department, to review the cadet organization on suit- able occasions, and should be made acquainted with the quali- fications of particular cadet officers who reside in the State in which the college is situated. Where the necessary legal authority exists or can be ob- tained, and where such action meets with the approval of the State and college authorities and other conditions are favor- able. National Guard organizations consisting entirely of cadets should be formed. 38. All graduates should be encouraged to take the exami- nation for commission in any volunteer force which may here- after be called for and organized under the authority of Con- gress, prescribed in General Orders, No. 54, War Department, 1914, paragraph 10, this compilation, under the provisions of section 23 of the act approved January 21, 1903. Graduates whose names have been reported to The Adjutant General of the Army under the provisions of paragraph 34 of this order will be excused, if they so desire, from examinations in those subjects which are actually covered by the course of instruc- tion, regular or special, and in which they are declared pro- ficient by the professor of military science and tactics, with the concurrence of the college inspection board convened an- nually by the War Department. Their marks in said subjects will be rated at 75 per cent of the maximum. ISSUE OF ARMS, ETC. 39. The following regulations are prescribed for the issue of ordnance and ordnance stores required for military instruc- tion and practice at colleges, universities, etc., under section 1225, Revised Statutes, and the amendments thereof. 40. As the appropriations for the supply of ordnance and ordnance stores to the Army are very limited, and as the language of the law restricts the issue that can be made to 40062°— 16 22 338 colleges to such as " can be spared for that purpose," issues of ordnance and ordnance stores to colleges will be limited to such stores as are enumerated in the following paragraphs, for the purpose of military instruction, to each selected institution having an officer of the Army stationed thereat. 41. The small arms issued to any institution of learning will hereafter be either the United States rifle, caliber .30, model 1903 ; the United States magazine rifle, caliber .30, model 1898 ; or the United States magazine carbine, caliber .30, model 1899; but in no case will the number of arms issued be in excess of the number of male students in regular attendance and actually receiving military instruction, except as provided for elsewhere in this paragraph. The issue of United States rifles, caliber .30, model 1903, will be made to all institutions which have been reported as a result of the annual inspection for three consecutive years as either " Distinguished colleges " or " Honor schools." In the case of institutions other than those reported as " distin- guished," an issue of one United States rifle, caliber .30, model 1903, may be made for every 15 students annually par- ticipating in range practice, in addition to the United States magazine rifles, caliber .30, model 1898, with which they are now armed. For every 15 students participating in gallery practice, one gallery-practice rifle, caliber .22, may be issued. The issue of the magazine carbine will be limited to institu- tions having mounted cadets and to institutions having cadet students, who on account of their youth need the arm of lighter weight for instruction and drill. For this latter pur- -pose the magazine carbine may, upon the request of any selected institution, be altered for the attachment of the knife bayonet and gun sling, the actual cost of alteration to be paid by the institution. 42. The equipments to be used with the United States maga- zine rifle, model of 1898, and United States rifle, model of 1903, will consist of a bayonet scabbard, gun sling, McKeever cartridge box with leather waist belt, complete, waist-belt adapter (for use with bayonet scabbard), or, in place of the cartridge box with waist belt, a woven cartridge belt provided with pockets and suspenders, such as is worn by regular troops in field service. With the United States magazine carbine the bayonet scabbard and gun sling will not be needed, unless the carbine has been altered under the provisions of paragraph 41. 339 Canteens, tin cups, haversacks, knives, forks, spoons, and meat cans will be supplied if so desired. Two sets of the authorized fencing equipment ( Infantry ) will also be supplied. 43. The Cavalry saber and scabbard of old design and the noncommissioned officer's sword and scabbard may be issued for the use of the officers and noncommissioned officers of corps of cadets. With the saber there will be supplied the necessary attachment for tlie leather belt and with the noncommissioned officer's sword the sliding frog, to enable this sword to be worn on the ordinary waist belt. Four sets of the authorized fenc- ing equipment (Cavalry) will be supplied to those institutions having mounted detachments. 44. A limited number of Cavalry sabers and scabbards, with the necessary belts and horse equipments, will be issued for instruction and drill of mounted cadets when satisfactory evi- dence of their necessity for the purpose is presented. The horse equipments to be supplied are saddles, saddlebags, bri- dles, carbine scabbards, links, stirrups hooded, with guidon socket, and spurs and straps; all equipments to be of black leather. 45. When in the opinion of the Chief of Ordnance the sup- ply on hand will permit, breech-loading field guns, as herein- after indicated, with their carriages, limbers, equipment, and implements, will be issued to military schools or colleges entitled to them under the provisions of paragraph 26 of this order : 2 3.2-inch steel guns. 2 breech sights. 2 breech-sight pouches. 2 front sights. 2 front-sight covers. 2 3.2-inch carriages and limbers. 2 sponges and rammers, bore. 4 rammers and sponges, combined. 2 sponge covers, bore. 4 sponge covers, chamber. 2 combination screw drivers. 2 gunners' gimlets. 2 gunners' reamers. 2 priming wires. 2 vent punches. 2 vent covers. 2 primer pouches. 4 lanyards, new pattern. 1 wheel grease can. 1 wheel grease can knife op spat- ula. 2 combined tompions and muzzte covers, breech covers, sperm oiler. pole props (for end of pole), paulins, 12 by 12. gunners' haversacks, maneuvering handspikes. 1 water bucket, galvanized iron. 2 prolonges. In addition to field guns, the issue to military schools or colleges entitled thereto under the provisions of paragraph 26 340 of this order of the following machine-gun equipment for each cadet-corps machine-gun platoon: belts 2 Colt automatic machine guns, caliber .30. 15 ammunition boxes with 2 each. 1 belt loading machine. 1 belt loading machine box. 2 shoulder rests. ^ 2 spare barrels. 2 spare- part cases containing — Tools — 2 spare-part cases containing — Continued. Spare parts for guns — Con. 4 firing-pin locks. 4 firing-pin springs. 2 hammers. 4 handle locks. 2 main springs. 4 retracting springs. 4 sear springs. 4 shell extractors. 4 shell-extractor pins. 4 shell-extractor springs. 4 trigger springs. Spare parts for tripods — 2 mount clamps. 2 leg bolts. 4 leg-bolt nuts. 2 saddle screws. 2 saddle-bracket clamps. Spare parts for mounts — 2 gun pins with chains. 2 gun-pin lock screws. 2 gun-pin chain screws. 2 adjusting-screw nuts. 2 arc clamps. 2 arc-clamp stop screws. 2 tripods and mounts with seat. 2 tripod-leg fastening clips. 46. Issues of the stores above specified will be made by the Chief of Ordnance to any selected institution upon its filing a bond in the penal sum of double the value of the property, conditioned that it will fully insure against loss by fire, take good care of, and safely keep and account for the same, and will, when required by the Secretary of War, duly return the same, within 30 days, in good order to the Chief of Ordnance, United States Army, or such other officer or person as the Secretary of War may designate to receive them. 47. For practice firing there will be allowed annually to each selected institution having 3.2-inch field guns 100 blank cartridges and 300 friction primers. Projectiles will not in any case be issued for field guns. 48. The following allowances of rifle ball cartridges, blank cartridges, .22 caliber ball cartridges for gallery practice, and targets and target supplies are authorized, subject to the fol- 2 oil cans. 4 screw drivers. 2 wiping rods in three joints. 2 operating handles. 4 0.5 wrenches. 6 drifts. Spare parts for belt loading machine — 48 needles. 4 needle screws. 2 lower feed-wheel springs. 2 lower feed-wheel spring screws. Spare parts for guns — 4 bolt pins. 2 cartridge extractors. ^ 4 firing pins. 341 lowing rules, for educational institutions at which officers of the Army are detailed as professors of military science and tactics and for land-grant colleges having arms supplied by the Ordnance Department, and will not exceed $30,000 in the aggregate for the one hundred such institutions : The following maximum allowances for each student are prescribed for institutions at which practice is held as in- dicated — (1) Forty rounds of rifle ball cartridges for each range, but not to exceed 120 rounds. (2) Sixty rounds of .22 caliber rifle ball cartridges where gallery practice is held in addition to range practice. (3) One hundred and twenty rounds of .22 caliber ball cartridges where gallery practice is held and no rifle ball cartridges are to be supplied during the fiscal year. (4) Ten rounds of rifle blank cartridges. (5) For any institution, such targets and target supplies as may be desired, but such issue will be made only in lieu of a corresponding monetary reduction of the ammunition allow- ance as determined for that institution. The issue of one kind of ammunition in lieu of another kind is not authorized. No credit will be given for fired shells, empty ammunition boxes, etc. Any additional ammunition needed must be procured by colleges at their own expense from private manufacturers. In addition to the ammunition provided for above, the issue annually of 2,400 ball cartridges, caliber .30, per gun for prac- tice firings with Colt automatic machine guns is authorized. Blank cartridges are not issued for, nor used with, these guns. 49. The allowances of ammunition, and the targets, target supplies, dummy cartridges, which can be drawn in lieu of rifle-ball or gallery-practice ammunition, will be issued on requisitions certified to by the professor of military science and tactics or, in his absence, by the president of the institu- tion, who will specify the actual facilities for gallery and range practice, the time allotted by the institution, and the number of students enrolled in the military department to whom opportunity is afforded by the authorities of the institu- tion to participate in gallery or range practice, or both. As annual allowances date in all cases from July 1 of each year, requisitions should be forwarded before or as soon after 342 that date as practicable for the current year's supply. Un- drawn allowances of one year can not be drawn in the succeed- ing year. 50. All ordnance and ordnance stores issued to colleges must be kept insured against loss by fire for the benefit of the United States by the college authorities for their full invoice value, as shown in the bond, and the Chief of Ordnance promptly informed when and where the insurance is placed and date of expiration. 51. The transportation of ordnance and ordnance stores from the Government arsenals to institutions of learning and from institutions of learning back to Government arsenals is always without expense to the United States. 52. The colleges to which issues of ordnance and ordnance stores are made, under bonds given as required by law, will be required to keep said property in like good and serviceable condition as when issued by the Government, and for this purpose the spare parts, implements, appendages, and clean- ing materials necessary will be sold to them at cost prices. The sales authorized above of spare parts and appendages for small arms will be made by the commanding officer of the Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, 111., or of the Springfield Armory, Springfield, Mass., and in case of other stores by the commanding officer of the Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, 111. Application will be made to these officers by the president of the educational institution desiring the articles for the maintenance of the ordnance stores issued to them and should state that they are for this purpose. These sales are to be made under the provisions of the act of Congress approved May 11, 1908. 53. When ordnance and ordnance stores are returned to the Ordnance Department by any institution of learning, they will be carefully examined when received at the arsenal, and if they are found imperfect or unserviceable by reason of care- lessness or causes other than legitimate use in service, the damage will have to be made good to the United States. 54. The cost of all missing property must be made good to the United States. 55. Ordnance stores which become unfit for use from any cause will, upon application of the president of the institution and the approval of the Chief of Ordnance, be sent to an arsenal without expense to the United States ; provided, how- 343 ever, that in case of stores having become unfit for use through ordinary wear and tear in service, and not being worth ship- ment to an arsenal, the president of the institution may submit them to the inspector at any annual inspection, who, if satis- fied of their unfitness for use, and that such unfitness resulted from ordinary wear and tear in service, shall cause their de- struction in his presence. If upon submission of the stores to the inspector he shall determine that their unfitness resulted from causes other than ordinary wear and tear, he will not proceed with the inspection nor direct their destruction, but action shall be taken as first above provided. Ordnance stores upon reaching an arsenal will be inspected by an officer of the Ordnance Department, and if their condition is found to be due to the ordinary incidents of service they may be re- placed with serviceable stores of like character; but if their condition is found to be due to carelessness or other than legitimate causes the extent of damage or value of missing stores will be determined by the Chief of Ordnance and must be paid by the institution before any new issue of stores is made. Ordnance stores destroyed by direction of an inspector may also be replaced with serviceable stores of like character. 56. The guns and carriages must not be allowed to remain out of doors with only the paulins as a protectioh from the weather, but they must be housed in a suitable building and habitually kept there except when used for drills or saluting purposes. 57. Regular property returns will be rendered semiannually to the Chief of Ordnance by each president or superintendent of an institution supplied with arms, etc., accounting for all ordnance and ordnance stores issued to the institution under his charge. These returns will be made on the blank forms to be supplied by the Chief of Ordnance. 58. Failure on the part of any institution of learning to com- ply with the foregoing regulations, or any others that may be prescribed by the Chief of Ordnance for the care, preservation, or accountability of any ordnance or ordnance stores issued to it by the United States, will be considered sufficient cause for the prompt withdrawal by the Secretary of War of the Govern- ment property in its possession. 59. Whenever any institution shall fail to return the public property in its charge within 30 days after demand made by the Secretary of War, the delinquency will be peremptorily 344 referred to the Attorney General that the bond of the institu- tion may forthwith be put in suit. The following instructions must be strictly observed in pre- paring the bond required to be furnished to the Chief of Ord- nance, United States Army, before any arms, etc., can be ob- tained by any college : 60. A copy of the record giving the by-law, or resolution of the board of trustees or othei governing body of the institu- tion (including the fact of adoption of the resolution), show- ing the authority of the president or other officer to execute the bond on behalf of the corporation, authenticated as a true copy by the signature of the secretary and the corporate seal, must accompany the bond. Unless the resolution gives the name of the officer vested with authority to execute the bond, a copy of the record of the selection or recognition of the official character of such officer, similarly authenticated, must also be furnished. 61. A copy of the charter or articles of incorporation, au- thenticated by the secretary of state or other officer required by law to keep a record of such corporations, or a reference to the statute, if incorporated by direct legislative act, is also required. 62. The sureties must sign the bond, and their names must be written in the body thereof, together with their residence, including town, county. State, or Territory. If the bond is executed in the State of Maine, Massachusetts, or New Hamp- shire, a seal of wax, wafer, or other adhesive substance, not a mere scroll with a pen, must be attached opposite the signa- ture of each person. 63. At least one witness is required to each signature. 64. There must be two sureties when individuals are the sureties. Each surety must justify by making oath that he is worth some specific sum at least equal to the full amount of the penalty over and above all his debts and liabilities. Two persons must not join in one affidavit. Each must subscribe his own oath separately. A certificate as to the sufficiency of the sureties must be made by a judge or clerk of a United States court, a United States district attorney, United States commissioner, or a judge or clerk of a State court of record, with the seal of said court attached, to the effect that to the best of his knowledge and belief each surety is worth over and above all debts and liabilities the sum stated in his affidavit of justification. 345 65. Incorporated surety companies which have complied with the requirements of the War Department will also be accepted as surety on the bond, and in this case only one surety is required. 66. A college corporation desiring ordnance and ordnance stores for the use of the college must furnish evidence that some one is authorized to execute in its behalf the bond which the law requires. 67. This authority can only be given by the governing body of the corporation, i. e., the body invested with authority to employ the faculty and make all other contracts in its behalf and designated in the charter of the corporation as board of regents, board of trustees, etc., and this body must give the authority in the formal way in which it does other business, the action taken being recorded as a part of the proceedings of the meetings at which it was taken. The evidence of this authority required to be furnished will be an extract from the record of the proceedings of the board of regents or board of trustees, showing that the board met in its official capacity, that a resolution was offered authorizing some person by name to execute the required bond for the corporation, and that this resolution was adopted; and this extract must be certified, under the corporate seal, to be a true extract from the record of the proceedings of the board by the secretary or other custodian of the records. His certificate that the authority has been conferred, or that such a resolution was passed, is not sufficient. The record speaks for itself, and a copy of so much of it should be furnished as will show that it purports to be a record of the board, that the resolution was offered, and that it was passed. 68. Great pains should be taken to use the name given to the corporation by its charter and to mention in the resolution the particular bond to be given. 69. It is desired that a copy of the charter be sent to the Chief of Ordnance, United States Army, Washington, D. C, also a copy (accompanied by certificate under corporate seal) of so much of the record of the election of the officers of the corporation as will show the election of the particular officer who is to execute the bond. In calling for form of bond, it should be stated — First. If the principals and sureties are individuals. Second. If the principal is a corporation and surety an individual. 346 Third, If principal is an individual and surety a corpora- tion. Fourth. If both principal and surety are corporations. As indicated above, there are four forms of bond, as follows : 1417. When principal and sureties are individuals. 1418. When the principal is a corporation and the sureties are individuals. 1419. When the principal is an individual and the surety a corporation. 1420. When principal and surety are corporations. In calling for the blank forms of bond they may be called for as "Form No. 1417," "Form No. 1418," etc. (G. 0. 10, 1913—2087186, A. G. O., as amended.) 131. Certificate to be issued to graduates of military schools and colleges. — 1. The War Department will issue to the graduates of military schools and colleges, at which officers of the Army are detailed as professors of military science and tactics, who have pursued the military course, a certificate as follows: This is to certify that a graduate from (class ) has successfully completed the pre- scribed course in its military department, and having demonstrated his military capacity by examination, is recommended by the and professor of military science and tactics at as qualified mentally, morally, and physically for appointment as a of Volunteers or Reserves, and that this recom- mendation has been made of record in the War Department. In order that a record of this certificate may remain on the files of the War Department, the recipient is required to keep The Adjutant General of the Army advised of any change in permanent address. Secretary of War. 2. The examination referred to in the certificate will be both written and practical and will be conducted by the pro- fessor of military science and tactics, under instructions from the War Department. (Bui. 38, 1915—2270345, A. G. O.) ARTICLE XV. PUBLIC PROPERTY AND FUNDS. PKOPEETY. 132. Contracts for construction or supplies, protest against awards. — In cases where contracts for construction or contracts for the manufacture or purchase of supplies are made the subject of competition, notice shall promptly be given to all persons affected thereby of any protest or objection against the awarding of a contract to any particular bidder, in order that if the parties interested so desire they may take action in their own behalf before further steps are taken in the matter of awarding the contract. (Par. Ill, G. O. 25, 191Jf—2Vf20Jtl, A. G. O.) 133. Standards of reference for wires and cables. — 1. In all specifications, purchases, orders, contracts, requisitions, and other communications concerning the purchase, inspection, and issue of all types of wires and cables by the War Department, reference will be made to the size of wires and cables by stat- ing, for solid copper and iron wire, the diameter in thou- sandths of an inch (mils) and for stranded copper cable the cross sectional area in circular mils. In referring to sizes of stranded copper conductors, a statement shall be made as to whether standard stranded cable or flexible stranded cable is intended. 2. For copper wire the American wire gauge (also known as the B. & S. gauge) and for iron and steel wire the steel- wire gauge (also known as "Washburn & Moen," " Roebling," and "American Steel Wire Co.'s" gauge) are adopted as the standards of reference. 3. The following tables show the diameter of various wires in mils and the corresponding gauge number of the wire. The standard sizes in mils indicated are the sizes of the cor- responding gauges rounded off to about the usual limits of commercial accuracy. In the case of steel or iron wire, as custom has sanctioned the use of the Birmingham wire gauge (347) 348 (B. W. G.), a parallel column has been added to the steel and iron wire table showing for purposes of comparison the diam- eters of the wires of this gauge. Table No. I. — Copper wire, solid. War Department stand- ard sizes; diameter in mils. American wire gauge (B. & S. gauge) number. War Department stand- ard sizes; diameter in mils. American wii-e gauge (B. & S. gauge) number. 460 0000 000 00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 36 19 410 32 20 365 28.5 21 325 25.3 22 289 22.6 23 258 20.1 24 229 17.9 25 204 15.9 .... 26 182 14.2 27 162 . 12.6 28 144 11.3 29 128 10.0 30 114 8.9 31 102 8.0 32 91 7.1 33 81 6.3 34 72 5.6 35 64 5.0 36 57 4.5 37 51 4.0 38 45 3.5 .... 39 40 3.1 40 Table No. II. — Copper cable, stranded. War De- partment standard sizes; circular mils. Ameri- can wire gauge) number. Standard strands. Flexible strands. Num- ber of wires. Diame- ter of each wire in mils. Outside diame- ter of conduc- tor in mils. Num- ber of wires. Diame- ter of each wire in mils. Outside diame- ter of conduc- tor in mils. 2000000 . 127 127 127 127 127 91 91 91 91 91 61 61 61 61 125.5 122.3 119.1 115.7 112.2 128.4 124.0 119.5 114.8 109.9 128.0 124.8 121.5 118.0 1631 1590 1548 1504 1459 1412 1364 1315 1263 1209 1152 1123 1093 1062 169 169 169 169 169 127 127 127 127 127 91 91 91 91 108.8 106.0 103.2 100.3 97.3 108.7 105.0 101.2 97.2 93.1 104.8 102.2 99.4 96.6 1632 1900000 1590 1800000 1548 1700000.. 1504 1600000 1460 1500000 1413 1400000 1365 1300000. 1315 1200000 1264 1100000 1210 1000000 1153 950000 .. . 1124 900000 1094 850000 r 1063 « 349 Table No. II. — Copper cable, stranded — Continued. War De- partment standard sizes; circular mils. Ameri- can wire gauge (B.&S. gauge) number. Standard strands. Flexible strands. Num- ber of wires. Diame- ter of each wire in mils. Outside diame- ter of conduc- tor in mils. Num- ber of wires. Diame- ter of each wire in mils. Outside diame- ter of conduc- tor in mUs. 800000 61 61 61 61 61 61 37 37 37 37 37 37 19 19 19 19 19 114.5 110.9 107.1 103.2 99.2 95.0 116.2 110.3 104.0 97.3 90.0 82.2 105.5 94.0 83.7 74.5 66.4 97.4 86.7 77.2 68.8 61.2 54.5 48.6 1031 998 964 929 893 855 814 772 728 681 630 575 528 470 418 373 332 292 260 232 206 184 164 146 91 91 91 91 91 91 61 61 61 61 61 61 37 37 37 37 37 19 19 19 19 19 19 19 93.8 90.8 87.7 84.5 81.2 77.7 90.5 85.9 81.0 75.7 70.1 64.0 75.6 67.3 60.0 53.4 47.6 59.1 52.6 46.9 41.7 37.2 33.1 29.5 1031 750000 999 700000 965 650000 930 600000 893 550000 855 600000 815 450000 773 400000 729 350000 682 300000 631 250000 576 212000 168000 133000 100000 83700 66400 52600 41700 33100 ?a300 20800 16500 0000 000 00 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 533 471 420 374 333 296 263 234 209 186 166 147 Table No. III. — Steel and iron wire, solid. War Department standard sizes, diameter in mils. Steel wire gauge number. Diameter in mils of cor- responding number of B.W. gauge. 225 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 238 207 220 192 203 177 180 165 162 148 148 135 ... 134 120 109 120 105 92 95 80 83 72 72 . 63 65 54 58 49 47 {G. O. 6^, 1913—1802111 C, A. G. 0.) 350 # 134. Procurement of stores and performance of services by one bureau of War or Navy Departments for another bureau. — The following statutory provisions are published for the information and guidance of all concerned : That hereafter when one bureau of the War or Navy De- partments procures by purchase or manufacture stores or material of any kind or performs any service for another bureau of such departments the funds of the bureau or de- partment for which the stores or material are to be procured or the service performed may be placed subject to the requisi- tion of the bureau or department making the procurement or performing the service for direct expenditure by it : Provided, That when the stores being procured are for current issue during the year stores of equal value may be issued from stock on hand in place of any of those aforesaid. (Army ap- propriation act of Mar. 4, 1915. ) Sec. 4. That the reappropriation and diversion of the un- expended balance of any appropriation to a purpose other than that for which it was originally made shall be construed and accounted hereafter as a new appropriation and the un- expended balance shall be reduced by the sum proposed to be so diverted. (General deficiency appropriation act of Mar. 4, 1915.) (Par. II, Bui. 16, 1915—2279556, A. G. O.) 135. Sale of empty barrels, scrap, etc., without action of inspector. — Paragraph 679, Army Regulations, is construed as permitting the sale of empty barrels, boxes, crates, and other packages, together with metal turnings, scrap metals, ground bone, and other waste products which accumulate at arsenals, depots, and military posts, which are unsuitable for the public service, without the action of an inspector. Whenever awards are made by the responsible officers pro- viding for the disposition of such waste products by sale, a report will be made to the head of the staff department to which the property pertains, giving in detail the kinds and quantities of the stores sold and their selling prices. (Oir. 17, 1908—1322238, A. G. O.) 136. Unit accountability equipment. — ^Accountability, maintenance, etc. : 1. Classification of property. — Hereafter for the purpose of accounting for Government property (engineer, ordnance, and signal property) in the hands of organizations for which unit accountability equipment is prescribed, it will be divided into classes, as follows : Equipment "A" is the equipment prescribed for use in cam- paign, in simulated campaign, or on the march. It is limited 351 to the animals and vehicles prescribed in the Tables of Or- ganization, the equipment and clothing worn on the person, and the articles carried on mount, and transported in field, combat, and divisional trains. Equipment " B " is the equipment which, in addition to equipment "A," is prescribed for the use of troops in mobili- zation, concentration, instruction, or maneuver camps; and during such pauses in operations against an enemy as per- mit the better care of troops. Equipment " C " is the sum of equipments "A" and " B." Garrison equipment is the equipment prescribed for use in garrison only. 2. Unit accountability equipment and accountaMlity there- for. — The unit accountability equipments comprising the en- gineer, ordnance, and signal property of the various organiza- tions will consist of articles of "A" and "B" equipment pre- scribed in the unit accountability equipment manuals for the authorized strength, and will be accounted for by organiza- tion commanders on returns (Form No. 451, A. G. O.) to be rendered to the chiefs of the staff departments concerned on December 31 and June 30 of each year. In case of complete transfer of the unit accountability equipment, the transferring officer will render a final return on which he will certify that he has turned over the equipment to his successor, and the receiving officer will, on the same return, acknowledge receipt of the equipment. The returns of unit accountability equipment ("A" and "B") will be submitted to the commanding officer for direct transmission to the chiefs of bureaus concerned. 3. Accountability and responsibility for other Government pi'operty. — All garrison equipment and other Government prop- erty in the hands of organization commanders, except that held under unit accountability, will be held on memorandum receipt from the various post or other designated supply officers, who will render to the chiefs of the staff departments concerned returns as at present for all property for which they are accountable. 4. Maintenance of the unit accountability equipment. — (a) Organization commanders will be held responsible that the unit accountability equipment of their respective organi- zations is at all times complete and serviceable. When any articles of the unit accountability equipment, except those 352 under charge of armament officers and not specifically listed in War Department publications or orders as subject to the action of a surveying officer (certain articles under charge of armament officers are listed in War Department publications as subject also to the action of a surveying officer) are lost, destroyed, or become unserviceable through fair wear and tear, and are no longer repairable with the facilities available in the organization, post, or district, the organization com- mander will secure the necessary approved expenditure list, survey reports, or inventory and inspection reports to cover the same. These vouchers, in duplicate, will be turned over to the post supply officer or other designated issuing officer, who will issue the articles necessary to replace those lost, de- stroyed, found unserviceable and destroyed, or turned in to him for shipment to an arsenal or depot, in accordance with the regulations governing such shipments. For the excepted articles of Artillery and machine-gun materiel under charge of armament officers and not specifically listed in War Depart- ment publications or orders as subject to the action of a sur- veying officer, organization commanders will communicate directly with the armament officer in all cases requiring replacement or repair by means not provided within the organization. ( & ) In case any articles of this equipment become unservice- able from any cause and are no longer repairable with the facilities available, or are lost or destroyed, and are needed for immediate use, they will be replaced at once by the supply officer upon a certificate signed in duplicate by the organiza- tion commander setting forth the facts, the articles required, and that he will furnish a proper voucher to cover same. The supply officer will drop from his return under these certificates the articles so issued. The organization commander receiving such articles will file with his next return, forwarded to the chief of the supply department concerned, a regular voucher as re- quired by existing orders and regulations to cover the articles enumerated on his certificates furnished the supply officer. When issues are so made the total money value of the articles issued will constitute a money charge against the organization commander until he shall have been relieved of such charge by the submission of the vouchers referred to in his certificate. (c) In all cases where old serviceable or cleaned and re- paired articles are in the hands of the issuing officer, they 353 will be issued instead of new articles. Organization com- manders to whom articles are issued will acknowledge the receipt of such articles either (a) upon the approved expendi- ture lists, survey or inventory and inspection reports, state- ment of charges on pay rolls, or other evidence of final dispo- sition now required by regulations, or (&) in the absence of the ability to supply such evidence immediately the receipt will appear upon the organization commander's certificate referred to above. (d) In case all the articles covered by such vouchers are not replaced at one time, the acknowledgement of such as are actually replaced at the time the vouchers are turned over to the supply officer will be made on Form No. 544, A. G. O. (credit voucher). Replacement of articles of unit account- ability equipment, and the articles remaining due when replaced will also be receipted for on this form. (e) If on the administrative examination of the property returns of the issuing officer any voucher submitted by an organization commander, under the provisions of this para- graph, is disallowed, the organization commander that sub- mitted the voucher will be charged with the accountability and will be required to furnish satisfactory vouchers, or to replace the property, or to pay the money value thereof. 5. Supply officers. — In garrison designated supply officers representing the various supply departments, or line officers, are appointed by the post commander for each post under the provisions of paragraphs 206, 254, and 255, Army Regu- lations, unless for purposes of supply two or more are grouped together by War Department orders. In the field issues will be made by designated supply offi- cers who will be appointed by the commanding officer of the instruction, maneuver, mobilization, or concentration camp, or of a tactical unit serving separately with reference to supply. Such accountable supply officers as make issues to organi- zations will keep the records and render the returns and re- ports of cost of maintenance required by paragraph 9 of this order. 6. Ammunition for target practice and for other authorised firing. — Ammunition required by organization commanders for authorized target practice, instruction firing, etc., will be furnished on memorandum receipt by post ordnance officers 40062°— 16 23 354 or other issuing officers, and at the end of each accounting period the organization commander will furnish the account- able officer with a voucher properly executed on Form No. 19, Office Chief of Ordnance, to cover all ammunition that has been actually expended for authorized purposes during the period. At the end of the calendar year any of the am- munition not actually expended will be returned to the ac- countable officer and the memorandum receipts withdrawn by the responsible officer. An organization holding ammunition on memorandum receipt will, upon departing for duty at an- other post, furnish the accountable officer a voucher on Form No. 19, Office Chief of Ordnance, to cover all ammunition actually expended and turn in to the accountable officer all ammunition remaining on hand not pertaining to the unit ac- countability equipment. 7. Expendable articles. — (a) Organization commanders, having unit accountability equipment, may obtain from the post, or other authorized supply officers, on requisition re- ceipt blanks (Form No. 543, A. G. O.), executed in duplicate, such quantities of expendable parts, materials, and supplies as are listed in the supply tables and are within the au- thorized money allowance, when such money allowance is prescribed. In any case the value of the material so issued under requisition and receipt voucher (Form No. 543, A. G. O.) will be charged against the cost of maintenance of the organization, and the property will be dropped by the supply officer under that voucher as expended. When prac- ticable, issues of expendable material will be made to each organization quarterly. If conditions arise which, in order to maintain equipment in a serviceable condition, require the issue of expendable materials in excess of the authorized money allowance, the requisition therefor with an explanation of the necessity for the issue will be forwarded to the chief of the supply depart- ment concerned, except in the Philippines and Hawaii, where the action of the department commander will be final. Expendable articles issued to organizations without unit accountability equipment will be covered by exchange of regular property invoices and receipts and the property regularly accounted for, by both the issuing and receiving officers, as at present. 365 (&) Articles which may be especially so published by any supply department as expendable under the following con- ditions will be replaced by supply officers upon the certificate of the organization commander that the articles are unser- viceable from fair wear and tear in the service and the certificate of the post or regimental commander that they are not economically repairable and have no salable value. Lists of such expendable articles followed by the above cer- tificates properly signed, and including the certificate of an officer that all material not useful for repair has been de- stroyed, will be filed as vouchers to the supply officer's returns. 8. Surplus at posts. — Supply officers will, so far as practi- cable, anticipate the needs of the organizations with whose supply they are charged. To this end they will carry on hand within the limits prescribed by the various supply de- partments such quantities of equipment and supplies in ad- dition to current requirements as the conditions under which they are serving would warrant. Should it become desirable to increase or decrease the limits prescribed either for main- tenance of the unit accountability equipment of organiza- tions, or, in the case of engineer equipment and supplies, to meet special needs, authority will first be obtained from the chief of the supply department concerned. Requests for such authority will state reasons therefor. Requisitions will normally be submitted prior to January 1 and June 30 of each year for the following six months if storage facilities permit; otherwise they will be submitted quarterly. When submitting these requisitions, the supply oflicer will furnish a statement showing the quantities of the articles requested, which were issued, or called for but not issued though authorized, during the preceding six months' period or quarter ; the quantities on hand ; and the maximum authorized reserve, for the organizations with whose supply he is charged, together with appropriate brief explanation of any unusual request. 9. Cost of maintenance. — (a) The methods should be such that the cost obtained is the actual cost to the United States of supplying the organization with the particular equipment in question. On account of the difficulty of fixing a just credit to be given an organization for property that has been used by 356 it, and turned in unserviceable but still repairable, it is de- sired, whenever practicable, that such property be retained in the organization until no longer repairable. (&) Each post supply officer, or other designated issuing officer, will keep on the prescribed form (Form No. 450, A. G. O.), Record of Cost of Maintenance, an account of the money value of all "A" and "B" equipment, certain desig- nated articles of garrison equipment, and supplies, expendable and nonexpendable (including quartermaster property), issued to or received from organizations provided with the unit accountability equipment, except of articles issued to replace those charged to officers or enlisted men, and to replace those lost and charged to transportation companies, etc. The cost of maintenance will also include the charge for cleaning materials, spare parts, etc., required to maintain in serviceable condition property issued on memorandum receipt. All entries on a record of cost of maintenance pertaining to unit account- ability material must be covered by a voucher to the return of the supply officer on which is shown the total value of such entry. Entries on this record on account of charges for garrison equipment will have entered in the record the number of the memorandum receipt, thus: 7 (mem.). Organization commanders will, upon request, be informed of the status of their cost of maintenance account. (c) For each organization of mobile Artillery separate rec- ords of cost of maintenance will be kept as follows : One for arms, personal, organization, and horse equipment, harness, and parts pertaining thereto ; the other for Artillery materiel under charge of an armament officer. (d) When a transfer of property, with corresponding en- tries on the record of cost of maintenance, results from an authorized increase or decrease in the strength of an organi- zation or from the change from an old to a new model of equipment, such entries will be identified by appropriate notes as " change in authorized strength " or " new model to replace serviceable old model " and will not be included in the total actual cost of maintenance for the period, but will be totaled separately. (e) In computing the value of these and other issues or receipts, the prices given in the unit accountability equipment manuals and tables of credits will be used regardless of the models in question. When prices are not otherwise furnished 357 the price list will govern. When serviceable property (except Field Artillery materiel, etc., which is under the supervision of armament officers) which has been used is to be turned in or issued, the value thereof will be determined by a surveying officer and entered by him on the voucher of transfer. These values so determined will hold for future issues in so far as it is practicable and equitable. Similar action will be taken in the case of cleaned and repaired stores whose price is not published. (/) The cost of all repairs directed by or made under the supervision of an armament officer will be reported by him to the local supply officer for charge, as directed herein, on the proper record of the cost of maintenance. When an armament officer directs that Artillery or machine-gun materiel or parts be turned in for repairs or replacement, the receiving arsenal will report the cost of repairs to the armament officer for transmission to the local supply officer. (g) When an organization changes station during the ac- counting period a copy of its records of cost of maintenance (Form No. 450, A. G. O.), together with a statement of its remaining credits under the various money allowances, will be forwarded by the old supply officer through the command- ing officers of the old and new stations to the new supply officer. I (h) Each post supply officer or other designated supply officer will render, through the commanding officer, to the chief of his department or corps, a report (Form No. 449, A. G. O.), showing the cost of maintenance of each organiza- tion having a unit accountability equipment, and to whom issues have been made in the preceding six months, but no record of cost of maintenance will be kept in the case of organizations engaged in operations in the field in time of war. 10. Economy of maintenance and condition of equipment to be considered by officers rendering prescribed effi,ciency re- ports of organization commanders. — Officers making the pre- scribed efficiency reports will consider the condition of equip- ment and the economy with which an organization has been maintained. In determining this, due consideration will be given to the length of time the particular officer has com- manded the organization, the nature of its service, and all other circumstances which would affect the deterioration of the equipment. 358 11. Increase or decrease in authorized strength. — Should the authorized strength of an organization be increased, the post supply officer or other issuing officer will, upon applica- tion of the organization commander, issue the necessary additional equipment, the organization commander citing on his receipt therefor the number, date, and source of the order authorizing the increase. Should the authorized strength of an organization be decreased, or should it be necessary for any reason to turn in surplus equipment, the surplus will be invoiced to the proper supply officer, whose receipt therefor, with notations thereon of the authority for the transfer, will be filed by the orgianization commander with his next return. Surplus equipment to be turned in should be new and unused, if such is on hand; otherwise, the most serviceable that is on hand, and supply officers or other issuing officers will receive and receipt for such serviceable surplus equip- ment which has been passed upon by a survey officer who will also determine its value as prescribed in section (e), para- graph 9 of this order. 12. Completion of equipment. — One of the reasons for changing to the unit accountability method of accounting, for property was to lessen the paper work of organization com- manders in connection with rendering property returns. To this end it is desired that every such commander endeavor at all times, but especially as the accounting time approaches, or when a transfer is to be made to another officer, to see that the full authorized equipment is on hand, and no more. 13. Organizations with unit accountability equipment. — Unit accountability equipments for organizations are prescribed as follows : Engineer Unit Accountability Equipment Manual, Form No. 452, A. G. O. : Band. Battalion headquarters. Company. Cavalry Unit Accountability Equipment Manual, Form No. 459, A. G. O. : Headquarters troop. Machine-gun troop. Squadron. Troop. Light Artillery Unit Accountabil- ity Equipment Manual (3-inch), Form No. 456, A. G. O. : Regimental headquarters and band. Battalion headquarters. Battery. Mountain Artillery Unit Account- ability Equipment Manual (2.95- inch), Form No. 453, A. G. O. : Regimental headquarters and band. Battalion headquarters. Battery. 369 Horse Artillery Unit Accountabil- ity Equipment Manual (3-inch), Form No. 454, A. G. O. : Regimental headquarters and band. Battalion headquarters. Battery. Heavy Field Artillery Unit Ac- countability Equipment Manual (4.7-inch gun), Form No. 455, A. G. O. ; (4.7-inch howitzer), Form No. 533, A. G. O. ; (6-inch howitzer), Form No. 534, A. G. O. : Regimental headquarters and band. Battalion headquarters. Battery. Coast Artillery Unit Accountabil- ity Equipment Manual, Form No. 457, A. G. O. : Band. Battalion headquarters. Company. Infantry Unit Accountability Equipment Manual, Form No. 458, A. G. O. : Headquarters company. Machine-gun company. Supply company. Company. Philippine Scouts — Battalion sergeant major. Company. 14. Organisations without unit accountability equipment. — Organizations for which no unit accountability equipment is prescribed will continue to account for property as at present, except that returns for engineer property will be rendered June 30 and December 31, instead of March 31 and September 30. (O. O. 52, 1915—2000489 U, A. G. O.) 187. Organizations with unit accountability equipment changing station. — Organizations provided with unit account- ability equipment when changing permanent station will re- tain in their possession, if provided with them, the gallery practice rifles, caliber .22, and appendages, seal stamps, and saddlecloths, service (for enlisted men), held on memorandum receipt by them, and will be provided with such arm chests as may be required for the journey by the proper supply officer. The accountable officer at the station from which the organi- zation is leaving will invoice these articles to the accountable officer at the new station and transfer the memorandum re- ceipts covering the articles to the latter officer. When an organization holding horse covers on memoran- dum receipt changes station and needs to retain the horse covers in its possession, the necessary instructions will be given by the department commanders concerned. If retained by the organization, the transfer of accountability will be ac- complished in the same manner as prescribed in the preced- ing paragraph, and the transfer of accountability for horse covers held by organizations serving in the field, which for any reason have their supply officers changed, will be handled 360 in a similar manner. (Par. Ill, G. O. 6, 191 Jf — 2121216, A. G. O.) 138. Inspection of steam boilers.— 1. All steam boilers- portable, stationary, or marine — which are to be operated at 20 pounds or more steam pressure, procured or installed by the Engineer Department or the Quartermaster Corps and in service, will be inspected by representatives of the United States Steamboat Inspection Service at least once a year. 2. The boilers to be inspected are classified for the pur- poses of this order, as follows : (a) All marine boilers pertaining to the Engineer Depart- ment. (b) All other boilers, stationary or portable, pertaining to the work of the Engineer Department except those installed at coast defenses and consuming fuel supplied by the Quar- termaster Corps. (c) All boilers installed at coast defenses which have been supplied by the Engineer Department and which consume fuel supplied by the Quartermaster Corps. (d) Stationary and portable boilers at coast defenses pro- cured or installed by the Quartermaster Corps. (e) Stationary and portable boilers at mobile army stations pertaining to the Quartermaster Corps. (/) Marine boilers pertaining to the Quartermaster Corps. 3. With a view to economy in expenses incident to inspec- tions, all boilers of classes (c) and (d) installed in the same harbor will be inspected at the same time. Request for au- thority for such inspection, including a statement of the esti- mated cost thereof, the number of boilers of each class to be inspected, and the proportion of the cost of inspection to be charged to each class, will be made to the Chief of Engineers by the district engineer officer after communicating with the coast defense commander in reference to the boilers under his charge. When satisfactory arrangements have been made by the Quartermaster General and the Chief of Engineers, the latter will authorize the district engineer officer to secure the services of the boiler inspector. In cases where it is practica- ble and will result in economy of inspection expenses, the in- spection of any boilers in the vicinity pertaining to classes (a), (6), (e), and (/) will be combined with the inspection of classes (c) and (d). The district engineer ofllcer will ascertain by inquiry of the proper officials whether such com- 361 bination of inspections can be advantageously made and if not will so state in his request for authority for inspection. In case the inspection of boilers of class (a), (6), (e), or (/) can not advantageously be combined as indicated above, their in- spection may be separately arranged for with the local boiler inspector and without securing antecedent authority therefor ; arrangements for the inspection of boilers of classes (a) and (6) will be made by the proper district engineer officer; and for those of classes (e) and (/) by the department quarter- master, who, in forwarding the inspection report to the Quar- termaster General as prescribed below, will state the reasons for not combining the inspection of the boilers reported on with boilers of classes (c) and (d). 4. The officer arranging for the inspection with the boiler inspector will be solely responsible that inspections of all boilers covered by his request are made at the proper time, and will see that all needed assistance and facilities, includ- ing the necessary pumps for making hydrostatic tests, are furnished to the inspector, and the officer in immediate charge of each boiler will furnish such assistance as may be practi- cable upon the request of the officer arranging for the inspec- tion. A competent employee, familiar with the boiler to be inspected, will be present while each boiler is being inspected to give the inspector any authentic information needed. 5. In the case of all boilers pertaining to the Engineer De- partment of classes (a), (b), and (c), information will be prepared for the inspector for each boiler on E. D. Form 42e. This information will be compiled under the direc- tion of the district engineer officer prior to the inspection and, together with available blue prints of each boiler to be tested, will be held available for the information of the boiler inspector in preparing his report of inspection. One copy of E. D. Form 42e, properly filled out for each boiler, will be kept on file in the district engineer office until the next annual inspection is made, at which time a new state- ment will be prepared and the old one destroyed. In the event that a piece of plant containing a boiler is transferred to another district, copies of the last boiler-inspection report and of the data furnished the inspector, made by the district from which the plant was transferred, will be furnished for the files of the office to which the plant was transferred for use when the next inspection of the boilers is made. 362 6. In the case of boilers pertaining to the Engineer Depart- ment (of classes a, h, and c), the responsibility rests with the district engineer officer that all needed information is cor- rectly furnished to the boiler inspector ; in the case of boilers pertaining to the Quartermaster Corps (of classes d, e, and /), such responsibility rests with the officer in immediate charge of the boiler to be inspected. 7. For boilers of classes (6), (c), {d), and (e), War De- partment Form No. 34 will be used for the inspector's report. The inspector will be furnished with one blank copy of this form for each boiler to be inspected, and will submit a sepa- rate report for each boiler upon these forms. The officer, or a competent employee, in immediate charge of the boiler, will in each case supervise the inspection and preparation of the report in order that it may be complete in all details. In the case of boilers of class (&), the original report will be filed in the district engineer office, and a copy will be prepared and posted in the engine room. In the case of boilers of classes (c), {d), and (e), the officer in immediate charge of the boiler will add to the report of inspection such remarlis and recom- mendations thereon as the case may require; he will then retain one copy and forward the original to the officer who arranged for the inspection ; the latter officer will forward the original reports to the head of his own staff department after retaining such copies or extracts as may be desired. All original reports thus forwarded to the Chief of Engineers will be transmitted to the Quartermaster General. 8. For boilers of classes {a) and (/) the report of inspection will be made on Form 840-B of the United States Steamboat Inspection Service. In the case of boilers of class (a) the original report will be filed in the district engineer office and a copy will be prepared and posted in the engine room. In the case of boilers of class (/) the report will be forwarded by the officer arranging for the inspection to the head of his staff department in Washington for file in the Quartermaster Gen- eral's Office. 9. In all cases where the boiler pressure gauge is found to register inaccurately, the boiler inspector will be required to set the gauge so as to register correctly at worl?:ing pressure. This request upon the inspectors is made with the approval of the assistant inspector general of the United States Steam- boat Inspection Service. 363 10. The officer in immediate charge of any boiler of classes (c), (d), (e), and (/) will report through military channels to The Adjutant General of the Army any such boiler which is in service and has not been inspected by a representative of the United States Steamboat Inspection Service within one year and three months. 11. In the case of boilers and steam pipes of steamers oper- ated by the Quartermaster Corps, which have been in service less than 10 years, drilling will not be resorted to by inspec- tors in order to ascertain the thickness of the material until it shall have been determined that the thickness can not be properly ascertained in any other manner. Every effort will first be made to obtain such data, either from working draw- ings of the machinery of the boats on file in the local quarter- masters' offices, or upon application to the Quartermaster General of the Army. {Par. I, G. O. 52, 191 Jt, as amended by Par. VI, G. O. 63, 1914—2173268, and 2173268 A, A. G. 0.) FUNDS. 139. Disbursing officers in Porto Rico and Philippine Islands. — Disbursing officers of the War Department stationed in Porto Rico and the Philippine Islands, being far remote from designated depositories, are authorized to keep, at their own risk, money received in coin or currency which they may be authorized to disburse and such moneys as may be offi- cially intrusted to them for disbursement. (G. 0. 22, 1899, and Par. I, G. O. 89, 1899.) 140. Disbursing officers in Alaska. — Disbursing officers of the War Department stationed in Alaska, being far removed from designated depositories, are specially authorized by the Secretary of War — First. To keep in their personal possession, at their own risk, (1) such funds as may be officially intrusted to them for disbursement; (2) currency received in exchange for official checks under the following paragraph of this order. Second. To exchange their official Government checks for United States currency required to pay authorized indebted- ness of the Government with any United States postal official, any officer of the Signal Corps, or any officer of the Quarter- master Corps. In drawing checks for amounts to be retained in personal possession, disbursing officers should see that the following 364 requirement of Treasury Circular of April 17, 1899, is strictly complied witli: The object or purpose to which the avails are to be applied in case of any check drawn by a disbursing officer of the Army for an amount to be retained in his possession by authority of the Secretary of War * * * must be clearly indicated by a statement on the check that it is to obtain cash to hold in personal possession and date of authority to so hold funds given. (G. O. 120, 1905—1038280, M. S. 0.) 141. Oashbooks and checks. — 1. All disbursing officers of the War Department are required to enter daily the cash receipts in the cashbook, so that the accounts of an officer will be in proper condition for inspection at the close of any day. 2. The object for which a check is drawn and the number or other necessary description of the voucher will be stated on the check stub or register of checks issued, as well as on the face of the check, as prescribed in paragraph 600, Army Regulations. {Par. I, O. O. 58, 19U— 2172828 A, A. G. O.) 142. Indorsements on checks and Treasury warrants. — In order to insure against delay or possible loss in the matter of payment of Treasury warrants and checks of disbursing officers, the indorsements thereon must be written in ink or indelible pencil and must correspond in spelling with the name of the payee on the face of the warrant or check. {Par. Ill, Bui. J,0, 1915—23J,1982, A. O. O.) 143. Lists of outstanding checks. — In the preparation of lists of outstanding checks, disbursing officers of the War Department will, in each instance, use Form No. 3a, I. G. D., utilizing one line for each item. {Par. Ill, G. O. 65, 19 IS — 2082365, A. G. O.) 144. Computation of annual or monthly pay. — The act of Congress approved June 30, 1906 (34 Stat., 763), prescribing rules for division of time and computation of pay for services rendered by persons in the service of the United States whose compensation is annual or monthly is construed by the comp- troller as requiring that — 1. Each calendar month shall consist of 30 days, and the computation of salary shall be by each month separately, one- twelfth of an annual salary constituting the compensation for each month. 2. One-thirtieth of a monthly installment of salary is to be allowed for each day of service from the 1st to the 30th, 365 inclusive. The last day of February counts as three days of service for pay purposes (two days in leap years). 3. The 31st day of a month enters into the computation of salary only where there is one day's absence in a non- pay status on that day — that is, absence in a nonpay status did not occur also on the 30th. For such absence on the 31st one day's pay is forfeited. ( Btil. 45, 19U— 1150181 A, M. S. O.) 145. Delay in returning certificates of deposit.— 1. In view of the receipt of a communication from the Assistant Secretary of the Treasury calling attention to the delay in returning to the Treasury Department, properly indorsed, cer- tificates issued for deposits of money to the credit of the Treasurer of the United States by officers of the Army, it is directed that depositing officers be instructed to strictly observe the requirements of paragraph 612, A. R., 1913. 2. Hereafter, when certificates of deposit are received by bureaus and offices of the War Department, immediate action will be taken to properly indorse them. Should it be found that the information necessary to their prompt indorsement is not in hand, the depositing officer will be at once communi- cated with and his attention called to the foregoing regulation, with the advice that failure to comply therewith with respect to future deposits of money by him will cause a report to be made to The Adjutant General of the Army for record against his efficiency. 3. Chiefs of bureaus and officers of the War Department will, at the end of each week, report to the Assistant and Chief Clerk of the War Department the number of certificates of deposit remaining on hand, with a brief statement of rea- sons for their not being acted upon. 4. All certificates of deposit will hereafter be returned to the Treasury Department through the Division of Requisi- tions and Accounts, Office of the Secretary of War. (War Dept. Cir., Nov. 10, 1915; Par. I, Bui. 37, 1915—2342282, A. O. O.) 146. Delinquency in rendition of money accounts. — The requirements of the law as expressed in paragraph 627. Army Regulations, 1913, will be strictly observed by dis- bursing officers, and hereafter any disbursing officer who may be delinquent in rendering his money accounts will, at the time of forwarding the delinquent account, furnish the chief of the bureau concerned with a full explanation of the 366 reason for or cause of the delinquency. Where the delin- quent is an officer of the Army, and in the opinion of the chief of the bureau concerned his explanation is not con- sidered satisfactory, it shall be the duty of said chief of bureau to report the delinquency to The Adjutant General of the Army, with such recommendation as may be deemed advisable. Nothing contained herein is to be construed as rescind- ing or modifying such authorizations as may have been, or may hereafter be, given in individual cases relaxing the re- quirements that accounts be mailed within the 10-day limit. (Par. I, G. O. 11, 19U— 2120129, A. G. O.) 147. Expenditure of funds for purposes other than those for which appropriated. — Information having reached the War Department that funds appropriated for certain purposes have been applied to other purposes and vouchers stated which did not correctly describe the object for which the money was expended, the attention of all disbursing officers of the Army is directed to section 3678, Revised Statutes of the United States, which provides that — All sums appropriated for the various branches of expendi- ture in the public service shall be applied solely to the ob- jects for which they are respectively made, and for no others ; and to the act of Congress approved March 4, 1911, which provides — That whoever, being an officer, clerk, agent, or other per- son holding any office or employment under the Government of the United States and, being charged with the duty of keeping accounts or records of any kind, shall, with intent to deceive, mislead, injure, or defraud the United States or any person, make in any such account or record any false or ficti- tious entry or record of any matter relating to or connected with his duties, or whoever with like intent shall aid or abet any such officer, clerk, agent, or other person in so doing; or whoever, being an officer, clerk, agent, or other person holding any office or employment under the Government of the United States and, being charged with the duty of receiving, holding, or paying over moneys or securities to, for, or on behalf of the United States, or of receiving or holding in trust for any person any moneys or securities, shall, with like intent, make a false report of such moneys or securities, or whoever with like intent shall aid or abet any such officer, clerk, agent, or other person in so doing, shall be fined not more than $5,000, or imprisoned not more than ten years, or both. Scrupulous care will be exercised by all officers, enlisted men, and civilians whose duties pertain to the disbursement .367 of public funds, to the end that the law be strictly observed and that a practice so dangerous and so fraught with possi- bilities of wrongdoing be stopped. {Par. II, G. O. 1914 — 2076242, A. G. 0.) 148. Touchers for adyertisements. — All vouchers in pay- ment for the publication of advertisements shall be accom- panied by properly certified copies of the authority in strict compliance with section 3828, United States Revised Statutes. (Cir. 6, 1905—972420, M. S. 0.) 149. Special deposit account, disbursing and collecting officers. — 1. In order to carry into effect the views of the Comptroller of the Treasury relative to the rendition of a special account by all disbursing and collecting officers of the War Department who collect moneys the correct amount of which has not been determined at the time of receipt, and refundment is involved, or which, for any reason, must be held until their nature and place in the officer's regular ac- count have been determined, the following War Department standard forms have been approved for use in the preparation and rendition of a " Special Deposit Account " : Form No. 30, Special Deposit Account Current. Form No. 31, Schedule of Receipts and Deposits. Form No. 32, Schedule of Disbursements. Form No. 33, Schedule of Refundments and Transfers. 2. Some examples of funds to be handled through the Special Deposit Account are as follows r (a) Money received in connection with sales where funds for payment are received in advance. (ft) Money advanced by officers of the Army to cover the cost of transporting excess baggage or private mounts of officers in excess of the authorized number. (c) Money advanced to cover the cost of any special work that may be requested of the War Department which is au- thorized by law or regulations. (d) Telegraph tolls collected for other lines where the Government receives the message from the sender and trans- mits it over Government and connecting lines. 3. All moneys received* by disbursing or collecting officers of the War Department of the character enumerated above and moneys held in trust by an officer as agent of the Gov- ernment, not otherwise provided for by law or Treasury regu- lation, which is subsequently returned in whole or in part to 368 the depositor, will upon receipt be deposited with the Treas- urer of the United States to the official credit of the officer making the deposit and to an account to be designated as " Special Deposits." 4. Disbursing or collecting officers should not attempt by correspondence with the bank on which a check is drawn, or otherwise, to cash same, but should at once deliver the check to the Treasurer of the United States or to a designated deposi- tory for collection and deposit with the Treasurer to the officer's official credit on account of " Special Deposits." 5. Disposition of Special Deposit moneys deposited with the Treasurer of the United States will be by check on the Treasurer (special blank checks for this purpose will be fur- nished by the Treasury Department upon application), in order that the latter may make the proper entry on his books, as well as for other purposes. This includes not only refund- ments but also authorized disbursements and transfers to regular account. 6. Special Deposit Accounts will be rendered monthly to the chief of the bureau of the War Department to which they pertain for administrative examination and transmittal to the Auditor for the War Department (see par. 627, A. R.). 7. The bureaus and offices of the War Department, in mak- ing requisition on the Chief of Supply Division for the forms enumerated in paragraph 1 of this order, will use the regular blank prescribed for stationery supplies and designate the forms by number. ( G. 0. J,l, 1914—2174511, A. G. O. ) 150. Contracts for file in auditor's office. — 1. In a recent decision the Comptroller of the Treasury invited attention to the requirements of section 3743 of the Revised Statutes of the I'nited States, as amended by section 18 of the act of July 31, 1894 (28 Stat., 210), which reads, in part, as follows: All contracts to be made, by virtue of any law, and requir- ing the advance of money, or in any manner connected with the settlement of public accounts, shall be deposited promptly in the offices of the Auditors of the Treasury, according to the nature of the contracts, * * *. 2. With reference to the foregoing, the comptroller stated, in part : The law makes it the duty of the administrative department of the Government to forward to the proper auditor all con- tracts in any manner connected with the settlement of ac- counts. Where the contract relates to a single transaction, it 369 may be forwarded with the account to which it relates. But the contract should in all instances be forwarded to the auditor either with or in advance of the account to which it relates. It is the further duty of the administratiTe department to forward to the auditor any other information relating to an account which may be useful or necessary in determining the correct amount to be allowed thereon. * * * This is not an isolated case. Other cas.es * * * have come to my attention where important information affecting the settlement of an account that was in the possession of the War Department was not forwarded to or made known to the auditor until after his action thereon. 3. Paragraph 564, Army Regulations, provides that the number of the contract for the Auditor for the War Depart- ment shall be sent to him by the head of the bureau to which the contract pertains, and the attention of all officers con- cerned is called to the necessity of their cooperating with the War Department, in order to insure prompt filing with the auditor of all contracts and such supporting papers as may be essential to a proper audit of the accounts. Officers who are charged with the preparation and execution of con- tracts of any kind will exercise every effort to forward the same to the War Department, correct in every detail with- out unnecessary delay. 4. When payments are based on proposal and acceptance agreements or open market purchases, or purchases are made in any way other than by formal contract, the papers, or certified copies thereof, containing full information as to the account, prices, and quantities, should be attached to the voucher and accompany the same to the auditor. If more than one voucher is based on a single set of papers relating to a transaction, the papers should be filed with the first voucher, and subsequent vouchers should refer to the fact that the papers, showing details of the transactions, have been filed with the former voucher, stating its number, date, and the officer's account concerned. (Par. Ill, O. O. 67, 19U—2189U1, A. G. O.) 161. Record on account current of payments from avail- able balances. — In order to show on the account current all transactions of disbursing officers who are permitted by statute to make payments from their available balances to meet pressing obligations under appropriations where they have not sufficient funds, it will be necessary to write in on 40062°— 16 24 370 the face of the account current, on the third line from the bottom, on the debit side, " Charge appropriation , letter of apportionment No. , under the provisions of the act of ," and, on the credit side, " Credit from appropriation , letter of apportion- ment No. , under the provisions of the act of " (G, O. 21, 1913—2018345, A. G. O.) 162. Ketained money accounts, property accounts, etc. — 1. Papers and record books, constituting the retained money accounts, property accounts, property returns and vouchers thereto, of officers of the Army will not be shipped from place to place at public expense, but will be maintained and disposed of as follows: (a) When an officer accountable for money or property is relieved from such accountability, he will assemble in proper order his retained money and property papers and records, arranging those pertaining to money separately from those relating to property, put them in packages or boxes, and plainly mark on the outside of each package or box the nature of the papers, the station or stations to which they pertain, and the bureau involved. For example: " Retained (money or property papers or both, as the case may be) of Capt. John Doe, Quartermaster Corps, pertaining to Fort Myer, Va., July 1, 1914, to June 30, 1915." He will then transfer these papers, with such other transferable retained money and prop- erty papers as may have come into his possession, to his succes- sor, who will give his receipt therefor and will store the papers for future reference until authority is given for the destruc- tion or other disposition thereof. (6) All correspondence affecting the settlement of accounts or any other correspondence which necessitates reference to the retained papers will be forwarded by the officer concerned directly to the commanding officer of the post or station where such papers are stored for the papers or information required. (c) Retained papers should not be held in storage for a period in excess of two years from the date of the final set- tlement of the account to which they pertain. In order that the papers may be destroyed within this period or as soon thereafter as practicable, it shall be the duty of every officer, active or retired, receiving notice that his money or property accounts have been settled, to notify immediately the com- manding officer of the post where the papers are stored of the 371 date of settlement. If the officer desires tlie papers destroyed at a date earlier than two years from the date of settlement, he will so specify in his notification ; otherwise the command- ing officer of the post will cause the papers to be labeled for destruction at a date two years from the date of final settle- ment. It shall be the duty of commanding officers at posts to see that the papers are destroyed on the date specified so as to avoid accumulation of such papers at posts. (d) Commanding officers of posts or stations will ascertain from time to time whether any retained papers left at their posts or stations under the operation of this order pertain to the accounts of officers who have been separated from the service, by death or otherwise, and to report all such cases to the head of the bureau concerned in order that proper action may be taken toward the disposition of such papers. (e) In the event that a post or station where such retained papers are stored is discontinued before the final disposition of the papers, the officer concerned will be notified by the proper commanding officer as to the place to which the papers are to be shipped. 2. Lists of outstanding checks will be kept by the officer to whom they pertain and not packed with the retained money or property papers. (Par. Ill, G. O. 7i, 1914—2183408, A. Q. O.) ARTICLE XVI. DAMAGE TO PRIVATE PROPERTY FROM MILITARY OPERATIONS. 153. Claims for damages. — 1. There are received in the War Department many claims for damages to private property resulting from military operations, including heavy gun prac- tice at the seacoast defense forts. When it is clearly estab- lished that the damages claimed in any case have been caused by such operations, and the circumstances are such as to make it equitable for the United States to assume responsibility therefor, the amount of the damages having been determined and the claimant having filed a statement that he will accept the amount so determined in full of his claim, the amount of the damages so determined will be included in an estimate submitted to Congress for an appropriation to cover such claims. In the absence of such appropriation, the depart- ment is without authority to pay or settle such claims. 2. The action of the department upon such claims is based upon the evidence submitted by the claimant as to the nature of the damages; how they were incurred, and the cost of restoring the damaged property to its previous condition, sup- ported by the findings of a board of officers that has investi- gated the claim, or by a surveying officer when the appoint- ment of a board of officers is not practicable. 3. To enable intelligent action to be taken upon claims of this nature it is requisite that the claimant submit a state- ment over his own signature setting forth all the facts and circumstances under which the damages charged for accrued ; the nature and extent of the damages ; the date they were in- curred, and the cost for repairs of the same, to be accom- panied by such evidence as is available, and by a receipt for the payment of the repairs, if they have been made, or an estimate of the cost thereof. The post-office address of the claimant will also be stated. (372) 373 4. The report of the board of officers or surveying officer investigating the claim should recite the circumstances under which the claim accrued; the date thereof; the nature and extent of the damages, and whether or not they were due to pure accident, or to the fault of any officer or agent of the United States or any other person, or were the necessary result of military operations. The report should also cover the cost of restoring the property to the condition in which it was before it was damaged, ^ deduction being made for any improvement in such restoration, and should conclude with a recommendation as to the amount which should be allowed and paid to the claimant for the restoration. 5. Should the investigating board or the surveying officer require expert assistance to determine the nature of the damages and the cost for repairs, application will be made to The Adjutant General of the Army for the services of an expert competent to advise the board or the surveying officer as to the matters under consideration. 6. Officers to whom claims for damages to private property are submitted will explain to claimants the method of deter- mining the award to be recommended, and that there is no appropriation or authority of law for the payment of such claims by the War Department, but that they can be paid only after appropriations have been made by Congress for that purpose. All action taken toward determining the amount of damage to any property is for the purpose of obtaining infor- mation to enable the Secretary of War to make proper recom- mendation to Congress, by which body only can be taken final action authorizing payment. 7. No charges or estimates for improvements, changes, or additions to property should be^ included in any claim for damages, and if included will not be allowed in the award recommended, but will be deducted from the amount claimed. 8. The claimant will be advised in writing of any deductions made from his claim, and the reasons therefor, and of the award to be recommended, and will be requested to state in writing whether or not he will accept the award, and if he will not accept the award to submit his reasons. His answer will be forwarded with the recommendations as to the award. (Cir. 22, 1910—1635729, A. a. O.) ARTICLE XVII. CIVILIAN EMPLOYEES. 154. Transfers of clerks between United States and Philippine Islands. — It is the view of the department that derlis who have had three years' efficient and meritorious service in the Philippines, and who are eligible under civil- service rules, should be favorably considered for transfer to the United States when opportunities arise and when condi- tions make such transfers practicable and in the interest of good administration. It is desired hereafter, when practicable, to iBll vacancies occurring in the department's service in the United States by the transfer of eligible clerks from the Philippines; also to transfer from time to time clerks from the United States to the Philippines for a tour of service when such transfers may be in the interest of good administration. Attention is invited at this time to the orders of the depart- ment of July 24, 1901 (Circular No. 26, Headquarters of the Army, Adjutant Greneral's Office), as follows: The Secretary of War considers that the interests of the service require that employees at large in the department must be subject to orders in regard to transfer of station, and a refusal to obey such orders will be deemed a proper and sufficient reason for discharge from the service. Under the provisions of this order those employees who have had one year's service and are physically able to work in a tropical climate are subject to transfer to the Philippines for a tour of service. The physical ability for Philippine service of a clerk nomi- nated for transfer will be determined by physical examination and certificate of an Army surgeon. The pay of clerks in the Quartermaster Corps, Engineer Department, Medical Department, and Signal Service, trans- ferred from the United States to the Philippine Islands, will be increased $200 each per annum, to take effect on the date of d^arture from the continental limits of the United States ; (374) 375 and the pay of those transferred from the Philippine Islands to the United States will be reduced $200 each per annum, to take effect on arrival within the continental limits of the United States. The pay of clerks at headquarters of territorial depart- ments, tactical divisions, brigades, and service schools who are citizens of the United States will be increased $200 each per annum while serving in the Philippine Islands, such serv- ice to be computed from the date of departure from the con- tinental limits of the United States to the date of return thereto. When opportunities arise for transferring clerks to the United States nominations will be submitted to the Secretary of War, determined as far as practicable by length of service in civil positions under the department in the Philippines. Each nomination for a transfer will state the reasons for determining the particular employee nominated, whether the transfer proposed is from the Philippines to the United States 01 vice versa. No classified employee will be transferred from the United States to the Philippines or from the Philippines to the United States except upon authority of the Secretary of War pre- viously obtained. (War Dept. Order, Mar. 15, 1904; G. O. 68, 1904; War Dept. letters, June 12, 1914; Army appropriation acts.) 165. Travel allowances, civilian employees. — The follow- ing are statutory provisions relative to travel allowances of civilian employees : On and after July 1, 1914, unless otherwise expressly pro- vided by law, no officer or employee of the United States shall be allowed or paid any sum in excess of expenses actually incurred for subsistence while traveling on duty outside of the District of Columbia and away from his designated post of duty, nor any sum for such expenses actually incurred in excess of $5 per day ; nor shall any allowance or reimburse- ment for subsistence be paid to any officer or employee in any branch of the public service of the United States in the Dis- trict of Columbia unless ^absent from his designated post of duty outside of the District of Columbia, and then only for the period of time actually engaged in the discharge of official duties. (Urgent deficiency appropriation act, Apr. 6, 1914.) That the heads of executive departments and other Govern- ment establishments are authorized to prescribe per diem rates of allowance not exceeding $4 in lieu of subsistence to persons engaged in field work or traveling on official business outside of the District of Columbia and away from 376 their designated posts of duty when not otherwise fixed by law. For the fiscal year -1916 and annually thereafter esti- mates of appropriations from which per diem allowances are to be paid shall specifically state the rates of such allowances. (Sec. 13, sundry civil appropriation act, Aug. 1, 1914.) Where, by law or regulation, a travel order is to be issued by the Secretary of War to civilian employees, the recom- mendation therefor shall state clearly whether the cost of the travel is to be paid according to the actual expenditures made, or by a flat per diem allowance, with the per diem rate recommended. In the cases of employees for whom travel orders are not required to be issued by the Secretary of War, general au- thority is hereby given allowing a flat per diem allowance not exceeding $4 in lieu of reimbursement for actual expendi- tures provided by Army Regulations. {Par. /, G. O. 81, 1914 — 2178004, A. G. 0.) 156. Payment of increased compensation from lump-sum appropriation. — The following is an extract from the act making appropriations for the legislative, executive, and judicial expenses of the Government for the fiscal year ending June 30, 1914, and for other purposes, approved March 4, 1913: Sec. 4. That section 7 of the general ' deficiency appropria- tion act approved August 26, 1912, is amended to read as follows : " Sec. 7. That no part of any money contained herein or hereafter appropriated in lump sum shall be available for the payment of personal services at a rate of compensation in excess of that paid for ^ the same or similar services during the preceding fiscal year; nor shall any person employed af a specific salary be hereafter transferred and hereafter paid from a lump-sum appropriation a rate of compensation greater than such specific salary, and the heads of departments shall cause this provision to be enforced : Provided, That this sec- tion shall not apply to mechanics, artisans, their helpers and assistants, laborers, or any other employees whose duties are of similar character and required in carrying on the various manufacturing or constructing operations of the Govern- ment." In submitting a recommendation for increase of compensa- tion, to be paid from a lump appropriation, bureau chiefs will state whether the employee is within the excepted class of the proviso, or, if not, whether he is outside the general prohibi- tion of the above-quoted law. (Par. II, BuU 12 y 1913— 2021645, A, G.O.) 377 157. Militia duty not to adversely affect eflficiency ratings, — It is hereby ordered that absence of employees in and under tlie War Department who are members of the Or- ganized Militia, on duty or field service with their organiza- tions for instruction, shall not adversely affect the efficiency ratings of such employees. Chiefs of bureaus and others responsible for the prepara- tion of efficiency reports are charged with the duty of seeing that these orders are carried out, both in the departmental service in Washington and in the outlying or field service of the department. (War Dept. Order, Feb. 6, 1914; Pcir, II, G. 0. 11, 191 Jf— 2126m, A. a. O.) 158. Membership in National League of Goyernment Em- ployees. — On account of complaints which have been made to the department in relation to securing advertising for publi- cations issued by organizations of Government employees, employees in or under the War Department are forbidden to hold membership in the National League of Government Employees while it issues or is connected with any publica- tion for which advertisements are procured from contractors or business concerns having contractual relations with any branch of the service under the War Department. (War Dept. Cir., Dec, 15, 19U; Par. I, Bui. 2, 1915—22U257, A. O. O.) 159. Notarial work. — It is hereby ordered that hereafter no officer, clerk, or employee in the executive service of the Government (except postmasters at offices of the fourth class and rural carriers) who is also a notary public shall charge or receive any compensation whatever for performing any notarial act for an officer, clerk, or employee of the Govern- ment in his official capacity, or for any person when in the case of such person the act is performed during the hours of such notary's service to the Government. Disobedience of this order shall be ground for immediate dismissal from the service. This order shall not apply to oaths of disinterestedness or other oaths required to be made by law, provided that the work in connection therewith is not performed during office hours. For the purpose of this order, the expression " office hours " shall be construed to include the half hour allowed each working day for luncheon. (Executive Order, Nov. 21^, 1908; Cir. 98, 1908—14^9373, A. O. O.) 378 160. Usury. — The loaning of money at usurious rates of interest by clerks or other civilian employees in or under the War Department or the military establishment, either as principal or agent, directly or indirectly, to others in the Government service is prohibited, and any such clerk or employee who hereafter engages in the same will be dismissed from the service, and no application for his reinstatement therein will be considered. (War Dept. Cir., Apr. 13, 1911; Par. I, G. O. 52, 1911—1770903, A. G. O.) 161. Admission to the Government Hospital for the In- sane. — Civilian clerks employed from Army appropriations, other than clerks of the Quartermaster Corps, are not as such entitled to admission to the Government Hospital for the Insane. When such a clerk becomes insane, if he is a resident of the District of Columbia and is brought to the District, application may be made for his admission to the hospital as such resident under the provisions of section 4838, Revised Statutes. {Par. I, Cir. 53, 1907—1257926, A. G. O.) 162. Toting in congressional elections. — It is hereby or- dered that on election day for Senators and Representatives in the Congress of the United States, and until further notice, all clerks and other employees under the War Department who are qualified voters, when employed in a State and con- gressional district where such election is being held, shall be granted a reasonable time in which to vote during working hours, without loss of pay or without charge against annual leave, and all orders in conflict herewith are modified accordingly. Provided, however. That this order shall not apply to any office or establishment under the War Department or to any clerk or other employee thereof that may for special public reasons be excepted therefrom by the highest officer or official having immediate supervision or control of such office or estab- lishment, or where the same would be inconsistent with existing law. (War Dept. Orders, Oct. 30, 1914; Par. II, Bui. 4, 1915—22m27, A. G. O.) 163. Warning against political activity. — 1. POLITICAL ACTIVITY. Rule I, section 1, of the civil-service rules, reads as follows : No person in the executive civil service shall use his official authority or influence for the purpose of interfering with an 379 election or affecting the result thereof. Persons who by the provisions of these rules are in the competitive classified serv- ice, while retaining the right to vote as they please and to ex- press privately their opinions on all political subjects, shall take no active part in political management or in political campaigns. The first sentence of the rule applies to every person in the executive civil service, irrespective of the method of his ap- pointment. The second sentence of the rule applies to all persons holding positions in the competitive classified service, whether the appointment be permanent or temporary in char- acter, and by departmental action has also generally been made applicable to unclassified laborers. The following forms of activity have been held to be for- bidden by this provision : Service on political committees; service as delegates to State, county, or district conventions of a political party, although it was understoo^d that the employees were not " to take or use any political activity in going to these conventions or otherwise violate the civil-service rules " ; service as officer of a political club, as chairman of a political meeting, or as secretary of an antisaloon league ; continued political activity and leadership ; activity at the polls on election day ; the pub- lication or editing of a newspaper in the interests of a politi- cal party ; the publication of political articles bearing on quali- fication of different candidates; the distribution of political literature ; holding office in a clT^b which takes an active part in political campaigns or management ; making speeches before political meetings or clubs ; activity in local option campaigns ; circulation of petitions having a political object, of petitions proposing amendments to municipal charter, of petitions favoring candidates for municipal offices, and of local option petitions; candidacy for or holding of elective office; accept- ing nomination for political oflice with the intention of resign- ing from the competitive service if elected; recommendation by clerks and carriers of a person to be postmaster ; service as a commissioner of election in a community where it was noto- rious that a commissioner of election must be an active poli- tician; service as inspector of election, ballot clerk, ballot inspector, judge of election, member of election board; or generally any form of activity in political management or political campaigns though not specifically mentioned above. 380 Inasmuch as the issuance of a certificate for reinstatement is discretionary with the Civil Service Commission, no cer- tificate will be issued in any case where the party applying for reinstatement has previously resigned with a view of run- ning for office, or with a view of indulging in a degree of political activity which would be prohibited if he had re- mained in the service, and who afterwards, having failed in his candidacy or having indulged in the contemplated activity, seeks reinstatement. 2. POLITICAL ASSESSMENTS OR CONTEIBUTIONS. The civil-service act provides that " No person in thfe public service is for that reason under any obligations to contrib- ute to any political fund or to render any political service, and * * * he will not be removed or otherwise prejudiced for refusing to do so." Section 118 of the Criminal Code pro- vides that no Federal officer or employee shall, directly or indirectly, solicit or receive, or be in any manner concerned in soliciting or receiving, any political assessment, subscrip- tion, or contribution from any other Federal officer or em- ployee. Section 120 of the Criminal Code prohibits the dis- charge, promotion, or degrading of any officer or employee for giving or failing to make any political contribution. Sec- tion 121 of the Criminal Code prohibits any Federal officer or employee from making any such political contribution to another iFederal officer or emt)loyee, and section 119 prohibits the solicitation or receipt of any political contribution in any room or building occupied in the discharge of official duties by any officer or employee of the Unted States or, on other Federal premises, by any person whatsoever, whether in the public service or not. In connection with this latter provision, the United States Supreme Court has held that a. solicitation by letter or circular addressed and delivered by mail or other- wise to an officer or employee of the United States at the office or building in which he is employed in the discharge of his official duties is a solicitation within the meaning of the law, the solicitation taking place where the letter was received. Section 122 of the Criminal Code provides that whoever shall violate any provision of the four sections above mentioned shall be fined not more than $5,000 or imprisoned not more than three years, or both. 381 It is the duty of the Civil Service Commission to see that the civil-service act and rules and the above-mentioned sec- tions of the Criminal Code, which were originally enacted as a part of the civil-service act, are strictly enforced, and it will employ every legitimate and available means to secure the prosecution and punishment of persons who may violate them. The commission requests any person having knowl- edge of any such violation to lay the facts before it, that it may at once take action thereon. It is hereby directed that copies of this circular be posted by the officers in charge in prominent places in all bureaus and offices in and under the War Department and at all arsenals, depots, and stations in the service at large of the department where civilians are employed. The law and rules on this subject will be strictly enforced. (War Dept. Cir., Sept. 30, 1910; Cir. 65, 1910—1701108, A. G. O.) 164. Holidays to be observed Monday when falling on Sunday. — It is hereby ordered that all offices of the Govern- ment, arsenals, navy yards and stations, and other Govern- ment establishments shall, when the 1st day of January, the 22d day of February, the 30th day of May, the 4th day of July, and the 25th day of December, fall on the first day of the week, commonly called Sunday, be closed to public busi- ness on the following Monday and that all employees in the public service, wherever employed, who would be excused from work on the above-named days be excused on the fol- lowing Monday when said days fall on the first day of the week, commonly called Sunday, excepting that where a State, law fixes for a holiday another day than the Monday follow- ing such legal holiday, the Government offices and other Government establishments situated in such States shall close and employees in the public service shall be excused on that day which is in conformity to State law. {Executive Order, May 22, 1909; Cir. 31, 1909—1527737, A. Q. O.) 165. Labor Day a holiday for per diem employees. — It is hereby ordered that hereafter all per diem employees and other day laborers in the Federal public service, wherever employed, whose employment extends through and beyond the first Monday in September, commonly known as Labor Day and set apart as a legal public holiday for certain branches 382 of the public service by the act of June 28, A. D. 1894, be excused from work on said day, and shall receive the same pay as on other days, and the said day is declared to be a holiday for all purposes for said per diem employees and laborers. Provided, however. That this order shall not apply to any bureau or office of the Government, or to any of the clerks or other employees thereof, that may for special public reasons be excepted therefrom by the head of the department having supervision or control of such bureau or office, or where the same would be inconsistent with the provisions of existing law. {Executive Order, Aug. 1, 1912; Par. I, Bui. 14, 1912 — 19 WU, A. G.O.) 166. Saturday half holidays.— It is hereby ordered that from June 15 to September 15 of each year, until further notice, four hours, exclusive of time for luncheon, shall con- stitute a day's work on Saturdays for all clerks and other employees of the Federal Government, wherever employed ; and all Executive or other orders in conflict herewith, except the Executive order of April 4, 1908, relating to certain naval stations, are hereby revoked. Provided, however, That this order shall not apply to any bureau or office of the Government, or to any of the clerks or other employees thereof, that may for special public reasons be excepted therefrom by the head of the department having supervision or control of such bureau or office, or where the same would be inconsistent with the provisions of existing law. {Executive Order, June 9, 1914; Par. I, Bui. 26, 1914— 1535452 A, A. O. O.) The officers and crews of Government vessels in the service of the War Department, and all other employees serving on those vessels, are for special public reasons excepted from the application of the Executive order of June 9, 1914, which con- stitutes four hours a day's work on Saturdays from June 15 to September 15 of each year. {War Dept. Cir., Aug. 12, 1914; Par. II, Bui. 41, 1914—1535452 B, A. G. O.) 167. Regulations governing the application of the act of May 30, 1908, granting compensation for injuries to Goy- ernment employees. — For the purpose of carrying out the provisions of the act of Congress approved May 30, 1908, granting compensation for injuries to certain classes of arti- 383 sans and laborers employed by the Government of the United Slates, the following regulations are issued for the guidance of officials and employees in the Government service: Heads of bureaus or offices (or persons who may be espe- cially designated) will keep on hand a sufficient supply of blank forms for making reports concerning accidents and claims for compensation. A supply of such blank forms shall be placed in the hands of all officials in immediate charge at any place at which arti- sans or laborers are employed who are entitled, in case of accident, to compensation under the provisions of this act. FILING OF REPORTS AND CLAIMS. All reports called for shall be made out promptly by the proper officials and by them forwarded to the heads of their respective departments for transmission to the Secretary of I.abor. All claims and other documents relating thereto will be filed by the claimant with his immediate official superior and will be forwarded by such superior through the regular official channels to the head of the department, to be transmitted by him to the Secretary of Labor. REPORTS TO BE MADE FOR ALL EMPLOYEES INJURED. The following reports should be made for all employees, regardless of the application of the act of May 30, 1908 : Whenever an injury is sustained by any Government em- ployee due to an accident occurring in the course of his em- ployment, and the injury is of such a nature as to prevent the employee from performing work for one day or longer, the case will be reported by the official superior of such employee on Form C. A. 1 not later than the second day after the accidenc. Whenever a person who has been rei)orted disabled by an accident returns to work, a report of his return to work will be made immediately on the proper form (C. A. 2) by his official superior. Cases of death occurring either immediately or within one year after the accident will be reported on Form C. A. 3 as soon as possible after knowledge of such death reaches the official superior. 384 PEOCEDUKE IN CASE OF DISABILITY. Whenever an artisan or laborer who is injured as above indicated, and whose employment is within the scope of the act of May 30, 1908, has been disabled for more than 15 days, he will be furnished with a blank form for Claim for Compen- sation to Injured Employee (C. A. 4), which form must at once be filled out and returned to the official superior and will be forwarded by him through the regular official channels to the head of the department, to be transmitted by him to the Secretary of Labor. In forwarding these papers, no letter of transmittal is necessary, all the information ordinarily required of the official superior being supplied by filling out the third page of Form C. A. 4. In the event that the official superior feels that there are any further facts requiring a report by him, he will, of course, make such additional report and forward it along with the claim and other papers in the case. If the claim is approved, the compensation will be granted during disability, but for a period not exceeding six months. In order to secure this compensation, the injured employee on each pay day must file with the disbursing officer a certifi- cate that he is still unable to resume work (Form C. A. 7), which certificate must be attested by a physician and approved by his official superior. In order to secure compensation for disability for more than six months, application must be made on Form C. A. 8 for a medical examination at the end of that period by a physician provided by the Secretary of Labor. Unless such examina- tion is made, or if the examination discloses that the injured employee is no longer unable to resume work, the compensa- tion payments will be discontinued at the end of the six months' period. If the injured employee's condition as disclosed by such medical examination justifies it, the disability payments will be continued in the same manner as before. Upon the receipt of approval or disapproval of continuance of compensation payments the oflficial superior will immedi- ately notify the injured employee concerned. 385 PBOCEDURE IN CASE OF DEATH. Whenever an artisan or laborer entitled to compensation under tliis act dies as a result of accidental injury received in the course of his employment, and his wife, his children under 16 years of age, or his dependent parents desire to claim pay- ment under this act, they shall be furnished with blank form of claim for compensation (C. A. 16). This form must be filled out and returned to the official superior and shall be forwarded by him through the regular channels to the head of the department, to be transmitted by him to the Secretary of Labor. The claims in case of death must be filed within 90 days of the date of death. If the claim is approved and the compensation is payable to more than one person, the Secretary of Labor will designate the portion to be paid each claimant. The official superior of the injured employee will make a report on Form G. A. 15 whenever the payment of compensa- tion to any person is discontinued. Bureau chiefs will be provided by the Assistant and Chief Clerk of the War Department with the forms furnished by the Secretary of Labor for carrying the act into effect. (Cir. 68, 1908—U10850, A. O. O.) 40062°— 16 25 ARTICLE XVIII. GENERAL STAFE CORPS. 168. Compilation and condensation of existing law, regn- lations, and orders relating to the General Staff Corps. CHIEF OF STAFF. 1. The Chief of Staff will act as the military adviser to the Secretary of War, and will keep him informed on all military matters relating to the Regular Army, and also on all such relating to the militia as are within the purview of the War Department. The Chief of Staff reports to the Secretary of War, receives from him the directions and orders given in be- half of the President, and gives effect thereto in the manner hereinafter provided. Exceptions to this ordinary course of administration may, however, be made at any time if the President sees fit to call upon the Chief of Staff to give information or advice, or re- ceive instructions, directly. 2. He will issue, through The Adjutant General of the Army, all orders and instructions of the Secretary of War affecting the Regular Army and the Organized Militia when called into the service of the United States ; and through the Chief of the Division of Militia Affairs all those affecting the Organized Militia not in the service of the United States. 3. He will, under the direction of the Secretary of War, supervise all staff departments and corps, all troops of the line and staff, and all other matters pertaining to the military establishment of the Regular Army, and all matters relating to the militia, arising in the execution of acts of Congress and Executive regulations made in pursuance thereof, and will perform such other military duties as may be assigned to him by the President. In the performance of these duties the Chief of Staff will, under authority of the Secretary of War, call for information, make investigations, issue in- structions, and exercise all other functions necessary to secure proper harmony and efficiency of action upon the part (386) 387 of those under his supervision. The supervisory power vested by statute in the Chief of Staff covers primarily duties pertaining to the command, discipline, training, and recruitment of the Army, military operations, distribution of troops, inspections, armaments, fortifications, military educa- tion and instruction, including the Military Academy and all service schools, and kindred matters, but includes also in an advisory capacity such duties connected with fiscal adminis- tration and supply as are committed to him by the Secretary of War. All proposed legal enactments affecting the Army, and estimates for appropriations for its support, will be sub- mitted to the Chief of Staff for the consideration of the Sec- retary of War. In order that the Chief of Staff may effec- tively exercise the coordinating and supervisory authority, vested in him by statute, the annual reports of division and department commanders, and bureau chiefs, as well as the annual reports of the Superintendent of the Military Acad- emy, the service schools, and other subordinate commanders, will be submitted to him for the consideration of the Secre- tary of War prior to publication. For purposes of administration the office of the Chief of Staff will constitute a supervising military bureau of the War Department. 4. In case of absence or disability of the Chief of Staff, the senior assistant to the Chief of Staff, present for duty, will act as chief. 5. The detail of a Chief of Staff will in every case cease, unless sooner terminated, on the day following the expiration of the term of service of the President by whom the detail was made; and if at any time the Chief of Staff considers that he can no longer sustain toward the President and the Secretary of War a relation of absolute confidence and per- sonal accord and sympathy he will apply to be relieved. THE OFFICE OF THE CHIEF OF STAFF. 6. The Chief of Staff is authorized a secretary, to be selected from the General Staff Corps, and will arrange his oflSce in four divisions, as follows : (a) The Mobile Army Division. (&) The Coast Artillery Division, (c) The Division of Militia Affairs. id) The War College Division. 7. Two general officers of tlie General Staff, detailed by the President from the general officers of the Army, and the Chief of Coast Artillery and the Chief of the Division of Militia Affairs, who shall be a general officer, will be designated as assistants to the Chief of Staff and will be placed in charge of the Mobile Army Division, the War College Division, the Coast Artillery Division, and the Division of Militia Affairs, respectively. The Chief of the Coast Artillery Division and the Chief of the Division of Militia Affairs shall be additional members of the General Staff. 8. All communications relating to business arising in the Army or concerning the Army which are referred to The Adjutant General for the action of superior authority, and which do not come within the jurisdiction of chiefs of bureaus, and all communications relating to business concerning the Army emanating from the bureaus of the War Department requiring the action of higher authority will be submitted to the Chief of Staff." 9. All papers on important matters, such as those affecting military policy or relating to the expenditure of funds, re- ferred to an assistant to the Chief of Staff for remark and recommendation, will be presented by him in person to the Chief of Staff with a memorandum in each case giving his views and recommendations thereon. All papers on ordinary routine matters so referred will be returned directly to the secretary of the Chief of Staff with a like memorandum giv- ing the views and recommendations of the assistant concerned. 10. Whenever, in the consideration of a matter referred to him, an assistant to the Chief of Staff finds it necessary or advisable, before submitting his recommendation thereon, to cause its reference or return to The Adjutant General of the Army, or to any bureau chief, or to a military authority within or without the War Department, for information or for any intermediate action whatever, the assistant to the Chief of Staff, acting for him and by his authority, is author- ized to indicate by memorandum to The Adjutant General of the Army or to the bureau chief or military authority the iThe requirements of this paragraph do not abrogate War Depart- ment orders of November 7, 1905 : *• Matters of a purely civil nature will be referred by chiefs of bureaus direct to the Secretary of War, unless otherwise required by their subject matter." 389 appropriate action desired, and the action of the assistant to the Chief of Staff on all business of this character will be accepted as the action of the Chief of Staff. 11. All papers involving questions of general policy, the establishment or reversal of precedents, or matters of special or extraordinary Importance will be submitted by the Chief of Staff in person to the Secretary of War; such papers as the Secretary of War may direct will be submitted by the Chief of Staff to the Assistant Secretary of War. On every paper submitted by the Chief of Staff he will indorse his views and recommendations, and wherever necessary each case will also show the recommendations, reports, or informa- tion from the bureaus of the War Department or the military authorities outside the department. Routine business and papers will be acted on by the Chief of Staff in the name of the Secretary of War, as well as such other papers and busi- ness as the Secretary of War may indicate. The Chief of Staff may authorize his assistants to act for him in unimpor- tant routine cases.* 12. The assistants to the Chief of Staff in charge of the Mobile Army Division, the Coast Artillery Division, and the Division of Militia Affairs will keep the Chief of Staff advised at all times of the efficiency of the personnel and materiel of the mobile army, the Coast Artillery, and the militia, re- spectively, and they will, as circumstances require, make such recommendations in reference thereto as will in their judg- ment tend to promote efficiency. In like manner the assistant in charge of the War College Division will keep the Chief of Staff advised of the work of his division and make recom- mendations to promote its efficiency. 13. The Chief of Staff and the assistants to the Chief of Staff may correspond or confer directly with the chiefs of bureaus of the War Department and with each other on mat- ters referred to them for remark and recommendation. They may correspond directly with the commandants of the service schools and with the presidents of the technical boards of the branches of service pertaining to their divisions on sub- jects of a purely technical character which do not involve questions of command, discipline, or administration and do not relate to the status or interests of individuals. The Chief *ThIs paragraph is subject to the provisions of the order of the Secretary of War of April 14, 1906." 390 of the Division of Militia Affairs may also in like manner correspond directly with the officials of the various States, Territories, and the District of Columbia, and also with officers of the regular service detailed for duty therewith under section 20 of the act approved January 21, 1903, as amended by the act approved May 27, 1908, or those w^ho may be detailed under the provisions of the act of Congress ap- proved March 3, 1911, on matters pertaining to the Organized Militia not in the service of the United States. 14. The assistants to the Chief of Staff are charged gen- erally with the recommending to the Chief of Staff of officers in the different branches of the Army under their supervision for special duty and assignment to organizations, and stations. They will also make recommendations to the Chief of Staff as to the instruction of officers and enlisted men in those branches and as to examinations and transfer of officers to them and for promotion therein, and will recommend to the Chief of Staff such examinations and such courses and meth- ods of instruction in the service schools and the War College and elsewhere under their respective supervision as they shall deem requisite to insure a thoroughly trained and educated force. To this end they are authorized, with the approval of the Chief of Staff, to issue directly to the officers in branches under their supervision bulletins and circulars giving informa- tion on current military matters of a purely technical char- acter which do not involve questions of command, discipline, or administration and do not relate to the status or interests of individuals. 15. The offices of the assistants to the Chief of Staff, except those of the assistants in charge of the War College Division and the Division of Militia Affairs, will not be offices of rec- ord except of correspondence authorized by paragraph 12; all other records pertaining to the duties of these assistants will be kept in the office of The Adjutant General of the Army. The War College Division will be the office of record for all matters pertaining solely to the work of that division; the Division of Militia Affairs will be the office of record of the War Department for all matters pertaining solely to the Or- ganized Militia not in the service of the United States; the office of The Adjutant General of the Army will be the office of record for all other matters relating to the work of these divi- sions. All of the records referred to above, which are kept in 391 the office of The Adjutant General of the Army, will be avail- able whenever needed for the official use of the Chief of Staff or any assistant to the Chief of Staff. GENERAL STAFF CORPS. 16. The duties of the General Staff Corps, under direction of the Chief of Staff*, shall be to prepare plans for the national defense and for the mobilization of the military forces in time of war; to investigate and report upon all questions affecting the efficiency of the Army and its state of prepara- tion for military operations; to render professional aid and assistance to the Secretary of War and to general officers and other superior commanders ; to act as their agents in inform- ing and coordinating the action of all the different officers who are by law under the supervision of the Chief of Staff; and to perform such other military duties not otherwise as- signed by law as may be from time to time prescribed by the President. While serving in the General Staff Corps, officers may be assigned to duty by the Secretary of War with any branch of the Army. 17. The general officers authorized by law for the General Staff Corps, except the Chief of Coast Artillery, are detailed by the President from the general officers of the Army. The Chief of the Division of Militia Affairs is also so detailed. All details to vacancies in the General Staff Corps in grades other than those of general officers will be filled ou the recommenda- tion of a board of five general officers, not more than two of whom shall be members of the General Staff Corps, convened by the Secretary of War at such times as may be necessary. The board will be sworn to recommend officers solely on their professional efficiency, on their probable aptitude, and fitness for General Staff service, and will select such number of officers of the proper grades to fill existing or expected vacan- cies as the Secretary of War may direct. Officers may be re- detailed, subject to the conditions of paragraph 18, when eligible, by the Chief of Staff on the approval of the Secretary of War. 18. Officers will be detailed in the General Staff Corps for a period of four years unless sooner relieved. Upon being re- lieved from such duty they will return to the branch of the Army in which they hold permanent commissions, and except in case of emergency or in time of war will not be eligible, to 392 further detail in the General Staff Corps until they have served for two years in the branch of the Army to which they belong. This ineligibility will not, however, apply to any officer who may have been relieved prior to the expiration of his four years' detail with the corps, but such officer will be- come ineligible as soon as he shall have completed a total of four years with the corps, and will not be again eligible until after two years' service in the branch of the Army to which he belongs. The provisions of this paragraph will apply to all officers of the General Staff Corps. 19. Officers of the General Staff Corps other than the Chief of Staff will be assigned to duty in the office of the Chief of Staff and also to duty with other general officers and superior commanders. Those on duty in the office of the Chief of Staff will perform such duties under the law as he may direct; those assigned to duty with other general officers and superior commanders will serve under the immediate orders of such commanders and assist them in the performance of their military duties. 20. The senior officer of the General Staff Corps assigned to duty with the command of a general officer or other superior commander, unless otherwise directed by the Secretary of War, will be the chief of staff of the command. He will bear the same relation as adviser to the commanding general or other commanders as does the Chief of Staff to the Secretary of War, and will in like manner supervise all troops of the line and staff and all bureaus included in the command. All General Staff officers assigned to such duty will endeavor in every way to assist in carrying out the general duties pre- scribed by law for the General Staff Corps. General Staff officers attached to commands in the field will keep careful journals of operations, from which they will compile reports of these operations for the use of their immediate commanders and also for the information of the War Department. When a commanding general is temporarily absent from his com- mand and his duties have not been formally assumed by the next in rank the chief of staff of the command will act as his representative in his absence. (G. O. 68, 1911—1784218, A. G. O.) 169. Copies of maps to be furnished War College Di- Tision. — The War College Division, General Staff, having been charged with the supervision of a system of war maps, Ameri- 393 can and foreign, all department, brigade, post, and company commanders, commandants of service schools, chiefs of bu- reaus of the War Department, and officers of the Army under whose orders maps are made, will forward directly to The Adjutant General of the Army, who will transmit them to the War College Division, General Staff, copies of all geo- graphical, topographical, tactical, strategical, maneuver, and confidential maps, plans, tracings, blue prints, sketches, etc., of domestic or foreign territory, containing information of military interest, that are in their possession and have not heretofore been furnished, or that they may hereafter receive, in order that the map files of the War College Division may be made complete and kept up-to-date for study and use by the authorities of the War Department in the compilation and preparation of various problems, plans, and maps, and for immediate reference in cases of emergency. If copies are not available, the originals will be sent by registered mail as directed above for notation and return. The plans showing the details of construction of United States fortifications and the working plans of the Ordnance Department, Quartermaster Corps, and other staff depart- ments are excepted from the provisions of this order. (Par. I, G. 0. 2, 1909—1.',70292, A. G. O.) 170. Bata concerning foreign armies to be obtained through War College Division. — With a view to extending the usefulness of our military attaches abroad, the chiefs of bureaus and offices of the War Department and individual officers of the Army at large will furnish the War College Division of the General Staff, from time to time, memoranda of such data respecting foreign armies as they desire in order that the attaches may be directed to investigate and report upon the same. In order to fix responsibility for improper or duplicate dis- tribution of official matter to foreign attaches, to place the exchange of military information with foreign war oflices or their representatives accredited to this capital upon a system- atic basis, and to keep an accurate record with a view to ascer- taining from time to time if reciprocity is maintained, all official or semiofficial information, either verbal, written, or printed, will be received from or communicated to such offices or officials by or through the Chief of the War College Division of the General Staff. 394 The bureaus, offices, and officials of the War Department will cooperate in furnishing the War College Division such nonconfidential information as may be required for the proper accomplishment of this purpose. These regulations will not apply to the officers detailed to escort foreign attaches during their attendance at our maneu- vers in so far as relates to the i)ersonnel and materiel of the forces engaged. Upon the receipt of information of special interest to any particular bureau or office the War College Division will promptly furnish extracts or copies or refer the same to the office concerned. When technical information of special interest or value is received in any of the bureaus or offices of the department which has not passed through the War College Division, the same will be forwarded to that division for record in order that requests may not be made on foreign governments for data already in the possession of the War Department. (Cir. 6, W, D., 1903.) ARTICLE XIX. ADJUTANT GENERAL'S DEPARTMENT. PHYSICAL EXAMINATION OF RECRUITS. Note. — For methods of determining and recording acuity of vision, color sense, and acuity of hearing, see General Orders, No. 109, 190G. .For rules for examination of recruits, see General Orders, No. 66, 1910. 171. Identification records. — An identification record, wliicli will consist of finger prints and a brief personal de- scription, together with front view and profile photographs of each man who enlists in the Army, and of each man who reenllsts and whose identity is not positively known, will be made and promptly forwarded, without letter of transmittal, to The Adjutant General of the Army, except that the identi- fication records made in the Philippine Islands will be for- warded, without letter of transmittal, to the commanding general, Philippine Department, for preliminary examination, and for return for correction or completion if need be, before being forwarded to The Adjutant General of the Army. In case of a man who reenllsts an identification record will not be made if it is known positively at a post or station that he is the former soldier he claims to be. To avoid duplications and to insure the securing of the identification record in the case of every soldier, company and detachment commanders will enter on the descriptive list of each soldier in whose case that record has been obtained and forwarded, either at recruit depots or elsewhere, the re- mark " Identification Kecord made." Every descriptive list subsequently issued in the case of any of these soldiers must bear the same remark. If the descriptive list or descriptive and assignment card of any soldier joining any command does not bear that remark, the case will be reported to the com- manding officer, who will see that the identification record and photographic negative of the soldier are obtained and for- warded at the earliest practicable moment. (395) 396 The identification record will be made and forwarded, as herein required, in the case of every accepted recruit at re- cruit depots and recruit depot posts and at all military sta- tions having the necessary apparatus, and there will be in- variably entered on the descriptive and assignment card of the recruit the remark " Identification Record made." In the case of any recruit enlisted at a station not having the appa- ratus necessary for making the identification record that record will be made and forwarded as soon as he reaches any sta- tion having the necessary apparatus. In cases of reenlisted men in which an identification record is not made, under the terms of this order, the following entry will be made on the soldier's descriptive list ; " Identification record not made. Reenlisted. Identity known." The necessary blank forms with full instructions for their use are issued by The Adjutant General's Office. The photographic negative, inclosed in a separate envelope bearing the name and rank of the soldier and the designation of the organization to which he belongs, will be forwarded with the identification record in every case. To facilitate the handling of identification records, the pho- tograph jacket, containing the photograph and photographic negative, should be placed inside the first fold of the finger- print record, with the brief to the front, before being for- warded to The Adjutant General of the Army. In no case should the finger-print record be forwarded inside of the pho- tograph jacket. Memoranda should not be pinned to finger-print records, as the pins are liable to damage a material part of the pattern if they pass through an impression. Clips can be used without danger of injury to the prints. The necessary finger print and photographic apparatus and supplies will be issued by the Medical Department to post sur- geons, who are charged, under the supervision of commanding officers, with the duty of obtaining, recording, and furnishing the data required by this order in the case of every enlisted man at their respective posts and at subposts thereof. Com- manding officers are enjoined to take such steps as may be necessary to complete, without avoidable delay, the identifica- tion record in the case of every enlisted man of their respec- tive commands. The commanding general, Philippine Depart- 397 ment, is especially charged with the collection of the required identification records for troops serving in that department. He will be guided by instructions that will be issued to him from the War Department. The form (Form No. 260, A. G. O.) adopted for recording the finger prints and personal descriptions of enlisted men contains a space for the " Print of right index finger, to be taken immediately after signature of soldier is written." In cases in which the last joint of the right index finger is miss- ing or is so deformed that a print of it can not be obtained, the print of the right middle finger will be recorded in that space after the soldier has written his signature. If neither the print of the right index finger nor that of the right middle finger is obtainable, the print of the right thumb will be recorded in that space. The identification records must be signed, in the appropri- ate space on the finger-print form, by the post surgeon who is responsible for them. All records comi^eted during any one day will be mailed at the close of that day if practicable, but in no event will com- pleted records be retained at a post merely to await the com- pletion of the records of other men. To insure the prompt and successful operation of the finger- print system of personal identification, it is absolutely neces- sary that identification records made in cases of original enlistment shall reach The Adjutant General's Office as soon as possible after enlistment. In every case of original enlist- ment, therefore, the identification record of the soldier will be completed immediately after his enlistment and will be for- warded to The Adjutant General's Office by the first mail. Commanding officers and responsible medical officers are en- joined to see that this requirement is complied with. (O. O. 68, 1906—1061241, M. S. O., as amended by O. O. 206, 1906— 1061241, M. S. O., a7id by Par. II, O. 0. 85, 1914—2228523, A. 0. O.; G. 0. 85, 1907—1232555, A. G. O.; Par. II, Cir. 51, 1908—1372898, A. G. 0.) Note. — For instructions governing the method of making and for- warding identification records, see Circular No. 44, 1906 ; Paragraph 1, Circular No. 2, 1907 ; Circular No. 75, 1907 ; Paragraph II, Circu- lar No. 16, 1908 ; Paragraph II, Circular No. 51, 1908 ; Paragraph I, Circular No. 79, 1908. 398 ENLISTMENT PAPERS. 172. Disposition of. — 1. When an enlisted man is assigned or transferred to any of the staff corps or departments, the officer of that corps or department who first receives the soldier so assigned or transferred will forward a copy of his descriptive and assignment card, or in the absence of such card a copy of his descriptive list, directly to the chief of the staff corps or department to which the soldier has been as- signed or transferred. 2. All enlistment pap6rs oi. men enlisting or reenlisting, whether for the line of the Army or for any of the staff corps or departments, will be forwarded directly to The Adjutant General of the Army, except in the cases of noncommissioned staff officers stationed at ungarrisoned posts, whose reenlist- ment papers will be disposed of as provided in paragraph 101, Army Regulations. {Par. II, G. O. 206, 1907—1289119, A.G.O.) 173. Preparation, on enlistment of men dishonorably dis- charged, discharged without honor, and deserters. — With a view to securing uniformity in the preparation of enlistment papers and descriptive and assignment cards in the case of enlistment of dishonorably discharged men, there will be shown on the brief of the enlistment paper the ordinal num- ber of the enlistment, the organization in which last service was rendered, and the fact and date of dishonorable dis- charge; and on the descriptive and assignment card there will be shown the organization in which last service was rendered, the fact and date of dishonorable discharge, and the enlistment period In which the soldier is now serving. The enlistment terminated by a dishonorable discharge will not be counted as an enlistment in giving the ordinal number on the enlistment paper. Similar notation will be made on those papers in the case of enlistment of a man to whom a deserter's release has been issued or who has been discharged without honor, ex- cept that in place of the fact and date of dishonorable dis- charge there will be substituted the fact and date of issu- ance of the deserter's release or of discharge without honor. The enlistment period to be entered on the descriptive and assignment card will be determined from the man's prior service, as follows: (1) A soldier who has been dishonor- 399 ably discharged or discharged without honor, or who de- serted from his first enlistment will, on again enlisting, enter upon his first enlistment period. (2) A soldier who, prior to the enlistment from which he may have been dishonorably discharged or discharged without honor, had, prior to May 11, 1908, service which entitled him to reenlisted pay, or who, under the act of May 11, 1908, had acquired the right to count a completed enlistment period, either by having been honorably discharged at the termination of his enlistment or honorably discharged for the convenience of the Govern- ment after serving more than half of his enlistment, will, on again enlisting, enter upon his second enlistment period. (3) A deserter to whom a deserter's release has been granted or who may establish his right thereto, and who, prior to the en- listment from which he deserted, had earned the right to re- enlisted pay or to count a completed enlistment, will also, on again enlisting, enter upon his second enlistment period. The following remark will also be entered on both papers: Reenlisted by authority of the Secretary of War pursuant to the act of August 22, 1912. {Par. Ill, O. 0. U, 1913, as amended hy Par. /, Q. O. 78, 1914— 217. ',754, A. O. 0.) ARTICLE XX. milTARy CORRESPONDENCE AND RECORD KEEPING. COKRESPONDENCE. 174. Method of writing letters and indorsements. — The method of writing letters and indorsements prescribed herein will be used in all official correspondence in the service of the AVar Department and the Army and w^ith bureaus of executive departments : 1. Heading, subject, and number of letter. — The letter will begin with the place and date, written as at present; below this, beginning at the left margin, will come the word " From," followed by the official designation of the writer or, in the ab- sence of any official designation, the name of the writer with his rank and regiment, corps, or department ; below this, also beginning at the left margin, will come the word "To," fol- lowed by the official designation or name of the person ad- dressed. Next will come the subject of the communication, indicated as briefly as possible and in not to exceed 10 words. The words " From," " To," and " Subject " will begin on the same vertical line. The sending office number of the communi- cation will appear in the upper left-hand corner. Example. 176. Hq. Eastern Division, Governors Island, N. Y., May 25, 1911. From : The Adjutant General. To : Captain John A. Smith, 1st Inf. (Through C. O. Madison Barracks, N. Y.) Subject : Delay in submitting reports. The division commander directs that you submit without further delay the reports of your recent inspection of the Organized Militia of the State of New York, and that you submit an explanation of your failure to comply with par. 6, S. O. 25, c. s., these headquarters. J. R, Henry. (400) 401 In case of letter paper, the upper third, and in the case ol foolscap, the upper fourth of the sheet, will be devoted solely to the matter described in this paragraph. (See par. 7.) 2. Body. — Then will come the body of the letter, which, when typewritten, will be written single spaced, with a double space between paragraphs, which will be numbered consecu- tively. 3. {Signature. — The body of the letter will be followed by the signature. If the rank and the regiment, corps, or depart- ment of the writer appear at the beginning of the letter, they will not appear after his name; but if they do not appear at the beginning of the letter, they will follow under his name as at present. For example: 200. Company A, 24th Infantby, Madison Barracks, N. Y., Jan. S, 1911. From : Commanding OflBcer, Co. A, 24th Inf. To : The Commanding Officer. Subject : Pvt. Smith's case. The case of Pvt. Smith has been investigated and charges have been preferred under the 62 A. W. Robert Jones, l8t Lt., 2kth Inf. Madison Barracks, N. Y., Jan. 10, 1911. From : Capt. John A. Smith, 24th Inf. To : The Adjutant General, U. S. A. Subject : Leave of absence. I have this day taken advantage of the leave granted me by Par. 1, S. O. 1, Hq. D. E., 1911. My address will be c/o Army and Navy Club, 107 West 43d St., N. Y. John A. Smith. 4. Omission of ceremonial forms. — ^All ceremonial forms at the beginning and end of letters, such as " Sir," " I have the honor," " I would respectfully," " Very respectfully," etc., will be omitted. 5. Use of only one side of sheet. — Only one side of the paper will be used, the writing beginning about 1 inch from the top. 6. Office marks. — The stamps bearing office numbers will be placed on the back of the lower fold of the first sheet. The received and received-back stamps will be placed immediately below the body of the letter, and, in the case of indorsements, immediately after the proper indorsement. When a commu- nication of two or more sheets is filed, the back of the lower 40062°— 16 26 402 fold of the first sheet will be on the outside, thus exposing to view the office numbers. 7. Brief. — The matter described in paragraph 1 of this order will constitute the brief of the letter. 8. Folding. — Letter paper will be folded in three and fools- cap in four equal folds, parallel with the writing ; the top fold will be folded toward the back of the letter and the lower fold over the face of the letter. In three-fold letters both the brief and the office mark will be on the outside. In three-fold letters of more than one sheet the two lower folds of the sheets other than the first will be placed between the first and second folds of the first sheet, thus exposing to view both the brief and the office mark. In four-fold letters, whether of one or more sheets, the brief will be exposed to view by covering the office-mark fold or the office mark be exposed to view by cov- ering the brief, according as it is desired to keep either the one or the other exposed to view for the purpose in hand. 9. Inclosures. — ^All inclosures will be numbered and will be given the proper office marks. Inclosures to the original com- munication will be noted on the face of the letter to the left of the signature. If others are added when an indorsement is made, their number will be noted at the foot of the indorse- ment to which they pertain and also on the back of the lower fold of the first sheet of the original communication. To the latter notation will be added the number of the indorsement to which they belong, thus " One inclosure — fifth indorse- ment." Inclosures to indorsements are numbered in the same series as those to the original paper and the number of the indorsement to which they belong is added below. If few in number and not bulky, inclosures may be kept inside the original paper; otherwise they will be folded together in a wrapper marked " Inclosures." Officers through whose hands official papers pass will make the inclosures secure when they are not so. The entry of serial numbers on inclosures and of notations on papers to show the presence of inclosures to an original communication or to show inclosures added to or with- drawn from a case when indorsements are written, as illus- trated by the Correspondence Model distributed by The Adju- tant General of the Army, will be made in the office in which the inclosures concerned originate or are added or withdrawn. The total number of inclosures accompanying a paper will be noted at the foot of each indorsement thereon. 403 INDORSEMENTS. 10. Form. — ^The writing width of indorsements will be the same as that of letters. The first indorsement will begin about one-half inch below the rank after the signature of the writer of the letter, and succeeding indorsements will follow one another serially, with a space of about one-half inch be- tween indorsements. The serial number of the Indorsement, the place, the date, and to whom written, will be written as shown in the example (par. 21). When typewritten, indorsements will be written single- spaced with a double space between paragraphs. The para- graphs will be numbered consecutively. 11. Additional sheets. — Should one or more additional sheets be necessary for indorsements, sheets of the same size as the letter will be used. 12. "Respectfully referred," etc., to he omitted. — In refer- ring, transmitting, forwarding, and returning papers, the ex- pressions " Respectfully referred," " Respectfully transmit- ted," " Respectfully forwarded," and " Respectfully returned," will be omitted. 13. Routine indorsements to he signed with initials. — In- dorsements of a routine nature, referring, transmitting, for- warding, and returning papers, will not be signed with the full name, but with the initials. For example : 1st Ind. Hq. 24 Inf., Madison Bks., N. Y., Jan. 1, 1911— To C. O., Co. C, 24 Inf. To note and return. M. A. R. 2nd Ind. Co. C, 24 Inf., Madison Bks., N. Y., Jan. 2, 1911 — To the Commanding Officer. Returned. Contents noted. I. K. S. Nothing in this order shall be construed as prohibiting the practice that obtains at present at department and other headquarters of referring, transmitting, forwarding, and returning papers to the various staff officers thereat without signature or initials. LETTEES AND INDORSEMENTS. 14. Numbering of pages. — The pages, beginning with the first, will be numbered midway about one-half inch from the 404 bottom. In referring to an indorsement by number, the num- ber of the page will also be given. Thus : " 5th Ind., page 3." 15. Carbon copies. — ^All letters and indorsements that are typewritten, excepting letters of transmittal, reports of taking leave of absence, periodical reports, and other communica- tions of a similar nature, will be made with two carbon copies. One copy will be retained for the records of the office in which the letter was written, and the other will be for- warded with the communication for the files of the first office in which a complete copy of the communication is required for the records, but such forwarded copy will not be regarded as an inclosure within the meaning of paragraph 9 of this order. The carbon copy retained for the office record will be initialed by the person responsible for the letter, and such person is charged with the duty of seeing that the name of the official who signs the letter and any changes made before signature are inserted in the carbon. When a complete copy of a com- munication is not required for the records of an intermediate office the carbon copy will be forwarded to the next office. In offices authorized to use the record card system the carbon copies will be made on sheets of perforated paper, furnished by the Quartermaster's Department, with perforated sections the same width as the standard record file cards. The sheets will be torn along the perforations and the sections attached to the record file cards. In other offices the carbon copies will bo made on ordinary paper and the retained copy filed in the document file. The provisions of this paragraph apply only to communications addressed to individuals and offices within the military service. 16. Press copies. — Press copies will not be used except by written authority of the Secretary of War. 17. Communications written prior to the receipt of this order are not subject to its provisions when in the future they are received or transmitted by any office or individual. 18. Printed and multigraph forms. — Nothing in this order is intended to prohibit the use of printed or multigraph forms of letters and indorsements in offices now using such forms, provided the forms conform to the general principles of this order. The back of the first sheet of such forms, except the fold containing office marks, may be used for indorsements. 19. Channels of communication. — All classes of official com- munications heretofore addressed to adjutants or to adjutants 405 general other than The Adjutant General of the Army will in the future be addressed to the commanding officer concerned. 20. Points not touched upon in this order will be governed by the present regulations on the subject of correspondence. 21. Example. — The following example will be used as a guide in carrying out the instructions contained in this order : 20 Fort Riley, Kans., October m, 1910. From : The Ordnance OflScer. To: The Commanding Officer, 7th Cav. Subject : New system of issuing ordnance stores. 1. In compliance with instructions contained in a letter from The Adjutant General's Office, dated November 27, 1909, regarding the testing of a new system of issuing ordnance stores, the following report concerning the working of this system is submitted. 2. As far as I have been able to observe, the new system has no disadvantages. Its advantages are : A B , I8t Lt., 7th Cav. 1st Ind. Hq. 7th Cav., Ft. Riley, Kans., Oct. 29, 1910 — To the C. O., Ft. Riley, Kans. I concur in the conclusions of the Ordnance Officer. C D , Major, 7th Cav., Comdg. 2d Ind. Hq. Ft. Riley, Kans., Nov. 1, 1910— To Comdg. Gen., Dept. of the Mo. Approved. E F , Brig. Gen., Comdg. (Stamp) To Chief Ordnance Officer. 3d Ind. Hq. Dept. of the Mo., Nov. 2, 1910— To The Adjt. Gen., U. S. A. Approved. Q H , Brig. Gen., Comdg. 4th Ind. A. G. O., Nov. 5, 1910— To the C. of O. 36949—204 5th Ind. Ghs— Bam Office of the C. of 0., Nov. 9, 1910 — To Comdg. Officer, Rock Island Arsenal. For remark with reference to paragraph 2 of the within letter. By order of the Chief of Ordnance. I _ J , Capt., Ord. Dept. 406 159—181 36949—204 6th Ind. Hf— L Rock Island Arsenal, 111., Nov. 14, 1910 — To the Chief of Ordnance. 1. It is the practice at this arsenal to make shipments of all articles required on******* 2. The final shipment in this particular case was delayed by the failure of to supply acceptable ♦ • » * K L , Lt. Col., Ord. Dept., Oomdg. (Stamp) Rec'd back, O. C. of O., Nov. 16, 1910. 36949—204 7th Ind. JMy Office of the C. of O., Nov. 17, 1910— To The Adjt. Gen., U. S. A. Returned in connection with O. O. file 36949—198 (A. G. O. 1527570). M N , Lt. Col., Ord. Dept., Actg. C. of O. (Stamp) Rec'd back, A. G. O., Nov. 18, 1910. 1527570 8th Ind. War Department, A. G. O., Nov. 18, 1910 — To Comdg. Gen., Dept. of the Lakes ; Comdg. Gen., Dept. of Dakota ; Comdg. Gen., Dept. of the Mo. ; etc. * * * Returned in connection with papers referred to in the preceding indorsement hereon. The early return of all papers is desired. By order of the Secretary of War. O P , Adjutant General. 9th Ind. Hq. Dept. of the Lakes, Nov. 22, 1910— To Comdg. Gen., Dept. of Dakota. Noted. R S , Brig. Oen., Comdg. (Stamped 10th Ind. indorsement.) A G. O. D. D. Nov. 25, 1910. To the Chief Ordnance Officer. (G. O. 23, 1912 — 1930959, A. G. O., as amended by Par. I, Bui. 24, 1912—1930959, and Par. Ill, G. O. 53, 1913—1930959 D, A. G. O.) 175. Carbon copies of requests for authority to adrer- tise. — With reference to the preparation of carbon copies of correspondence as prescribed in General Orders, No. 23, War Department, 1912, paragraph 174, this compilation, a carbon 407 copy of each request for authority to advertise made upon the prescribed blank forms will be forwarded, with the original of such request, for retention in the office of the Secretary of War. (Par. ///, G. O. 40, 1915—2296625, A. G. O.) 17G. Use of word "confidential." — 1. The word "confi- dential " will not be placed on any communication from the War Department, except where the subject matter is intended for the sole information of the person to whom addressed. If some military necessity should exist therefor the contents of such a communication may be made known to others, but the person to whom the communication is addressed must assume all responsibility for taking such action. 2. When the contents of any publication, document, com- munication, map, drawing, or blue print are intended for the information of a certain class or classes of individuals and not for the public at large it will not be marked confidential, but a statement printed or written, indicating to whom the con- tents may be disclosed, will be furnished. Persons receiving such a publication, document, communication, map, drawing, or blue print will exercise due care that its contents are not imparted to any unauthorized person. 3. The following publications will not be considered con- fidential in the future : Test of Mortar Fire at Portland Harbor, Me., Fall of 1901 ; published by the Board of Ordnance and Fortification, 1902. Test of System of Fire Control and Direction at Pensacola Harbor, Fla., April, 1903; published by the Board of Ord- nance and Fortification, 1903. Revised System of Fire Control and Direction, including Articles of Equipment and Material Supplied by Several Bu- reaus of the War Department, 1905 ; published by the Board of Ordnance and Fortification. The First Appendix is included therein, see page 15. Second Appendix to Revised System of Fire Control and Direction; issued by the Second (Military Information) Divi- sion, General Staff, upon the recommendation of the Chief of Artillery, 1907. Notes on Panama; issued by the Second (Military Informa- tion) Division, General Staff, 1903. 4. Mimeographs, bulletins, printed circulars, or blue prints, marked " confidential," which have been issued in the past by 408 the different bureaus of the War Department for distribution to certain officers, are for the use of officers and enlisted men and civilian employees of the United States when necessary in connection with tlieir work. (Par. II, Cir. 78, 1907 — 1291695, A. G. 0.) 177. Reference of Comptroller's decisions to Judge Ad- vocate General. — All decisions received from the Comptroller of the Treasury by disbursing officers on their own application or appeal, and all decisions of the Comptroller of the Treasury received in any bureau of the War Department, will be sent to The Adjutant General of the Army for reference to the Judge Advocate General for notation and return. (Par. IV, G. O. 26, 1913—1978968 A, A. G. O.) 178. Correspondence in battalions or squadrons. — Corre- spondence relating to the personnel, instruction, discipline, or equipment of a company, battery, or troop in battalion or squadron will pass through the battalion or squadron com- mander. No official record, however, will be kept by the bat- talion or squadron commander of such correspondence. (Par. IV, G. O. 8, 19 IJir— 2057597, A. G. O.) 179. Applications for reenlistment. — ^Applications origi- nating with enlisted men for reenlistment in organizations stationed beyond the territorial limits of the department in which the men are serving will be forwarded by post com- manders directly to The Adjutant General of the Army. (Par. V, G. O. 2',. 1912—1909387, A. G. O.) 180. Data for changes on enlistment papers or muster rolls. — When an officer of the Army finds it necessary, on ac- count of errors or omissions, to have changes or corrections made on enlistment papers or muster rolls that have been furnished to The Adjutant General's Office, he will forward the data pertaining to such changes or corrections directly to The Adjutant General of the Army. (Par. IV, G. O. 2^, 1912— 1909387, A. G. O.) 181. Prompt reply to be made to official communica- tions. — Officers who fail to make prompt reply to official com- munications without satisfactory excuse for the delay will be subjected to disciplinary measures. When, in order to make proper reply, it is necessary to ex- amine papers not at hand or to consult with other persons at a distance, or when for other sufficient reason full and prompt reply is impossible, acknowledgment of the receipt of the 409 communication will be made at once with a statement giving the cause of the anticipated delay. The commanding officer of every Army post and station will take such steps as he may deem expedient to insure prompt reply by officers of his command to official communi- cations sent them which require reply. {Par. I, Cir. 25, 1906 — im028,M. S. O.) 182. Communicating orders to marines serving witli tlie Army. — The following rules prescribe the method of communi- cating orders to marines detached for service with the Army, by order of the President, under sections 1619 and 1621, Re- vised Statutes: 1. When marines are, by order of the President, detached for service with the Army, the Commandant of the Marine Corps is, for the time the marines are detached and for the purpose of administering the affairs of such detachments, an official of the War Department. He retains such control and jurisdiction over said detached forces as shall enable him to make the necessary transfers of officers and men from and to the commands and to exercise a general supervision over all expenditures and supplies needed for the maintenance of and connected with the management of the marine forces so de- tached. He shall be responsible to the Secretary of War for the general efficiency and discipline of so much of the corps as is detached for service with the Army. 2. Communications which relate exclusively to the routine business of the Marine Corps and do not involve questions of administrative responsibility within the supervision of the commandhig officer of the combined forces, and which do not relate to individual interests or status of a military nature requiring the action of said commanding officer, will be for- warded direct between the headquarters of the Marine Corps and the senior officer of said corps serving with the detached force. 3. All communications regarding the personnel of marine detachments on duty with the Army will be addressed to the proper representative of the Marine Corps and forwarded to The Adjutant General of the Army, who, unless the War De- partment directs their return to the major general comman- dant for modification, will forward them. (Par. II, Cir. 1$, 1908— 127 U29 D, A. G. O.) 410 RECORD KEEPING. 1S3. Record keeping and business methods at adminis- tratire headquarters. — At each administrative headquarters •f the Army, the following methods will be observed in the keeping of records and the transaction of official business : No record shall be kept in any office at a military head- quarters respecting matters of which an established record or file is kept in any other office of the same headquarters to which the matter covered thereby properly pertains, but in- formation shall be obtained from the latter source on applica- tion therefor as occasion may require. Thus, no record will be made in the office of the adjutant of a paper destined for the action of another office, except when the commander de- sires to take some previous action, and generally only such papers will be filed in the office of the adjutant as do not per- tain to the business of any of the subordinate offices. Mail received in any office will be opened promptly and each communication will be stamped with the name of the office and date of receipt. Communications pertaining to the busi- ness of the office will then be separated from those pertaining to the business of other offices ; the latter will then be marked with the initials of the office to which they pertain and at once sent to the proper offices ; the former, if of sufficient im- portance to be made of record, will then be entered. Each staff officer is responsible that communications sent to him are promptly acted upon. In a case requiring the action of the commander, the staff officer will submit the case to him through the chief of staff or adjutant with a memorandum, when necessary, giving a summary of the case and contain- ing his recommendation as to proper action. In case of routine papers to be forwarded, or returned to higher authority, the staff officer will submit them with in- dorsement prepared for signature of the commander ; if to be returned or transmitted, with instructions or remarks, the indorsement will be prepared for signature of the adjutant. When acted upon by the commander the proper steps to carry such action into effect will be taken by the chief of staff or adjutant and the papers returned to the office of record, when they will be finally disposed of, i. e., filed, forwarded, transmitted, or returned, without further indorsement or action of that office, except to note disposition in the record. (Par. II, O. O. 191, 1905—1069332, M. S. O.) 411 184. iBspectioHS of business methods, department head- qaarters. — Under the provisions of paragraph 878, Army Regulations, the Inspector General's Department is charged with the inspections necessary of each department headquar- ters to determine whether or not the prescribed methods of official business are strictly carried out. Report of inspections made under this order will be submitted to the Secretary of War through military channels, and after action has been taken upon the irregularities noted in the reports they will be returned to the Inspector General. (Par. /, G. O. 191, 1905 — 1069332, M. S. O.) 185. Filing of desertion circulars at posts. — Desertion circulars are sent to the commanding officers at military posts with a view to the prompt identification of any deserters that may be delivered there and are not intended to be recorded or filed as required for official papers. The desertion circulars sent to a post will, however, be kept on file at post head- quarters and will be arranged in alphabetical order, or in- dexed, so that the circular containing the description of any particular deserter can be found readily when wanted. (Pars. IS, Cir. 3, 1910—1606097, A. O. O.) ARTICLE XXI. CHANGES m REGULATIONS AND MANUALS; OR- DERS, BLANK FORMS, AND MILITARY PUBLICA- TIONS. 186. "Changes" and "Bulletins" issued by War De- partment. — 1. Amendments to Army Regulations and other regulations and manuals of the War Department are pub- lished as " Changes " and are furnished to those individuals and offices that have received copies of those publications. These changes will be incorporated in the publications amended by cutting out each paragraph of the changes and securely pasting it opposite the changed paragraph of the publication. The changes will not be kept as a separate file by any office or individual. 2. Matter of a purely informatory nature of sufficient inter- est to be communicated to the service and containing no orders or instructions is published in " Bulletins." A file of. bulletins will be kept at depots, arsenals, post and higher headquarters, and headquarters of organizations larger than a battalion, but need not be kept at other offices or by individuals. (Par. I, G. 0. 11, 1912—1888Jf05 A, A. G. O., as amended by Par. II, G 0. 50, 1915—2305322, A. G. O.) 187. Orders, etc., issued from department and division headquarters. — Commanding generals of territorial depart- ments and tactical divisions in the field will forward to the chiefs of bureaus of the War Department such number of copies of general orders, general court-martial orders, bul- letins, circulars, and special orders, issued from their head- quarters, as may be directed from time to time by the War Department. (G. O. 76, 1883, and letters of instruction, A. G. 0.) 188. Distribution of blank forms and books.— 1. Distribu- tion to posts and organizations of the Army of blank forms and books furnished by The Adjutant General's Department will be made, under the immediate direction of The Adjutant 413 General of the Army, by the adjutants of the several terri- torial departments or tactical divisions. Any communication with regard to such distribution should be addressed directly by department or tactical division adjutants to The Adjutant General of the Army, who will convey directly to them such instructions as may be necessary. The adjutants of the terri- torial departments within the geographical limits of which the United States Military Academy, the service schools enu- merated in paragraph 449, Army Regulations, the United States Disciplinary Barracks or any branch thereof, general recruit depots, general recruiting stations, general hospitals, arsenals, and general depots of supply are situated will make distribution to those places. Distribution to mine planters and cable ships and to Army transports for the needs of the permanent detachments serving on board transports will be made by the adjutants of the territorial departments within the geographical limits of which the vessels are serving or have home ports. Blank forms supplied by The Adjutant General's Department will be furnished to the quartermasters of Army transports only in sufficient numbers to meet the needs of permanent detachments serving on board the trans- ports. Such blank forms will not be furnished to transport quartermasters for the use of troops on board changing sta- tion. Commanding officers of organizations under orders to sail on transports will obtain before leaving their stations, and will keep accessible during the voyage, a supply of forms sufficient for the needs of their organizations during the voyage. 2. Department and tactical division adjutants will carefully scrutinize all requisitions submitted to them under the fore- going provisions for blank forms and books distributed by The Adjutant General's Department, in order to prevent any waste thereof and will see that the issues on such requisitions are restricted to the actual needs of organizations based on their strength and the proper requirements of the service. 3. Department and tactical division adjutants and organi- zation and other commanders using such blank forms and books will, except in emergency, make but two requisitions a year, on January 1 and July 1, for the number of blanks and books required by them during the following six months. 4. Requests from individual officers for copies of blank forms issued by The Adjutant General's Department, and not obtain- 414 able under existing orders from the department adjutants of the territorial departments in which such officers are stationed, will be sent directly to The Adjutant General of the Army and not through military channels. 5. Blank forms that are used at civil educational institu- tions will be furnished directly to such institutions by The Adjutant General of the Army. 6. Textbooks will be furnished to civil educational institu- tions by the War College Division, General Staff. Requisi- tions for such books as may be needed will be made directly to the Chief, War College Division, General Staff, Army War College, Washington, D. C. {Par. II, G. O. U, 1908, as amended hij par. 4, Cir. 55, 1908—1375656, A. G. O.; Par. I, G. O. 80, 1911—1325808, A. G. O.; Par. II, Cir. 84, 1908— 1368322, A. G. O.; Par. II, G. O. 26, 1909—U73740, A. G. O.; Par. Ill, G. O. 2Jt, 1912—1909387, A. G. 0.; Par. I, G. O. 6, 1914—2100878, A. G. O.) 189. Military publications, issue and sale. — The following- named official publications of the War Department and private publications obtained for the Army are available for issue or sale, as follows : To. How. Officers of the Army ^ Gratuitous issue. Organizations of the Army_ Requisition. Organized Militia Requisition under sec. 1661, R. S. Organized Militia Sale for cash, act of Congress, Jan. 21, 1903. Educational institutions — Sale for cash, act of Congress, July 17, 1914. Official puUications. Title and edition or date of publication. Approximate cost. American Campaigns (Steele), 1909 2 $2.25 Army Horse in Accident and Disease, 1909 2 .40 Army Pay Table, May 1, 1913 .50 Army Ration, Issue and Conversion Tables, Apr. 23, 1913 . 015 Conventional Signs, 1912 .06 Digest of Opinions, Judge Advocate General, 1912 1. 89 Drill Regulations : Cavalry Drill Regulations, 1902 .40 Cavalry Service Regulations (Experimental), 1914 2 .30 Coast Artillery, 1914 2 ,30 Field Artillery, Horse and Light, Provisional, 1911 » . 30 Field Artillery, for 4.7" Gun, Provisional, 1914 2 . 15 Mountain Artillery, Provisional, 1908 2 .35 1 Private publications not supplied gratuitously to officers. "Textbooks used in garrison schools or in the examination of oflScers of the Army for promotion. 415 Official pu hlica tions — Continued. Title and edition or date of publication. Approximate Drill Regulations— Continued. ^°^** Infantry, 1911, corrected to November, 1913 i $0. 20 Machine-Gun Platoon, Infantry, 1909^ . 18 Machine-Gun Platoon, Cavalry, 1914 .06 Saber Exercises, 1914 i . 20 Sanitary Troops, 1914 i .30 Signal Corps Field Companies, 1911 ^ . 30 Equitation and Horse Training, Notes on, 1910 ^ .29 Guide, Inspector General's Department, 1911 .60 Gunnery and Explosives, for Field Artillery Officers, 1911 ^ . 30 Manuals : Army Bakers, 1910 .25 Army Cooks, 1910 .35 Army Horseshoer, 1912 .29 Courts-Martial^ . 30 Engineer, Field, 1912 ^ .78 Field Maneuvers, 1910 .02 Interior Guard Duty, 1914 i . 15 Medical Department, 1911 ^ .45 Military Railways, 1910 .43 Noncommissioned Officers and Privates, Organized Militia and Volunteers, 1914 . 20 Pack Transportation (Daly), 1910 .89 Physical Training (Koehler), 1914 .20 Quartermaster Corps, 1915 Signal Corps : No. 8, Apparatus for Fire Control and Direc- tion, 1914 1 No. 3, Electrical Instruments and Telephones, 1910 1_ . 42 No. 2-A, Commercial Radio Service Between Ship and Shore Stations, 1914 .70 No. 7, Property and Disbursing Regulations, 1912 i__ .00 Signal Book, 1914 .25 Multiplex, Telephony and Telegraphy, 1911 .35 Small-Arms Firing, 1913 ^ .21 Submarine Mining, 1912 1 Infantry Equipment, Organized Militia, 1912 . lO Military Laws of the United States, 1914 2. 45 Military Policy of the United States (Upton) i .28 Military Reservations, etc., 1910 1, 67 Official Table of Distances, 193 1.08 Ordnance Publications : Ordnance Handbook Ordnance Pamphlets ^ ^ Ordnance Property Regulations . 40 1 Textbooks used in garrison schools or in the examination of officers of the Army for promotion. 2 To be requisitioned for by number. 416 Official publications — Continued, Title and edition or date of publication. Approximate cost. Regulations : Army, 1913 i $0.50 Coast Artillery Instruction and Target Practice, Annual i_ . 10 Field Firing and Proficiency Test, 1911 .07 Field Service, 1914, corrected to July 1, 1914 , 26 General Hospitals, 1914 .12 Mine Planters, 1909 .10 Organized Militia, 1910 ,29 Rules of Land Warfare, 1914 , 35 Uniform, 1914 .05 Transport Service, 1914 .25 Soldiers' Handbook, 1913 . 12 Tables of Organization, 1914 .20 Tables of Organization, Organized Militia, 1914 (Peace) . 19 Private publications. Ml the World's Fighting Ships (Jane) 6,00 Applied Principles of Field Fortifications for Line Officers (Woodruff), 19091 .80 Applied Tactics, Letters on (Griepenkerl), 3d Edition, 1913__ 1.63 Artillery Notes, Nos. 11, 12, and 18 Ballistics : i High Angle Fire (Hamilton). Published in Vol. 40, No. 2, Journal U. S. Artillery (Whole No. 123) Notes on Direct Fire (Wildrick). Published in Vol. 43, No. 1, Journal U. S. Artillery (Whole No. 131) Campaign of Marengo (Sargent), 1897 .94 Campaign of Santiago de Cuba (Sargent), 3 Vols., 1907 3.50 Coast Artillery War Game (Chamberlaine), 1914 1 .20 Company Training (Haking), 1913 1.40 Elements of International Law (Davis), 3d Edition, 1908 1__ 1.82 Field Musician's Manual (Canty), 1914 1.29 Field Sanitation (Wilson), 1912 1.00 Gunners' Instruction, Journal U. S. Artillery. Annual . 15 Gunnery (Wise), 1912 2.28 Gunshot Injuries (La Garde), 1914 4.00 Handbook for the Use of Hospital Corps (Mason), 1912 4.00 Horses, Saddles, and Bridles (Carter), 3d Edition, lOOGi 2.29 Infantry Tactics, Seventy Problems in (Morrison), 1914 2.00 Maps for above 1. 25 Manual of Physical Drill (Butts), 1910 .73 Map Maneuvers and Tactical Rides (Sayre), 1912 1.25 Medical Service in Campaign (Straub), 2d Edition, 1912 ^ 1.33 Mess Officers' Assistant (Holbrook), 1911 .83 Mess Sergeants' Hand Book (Holbrook), 1911 .83 1 Textbooks used in garrison schools or in the examination of officers of the Army for promotion. 417 Private puUications — Continued. Title and edition or date of publication. "^^^cost™^*^ Military Explosives, Notes on (Weaver), 1912 i $2.29 Military Field Note Book (Guild and Cotton) 1914, (sweat- proof cover $0.10 extra) .75 Military Hygiene, Elements of (Ashburn), 1909 i 1.01 Military Hygiene, Manual of (Havard), 2d Edition, 1914 5.00 Military Law of the U. S., Treatise on (Davis), 3d Edition, 19131 5. 33 Military Map Reading (Sherrill), 1912 . .75 Military Maps Explained (Eames), 1909 .82 Military Primer (Marshall and Simonds), 1913 3.00 Military Sketching and Map Reading for N. C. O. (Grieves), 1914 1. 25 Military Topography for the Mobile Forces (Sherrill), 1912 i_ 2. 00 Napoleon Bonaparte's First Campaign (Sargent), 1894 .94 Night Movements (Training in, Based on Actual Experiences in War, translated from the Japanese, Burnett), 1914 1.00 Noncommissioned Officers' Manual (Moss), 1912 1.27 Notes on Field Fortification (Army Field Engr. School) i . 10 Notes on Field Artillery for Officers of all Arms (Spaulding), 1914 1. 25 Officers' Manual (Moss), 5th Edition, 1914 2.00 Ordnance and Gunnery (Lissak), 1907 4.57 Power and Power Transmission (Kerr), 2d Edition, 1913 i 1.54 Practical Electricity, Lessons in (Swoope) , 14th Edition, 1913 i_ 1.68 Provisioning of a Modern Army in the Field (Sharpe), 2d Edition, 1908 1 1.23 Rapid Reconnaissance Sketching (Sherill), 3d Edition, 1912— 1.05 Rifle in War (Eames), 2d Edition, 1909 1.60 Sanitary Service, Management of, in War (Morrison and Mun- son), 2d Edition, 1911 ^ .75 Sanitary Tactics, Principles of (Munson), 1911 ^ 1.35 Score Book, Bull's Eye (Johnston), loose leaf, 9th Edition, 1915 . 35 Score Book, Bull's Eye (Johnston), bound, 9th Edition, 1915. . 18 Score Book, U. S. Marine Corps (Harlee), 1913 .10 Security and Information (Wagner), 15th Edition, 1903 1.23 Service of Coast Artillery (Hines and Ward), 1909 3. 07 Soldier's Foot and Military Shoe (Munson), 1912 .90 Spanish, Reader of Scientific and Technical (Wilcox), 1913__ 1.75 Strategy (Wagner), 1903 .47 Studies in Minor Tactics (Army School of the Line), 1915 . 50 Tactical Principles and Problems (Hanna), 4th Edition, 1913 1_ 2. 50 Tactical Decisions and Orders (Buddecke) 1.25 Tactics, Infantry, Vol. I (Balck, Krueger's translation), 1911_ 2.40 Tactics, Cavalry and Artillery, Vol. II (Balck, Krueger's translation), 1914 _• 2.40 1 Textbooks used in garrison schools or in the examination of officers of the Army for promotion. 40062°— 16 27 418 Private publications — Continued. Title and edition or date of publication. Approximate cost. Technique of Modern Tactics (Bond and McDonough), 1913 i_ $2. 15 Training Infantry (Morrison) .50 Troops on Riot Duty (Stockton and Dicliinson), 1912 . 65 NoTB 1. — The Submarine Mining Manual and Signal Corps Manual No. 8, being confidential publications, will be sold or issued to others than Army oflacers, only on the approval of the Secretary of War in each case. Note 2. — Cost of publications quoted above is approximate and subject to change. Applications for publications should be addressed to the Chief, War College Division, General Staff, Washington, D. C. (Bui. 3, 1915—1885276 A, A. G. O., as amended hy Par. Ill, Bui. 11, 1915—2256368, A. G. O.; Par. Ill, Bui. 19, 1915— 2286215, A. G. O., and Par. Ill, Bui. 29, 1915—2296121, A. G. 0.; Par. Ill, Bui. 34, 1915—1885276 B, A. G. 0.) 190. Policy in reference to distribution of military pub- lications. — The policy of the War Department in reference to the distribution of publications to the Army, in accordance with Bulletin No. 3, War Department, 1915, paragraph 189, this compilation, is announced for the information and guid- ance of all concerned : 1. Publications which are obtained by the War Department and issued, on requisiton, to organizations of the Army, but which are not supplied gratuituously to officers, are furnished for the sole purpose of being used in the military instruction and training of such organizations. 2. The limited funds available for the distribution of pub- lications by the War Department makes it impossible to fur- nish to any one organization the entire list of books given in Bulletin No. 3, War Department, 1915. Requisitions of commanding officers upon the War College Division, General Staff, will therefore be limited to those books which directly pertain to, and are required for the instruction and training of, the particular organization making the request. 3. Publications having no bearing on the instruction and training of any particular organization, but which are desired merely to provide reading material in libraries, will not be furnished. (Par. I, Bui. 7, 1915—2257960, A. G. O.) 1 Textboolis used in garrison schools or in the examination of officers of the Army for promotion. 419 191. Destruction of obsolete military publications. — Com- pany and other organization commanders are authorized to destroy obsolete publications of the following nature, with the exception of one copy of each, which will be retained for future reference : Drill Regulations. Manuals of Arms. Manuals of Guard Duty. Firing Regulations for Small Arms. This authority will apply not only to the present but to the future, whenever new publications are received. (Par It, G. O. 179, 1904.) ARTICLE XXII. PAY ROLLS AND MUSTER ROLLS. 192. Cbarges on pay rolls for laundry work. — In making charges on pay rolls for laundry work done by a commercial laundry operated as a post exchange feature, or for laundry work done by a laundry owned and operated by a post exchange, such charges will be entered as due the " exchange laundry " instead of due the " post laundry," the latter term being used to designate laundries operated and controlled by the Quartermaster Corps. (Par. II, G. O. 122, 1911— 182225ft, A. G. 0.) 193. Charges on pay rolls for ordnance property. — ^W^hen charges are made on pay rolls against an enlisted man on account of the loss or damage to property pertaining to the Ordnance Department, the officer who makes the charges will "forward a report thereof on Form No. 94, Ordnance Depart- ment, to the quartermaster who is to pay the organization to which the soldier belongs. When charges of this character are made on final statements, the officer who makes the charges will forward a report thereof on the same blank form to the department quartermaster of the department in which payment is to be made. After verification of the charges the quartermaster or department quartermaster, as the case may be, will forward the reports directly to the Chief of Ordnance, except in the Philippine Department, where they will be for- warded through the chief ordnance officer of the department. When charges are made on pay rolls against an enlisted man and not collected, reports will be made until the amount shall have been collected. If an enlisted man is separated from the service and the charges standing against him have not been collected on the pay rolls, a notation showing that the charges have been transferred to his final statements will be made on the report for the month in which the soldier was dropped. If for any reason final statements are not furnished to a discharged soldier, the notation will be modified so as to (420) 421 show that fact. If an enlisted man is detailed or transferred to another organization and the charges standing against him have not been collected on the pay rolls, a notation will be made on the report for the month in which the detail or trans- fer was effected showing that the receipt of the soldier was obtained for the missing property, as prescribed in paragraph 1535, Army Regulations. If an enlisted man should desert and the charges standing against him have not been collected, a notation will 'be made on the report for the month in which he is dropped for deser- tion showing that collection could not be made on that ac- count ; if the soldier should subsequently reenlist or be appre- hended, any charges standing against him on the prior pay rolls will be transferred to the new rolls and reports thereof made on Form No. 94, Ordnance Department, until the charges shall have been collected. If an enlisted man should desert and it should subsequently appear that the last roll upon which his name is borne did not cover all the charges that should have been made against him, the commanding officer of the organization to which the sol- dier belongs will take steps to have the necessary corrections made on the roll. The report required on Form No. 94, Ord- nance Department, will be made as in other cases to cover the additional ordnance charges and notation made on the re- port showing why the charges have not been collected. When the charges are made for the first time, the account- able officer is authorized to enter on the semiannual statement of charges (Form No. 86, Ordnance Department) a list of the missing articles and to take credit for the same on his next semiannual return, without being required to. show that col- lection has been made of the charges. He is, however, not authorized to make entry on the statement of charges or to take credit for these articles on account of the same charges appearing on a subsequent pay roll by reason of failure to collect on a prior roll. When an enlisted man is detailed or transferred to another organization, any articles of ordnance property for which he may be indebted to the United States at the time of the detail or transfer, and any other article of ordnance property which he may carry with him, will be dropped from the return of the accountable officer on the duplicate invoice and receipt transfer voucher (Form No. 152, Ordnance Department) as 422 prescribed iu i)aragraph 1535, Army Regulations. If any of the articles appearing on this invoice have been dropped on the statement of charges, they will not be again dropped by virtue of this voucher. Such articles as the soldier may be indebted for will not be entered on the statement of charges or on Form No. 94, Ordnance Department, as charged on the Descriptive List, or on the descriptive and assignment card. (G. O. 59, 1907—12169U, M. S. O.) 194. Preparation of pay rolls, muster rolls, etc., on typewriting: machine. — ^The preparation of muster rolls, pay rolls, inventories of effects, and certificates of disability for discharge, on a typewriting machine, is authorized, provided a black-record ribbon of standard quality is used, but carbon copies of such papers will not be forwarded to the War Department. Under no circumstances will discharge certificates and final statements be prepared on a typewriting machine. {Par. ^, Cir, 5, 1909, as amended by Par. I, Cir. 41, 1910—16602P, A. G. O.) ARTICLE XXIII. EFFICIENCY RECORDS OF OFFICERS. 195. Compilation and custody. — 1. The Adjutant General of tlie Army is charged with the compilation and custody of the efficiency records of officers of the Army. These efficiency records are prepared for the information and consideration of the chiefs of bureaus concerned and of higher authority in official matters. The records are regarded as confidential, but an officer may be permitted to see his own record in the office of The Adjutant General. Such permission does not authorize correspondence with respect thereto, except as to clerical errors or evident misstatement of facts. 2. The efficiency record of an officer is compiled from official data in The Adjutant General's office and comprises the following information : (a) Statement of service — published in the Army Register. (b) Statement of military qualifications and business ex- perience; knowledge of foreign languages; degrees received from civil institutions of learning ; whether single or married and the number of minor children. (c) Results of garrison school examinations; standing at service schoola and in examinations for appointment or promotion. (d) Matters of a miscellaneous nature, including courts- martial, reprimands, commendations; extracts from orders, from annual reports of department and other commanders, from inspection reports, and official correspondence wherein mention of an officer's efficiency is made. (e) A summary of efficiency reports prepared under para- graphs 829 and 830, Army Regulations. (/) Participation in battles, engagements, or actions. A photograph, if received, is filed with the record. 3. Extracts from reports and letters of inspectors, com- manding generals, and other officers, when submitted by them in the performance of official duty, that relate in any way to (423) 424 the efficiency, capacity, conduct, and status of an officer, will be made a part of that officer's efficiency record ; and, as a rule, no letters, reports, or extracts of a commendatory or derogatory nature will be made a part of an officer's efficiency record, except when they are submitted in the manner speci- fied. Copies of all letters, reports, extracts, etc., which are to be made a part of an officer's compiled efficiency record will be furnished by The Adjutant General of the Army to the officer concerned. 4. Generally, no communication from any person who is not in or directly connected with the military service will be made a part of the compiled efficiency record of an officer. Com- munications containing mention of a special or notable char- acter, such as letters of a commendatory nature or the reverse, written by proper civil or diplomatic officials under whom an officer may be serving, such as a minister or an ambassador, or the governor or the adjutant general of a State if the officer is serving on his staff, may, however, be submitted to Tlie Adjutant General of the Army for consideration as to the advisability of entering their contents upon the compiled efficiency record. {Bui. 15, 19U— 198022/, D, A. G. O.) 196. Data for efficiency records. — In order to make the compiled efficiency records of officers of the Army as com- plete and comprehensive as possible all department and other commanders and all chiefs of staff departments, the superin- tendent of the Military Academy, the commandant of each service school, the commandant of the United States Dis- ciplinary Barracks and of any branch thereof, the command- ing officer of a general recruit depot, and the commanding officer of each arsenal, armory, and general depot of supply will forward, through military channels, to The Adjutant General of the Army the originals or authenticated copies of all matters bearing on this subject relative to Army officers on the active list. (G. 0. 1, 1903, A. G. 0.) 197. List of officers having knowledge of foreign lan- guages. — There will be kept in the office of The Adjutant General of the Army a list of names of officers, who have a speaking or translating knowledge of foreign languages. Any officer wishing to have his name entered thereon will make application directly to The Adjutant General of the Army, stating the language or languages and his speaking or trans- lating l^nowledge thereof. When practicable, these officers 425 will be examined as to this knowledge before boards convened by War Department orders. Any officer wha has done any translating for the War Col- lege Division of the General Staff and who wishes to have his name entered upon this list as a translator will state that fact in his application. If it is found that the translating work done by him warrants it, his name will be entered upon the list without examination, and he will be so notified. (Par. IX, Q. O. 15, 1912—1^04233, A, G. O.) ARTICLE XXIV. PENALTY ENVELOPES AND SOLDIERS' LETTERS. 198. Penalty envelope. — 1. The penalty envelope may law- fully be used — (a) By chaplains in soliciting the aid and voluntary con- tributions of persons interested in the distribution of books appropriate for chapel services. (Par. I, Cir. 29, 1903 — 482669, A. G. 0.) (6) By officers in conducting correspondence pertaining to Army athletics. (G. O. US, WOIf,) (c) Under the parcel-post law, to transmit official matter partaking of the characteristics of fourth-class mail matter not exceeding 11 pounds in weight nor greater in size than 72 inches in length and girth combined. {Par. I, Bui. 12, 1913 — 2004954 B, A. G. O.) 2. The penalty envelope can not lawfully be used to trans- mit, free of postage, the correspondence of officers detailed at colleges with the adjutants general of States in respect to matters that have no direct relation to the military affairs of the Army (paragraph 2, Circular 4, 1886; 1824, A. G. O., 1886) ; nor by officers detailed with the Organized Militia of a State in distributing general orders and bulletins of the War Department, or in conducting correspondence with mili- tia officers and others with regards to militia business. {Par. 3, Cir. 52, 1905—1032187, M. S. O.) 3. It is immaterial whether the indorsement and statement required by law to be placed on penalty envelopes be written or printed. {Par. II, Cir. 65, 1909—1576747, A. G. 0.) 199. Mailing of letters of soldiers in the field. — Letters sent by soldiers, sailors, and marines in the United States service, located in the United States or any of its posses- sions, or other places where the United States domestic mail service is in operation, addressed to places in the United States or any of its possessions, when indorsed *' Sol- dier's letter," " Sailor's letter," or " Marine's letter," and signed thereunder, either with facsimile hand stamp or in (426) 427 writing, with his official designation, by a field or staff ofllcer. post or detachment commander, to whose command the sol- dier belongs, or by a surgeon or chaplain at a hospital where he may be; and in the Navy and Marine service by any com- missioned officer attached to the vessel, or oflicer commanding a hospital or detachment ashore, may be dispatched to desti- nation without prepayment of postage, and only the single rate of postage shall be collected on delivery. (Par. II, Bui. 19, 1914^2155340 A, A. a. O.) ARTICLE XXV. COTJHTS-MARTIAL. UOO. Records loaned for use by or before courts-martial, military commissions, and boards. — The following rules with regard to original records loaned by bureaus or offices of the War Department or by the headquarters of an army, corps, division, or brigade or of a territorial department, for use by or before courts-martial, military commissions, courts of Inquiry, and retiring, examining, and other boards, will be strictly observed by all concerned: 1. When the identification record prescribed by General Orders, No. 68, War Department, April 7, 1906, paragraph 171, this compilation, is needed as evidence before a general court- martial or a military commission, a duly authenticated photo- graphic copy of such record will be furnished, if practicable, by The Adjutant General of the Army, and such copy, when admitted in evidence, will be appended to and made a part of the record of the trial. In case a copy of the identification record can not be furnished, the original record will be loaned to the court or commission and will be forwarded with, but not attached to, the record of the trial to the reviewing au- thority, who, immediately upon completing his review of the case, will return the identification record directly to The Adjutant General of the Army. 2. When any original record, other than an identification record, is loaned by any bureau or office of the War Depart- ment or by the headquarters of an army, corps, division, or brigade or of a territorial department, for use by or before any court-martial, military commission, or court of inquiry, the judge advocate or recorder of the court or commission will have a full copy of such record or of so much of it as is pertinent to the case, made and properly verified, and will submit the verified copy with the original record to the court (428) 429 or commission. Immediately upon the conclusion of the trial or the proceedings in the case of a court of inquiry the judge advocate or recorder will return the original record directly to The Adjutant General of the Army, who will transmit it to the bureau or office of the War Department from which it was obtained, or if the original record shall have been ob- tained from one of the headquarters hereinbefore named the judge, advocate or recorder will return the original record directly to the commanding general at those headquarters. Copies of original records loaned for use by or before retiring, examining, or other boards need not be made to accompany the record of the proceedings thereof, unless such copies are absolutely necessary to perfect such record. 3. When any original identification or other record is loaned by any bureau or office of the War Department or by the headquarters of an army, corps, division, or brigade or of a territorial department, for use as evidence before a court- martial, a military commission, or a court of inquiry, the fact that such original record was submitted to and consid- ered by the court or commission, and that its return, as pro- vided for in paragraphs 1 or 2 of this order, is imperative, will be clearly noted in the record of the proceedings of the court. When a verified copy of an identification or other record is furnished or is made by a judge advocate or recorder as hereinbefore directed, for use by or before any court-mar- tial, military commission, court of inquiry, or any retiring, examining, or other board, the copy will be marked " Exhibit " and appended to the record of the proceedings of the court, commission, or board, and the fact that the copy is so marked and appended will be stated in that record. 4. In no case will any original identification or other record that is loaned for use by or before any court-martial, military commission, court of inquiry, retiring, examining, or other board be attached to or made a part of the record of the proceedings of such court, commission, or board. {O. O. 32, 1909—U73186, A. O. O.) 201. Evidence of genuineness of handwriting in court- martial cases. — The common-law rule of evidence would not permit a comparison of handwriting, unless the writing to be used as a standard was properly in the case for other purposes than mere comparison. (See Dig. Ops. J. A. G., 1912, p. 536, 430 XI A 17b (1) (a). This rule was changed by act of Congress approved February 26, 1913 (37 Stat., 683), which provides— That in any proceeding before a court or judicial officer of the United States where the genuineness of the handwriting of any person may be involved, any admitted or proved hand- writing of such person shall be competent evidence as a basis for comparison by witnesses, or by the jury, court, or officer conducting such proceeding, to prove or disprove such genu- ineness. The rule prescribed by Congress will govern in courts-mar- tial procedure. (Par. V, G. 0. 71, 1913—2097157, A. G. O.) 202. Reports of courts-martial sentences affecting status of commissioned officers. — Immediately upon the promulga- tion of any sentence of court-martial in the case of a com- missioned officer involving suspension from rank and com- mand, confinement, reduction in lineal rank, or any other ma- terial change in the officer's status, the commander who has authority to approve such sentence and carry it into execu- tion will advise The Adjutant General of the Army, by tele- graph, of the sentence imposed as approved or mitigated and the date of promulgation thereof. {Par. I, G. O. 6, 1910— 1606106, A. G. 0.) 203. Payment of accounts of ciyilians for serving sub- pcenas. — Subpoenas should ordinarily be served by persons in the military service, but they may be served by civilians when service by persons in the military service is impracticable or less economical. Where service is made by a civilian, he is entitled to a reasonable compensation therefor, and his ac- counts will be sent to The Adjutant General of the Army with a view to payment. (Par. 2, Cir. 42, 1906-114^177, M. S. O.) ARTICLE XXVI. aUARTERMASTER CORPS. Baeracks and Quaeters. 204. Use of wall lockers, refrigerators, and chemical fire extinguishers. — The following instructions will govern in the use of wall lockers, refrigerators, and chemical fire extin- guishers supplied by the Government at Army posts and stations : 1. Quartermasters will take up and account for, on their property returns, wall lockers and refrigerators, these articles to be branded with the post number of the building in which they are installed, and will not be removed therefrom without the authority of the department commander. 2. Inspections required by paragraph 1010, Army Regula- tions, will include wall lockers and refrigerators. 3. Chemical fire extinguishers will be distributed to the buildings requiring their protection and placed on shelves in conspicuous places easy of access. The directions on each extinguisher as to manner of use, protection, and recharging will be followed. Once annually, preferably at fire drill, all extinguishers charged with soda and acid solutions will be discharged and recharged and will be inspected six months after recharging. All other chemical extinguishers will be inspected every six months, but will not be discharged unless necessary. {Par. II, G. 0. 81, 1905—1019822, M. S. O., as amended by Par. II, G. O. 77, 1913—1019822 A, M. S. O., and by Par. Ill, G. O. 5, 19U— 2118028, A. G. O.) 205. Standard color for lockers. — A standard color for all lockers in the possession of troops having been adopted, no color other than the standard will be used. The standard color is as follows: Paint to be mixed with best linseed oil in the proportion of 2 parts of raw umber, imported, to 20 parts of white lead, with (431) 432 1 gill of best varnish to each gallon of linseed oil and suffi- cient quantity of Japan drier to dry and harden and give a neat gloss to the paint. {Par. II, Cir. 21, 1905—1004506, M. S. O.) 206. Use of public buildings by officers' clubs, messes, or similar social organizations. — No officers' club, mess, or other similar social organization of officers at any military post or station will be permitted to occupy any part of any public building, other than the private quarters of an officer, unless such club, mess, or other organization extends to all officers on duty at the post or station the right to full membership, either permanent or temporary, in such club, mess, or organization, including the right equally with any and all other members thereof to participate in the management thereof, to hold office therein, and to vote upon any and all of the affairs thereof in which the officers concerned have an interest. Whenever at any military post or station permanent mem- bership in any officers' club, mess, or other similar social organization, with the right to acquire an interest in the per- manent, property thereof, is limited to the members of a par- ticular military organization, such club, mess or other social organization must, in order to be permitted to occupy any part of any public building, other than the private quarters of an officer, extend the right of temporary membership to all officers on duty at the post or station and on such reason- able terms as to initiation fees, dues, and other charges as should be satisfactory to the temporary members. In the event of a disagreement as to the reasonableness of any such terms, the commanding officer of the post or station will re- quire the parties in disagreement to submit written state- ments of their respective views of the matter, and will for- ward those statements, through military channels, to the War Department for decision as to the questions involved. (O. O. 54, 1909—1419547 D, A. O. 0.) 207. Instructions governing execution of leases for build- ings and grounds and contracts for gas, electric current, and water supply for posts. — 1. Rentals, gas, water, and elec- tric current. — ^With due regard for law, regulations, and exist- ing orders, action will be taken in accordance with the follow- ing instructions to execute leases for the ensuing fiscal year, or for such portion of the fiscal year as may be necessary, for buildings and grounds (including offices, storehouses, stables. 433 quarters, recruiting stations, drill grounds, camp grounds, target ranges, etc. ) , and contracts for gas, electric current, and water supply for posts, provided the services have been regu- larly authorized in the past and will continue to be absolutely necessary at the posts and stations in question. 2. Renewals. — If, after proper advertisement or due in- quiry, premises or services other than those now leased or hired can be obtained at lower rates, and change can be made without detriment to the public service, action will be taken accordingly and the present leases or contracts will be permitted to lapse at the close of the fiscal year. Where no better terms can be secured, advantage will be taken of the option for renewal of the current leases or contracts. In executing new leases or contracts the option of the yearly renewal will be extended for the longest period to which the lessor will consent. 3. {a) Rental of quarters for commissioned officers, acting dental surgeons, pay clerks, and members of the Nurse Corps. — ^The law makes provision for the payment of commu- tation of quarters to commissioned officers, acting dental sur- geons, veterinarians, pay clerks, and members of the Nurse Corps, when on duty with or without troops, at places where there are no public quarters available, so that individual quarters for them will not be rented by the Government. When in the economical and efficient administration of the Army it is essential to rent buildings to supplement Govern- ment-owned quarters or to house troops at places where the use of tentage is impracticable, the buildings so rented shall be considered as public quarters, and assignments to quarters in such buildings may properly be made, but in no case will quarters be rented for an individual of the classes mentioned in this paragraph. Instances where it may be necessary to rent buildings to quarter troops occur in the movement of troops, expeditionary or otherwise, and also in the efficient administration of hospitals when, owing to limited public- owned quarters, it is essential to provide quarters collectively for the members of the Nurse Corps there on duty. For build- ings of this class heat and light will be furnished in kind by the Quartermaster Corps or provided by the terms of the lease, as in paragraph 6 of this order. (6) Rental of quarters for enlisted men. — Rental of quar- ters for individuals is restricted to enlisted men, the law pro- 400e2»— 16 28 434 viding that when on duty at places where there are no public quarters available they may, when specifically authorized by the Secretary of War, be paid commutation of quarters at the rate of $15 per month, or that in lieu thereof he may, in discretion, rent quarters for their use. The regulations gov- erning the payment of commutation of quarters to enlisted men are prescribed in General Orders, No. 35, War Depart- ment, June 8, 1915, paragraph 230, this compilation, and commutation will be paid those enlisted men for whom quar- ters would otherwise have to be rented, except in cases of en- listed men serving in detachments. Thus, in all cases where a detachment of men is on recruiting, surveying, or other duty, \\here these men can be quartered together at less cost than the commutation rates would amount to, quarters should be rented, and general authority for such rentals is hereby granted. (c) General authority is also granted to rent quarters in those cases where enlisted men are granted permission by the Secretary of War to live separately from the remainder of the recruiting party, detachment, or other organization to which they belong; quarters will be rented for them to cost not more than the cost of lodging them with the recruiting party, detachment, or organization. If in these cases, it appears desirable to rent at a cost exceeding the cost of lodgings with the party, application therefor will be made to The Adjutant General of the Army. (d). Enlisted men below grade 14, on duty at military posts, with the exception of firemen. Coast Artillery Corps, should be quartered in barracks or in such noncommissioned officers' quarters as may be available and quarters will not be provided for them elsewhere by any means entailing an ex- pense to the Government without the specific authority of the Secretary of War. 4. Selecting quarters. — The Quartermaster Corps is charged with the duty of renting quarters, which necessarily includes the duty of selecting the quarters. It is the duty of the quar- termaster in renting quarters to select suitable quarters at the lowest obtainable commercial rate, taking into consideration the sphere or location of the duty of the enlisted men con- cerned. The interests of the Government are at all times to be subserved. 435 5. (a) Renting quarters. — The theory of renting quarters is to supplement Government-owned quarters where they ar»? insufficient to meet the requirements of the service, so that the rented quarters constitute public quarters and have the same status as Government-owned quarters as regards the question of assigning them to individuals. Government- owned quarters are not built or maintained for any individ- ual, and while the necessity for renting quarters may arise in the case of an individual enlisted man, such fact does not destroy the theory of rented quarters as herein expressed. Therefore when it becomes necessary to rent quarters the body of the lease should not name the individual or individ- uals immediately affected, but, after describing the premises, should specify the number of rooms contained therein and recite that the premises are for the use of the Army at a specified place, followed by the statement that no public quarters are available. The individual or individuals imme- diately affected then should be assigned to quarters in the premises so rented, and in the event of his or their being relieved, their successors should be assigned to the quarters. (6) Leases drawn as above indicated should each show the necessity for renting quarters and, on the brief, the name, rank, and organization of the occupant or occupants and the date, number, and source of the printed order or other authority placing the occupants on duty. 6. Heat and light in connection with rentals. — If heat and light are necessary, they will be furnished by the lessor when- ever practicable, and the rental agreed upon will be expressed in the lease as including heat and light. The quartermaster will furnish on the brief of each lease a statement showing the subdivision of the total rental into items under " Barracks and quarters," and " Supplies, services, and transportation, Quartermaster Corps," items 121-& and 122. If the lessor can not furnish reliable information from which to obtain these data, the quartermaster will be governed by the actual cost or value of such service under existing local rates. In no case, however, will the quartermaster make arbitrary subdivisions based on regulation allowances. 7. Water. — ^The supply of water is not authorized as a separate item under leases for quarters, and payment therefor can not be made except as such service may be indirectly 436 involved in determining the actual commercial rental value >of the quarters. In localities where water has a recognized following table of equivalents in paragraph 2 of this order. The following examples are given : Assuming that there is given for a certain plant an allow- ance of 2,000 B. t. u. per pound of water evaporated and bitu- niinous slack coal running 14,000 B. t. u. per pound is used as fuel. The computation will be 2,000 divided by 14,000 equals .1428. Divide .1428 by .95 equivalent. The quotient will be .1503 pounds, the allowance of this coal per pound of water evaporated. Assuming that there is given in the table of allowances for a certain plant 65,000 B. t. u. per K. W. H. generated, and fuel oil having 18,500 B. t. u. per pound is used as fuel. The computation will be 65,000 divided by 18,500, equals? 3.513. Divide 3.513 by 1.50 equivalent and the quotient will be 2.342 pounds allowance of this oil per K. W. H. generated. 8. At posts or stations situated in the Tropics, fuel for cooking and heating purposes, authorized by Army Regula- tions, shall be issued in such amounts as considered neces- sary by commanding officers, who will exercise such super- 448 vision as necessary to prevent waste or misuse. Fuel for power purposes at such posts or stations will be governed by paragraphs 6 and 7 of this order. No tabulated allow- ances will be issued to these posts. 9. Whenever it becomes necessary to issue fuel under the provisions of paragraph 1044, Army Regulations, to a build- ing, or for a purpose not listed in the tabulated allowances referred to in paragraph 1 of this order, or to make changes in allowances to the end of reducing those in excess of re- quirements, and adjusting those that prove inadequate through structural changes in buildings, housing, or altered condi- tions in uses of fuel, report will be made to The Adjutant General of the Army, through military channels, so that an allowance may be established for such building or purpose. Such reports will be accompanied by a fuel report on Q. M. O. Form "A," completely made out for the building concerned or, in the case of fuel for power purposes, giving full informa- tion as to operation of the plant, and all other data necessary for proper consideration of the case. 10. All fires and fuel-consuming equipment in a barrack building shall be cared for by a competent enlisted man de- tailed by the organization commander responsible for the fuel consumption in that building. Suitable details shall also be made for guardhouses, storehouses, offices, etc. 11. Frequent inspections of fuel-consuming apparatus and methods of firing will be made under direction of the com- manding officer, with the view of preventing abuse of mate- rial and waste of fuel. Prompt action will be taken by sur- vey proceedings, or otherwise, to fix responsibility in any case arising under this paragraph. The responsibility for care of fires and fuel-consuming equipment in officers' or non- commissioned officers' quarters devolves upon the occupants of such quarters. 12. In case the consumption in any building exceeds the accumulated allowance at the close of any month, the quar- termaster shall notify the responsible officer of the amount of the accumulated allowance to date, together with state- ment of the amount consumed in excess of allowances in pounds. The value of such excess consumption need not be calculated until settlement is made. 13. The quartermaster at each post will keep a record of the amounts of fuel of all kinds received from all sources 449 and issued to each and every building or part of building authorized a separate fuel allowance at a military post. Also a record of each sale made to persons authorized to pur- chase fuel. At each post, where required, a noncommis- sioned officer of suitable grade shall be designated for the specific duties of receiving and supervising the issue, sale, and use of all fuel at the post supplied by the Quartermaster Corps, and shall be designated as fuel overseer. 14. The fuel overseer shall supervise the delivery of all fuel received and shall weigh or measure and sample all fuel in accordance with contract and specification require- ments. He shall keep a record of the amounts of each kind of fuel received, the dates when received, the samples taken, and the quality as determined by visual inspection, and he shall make a written record of same. He shall also keep a record showing the exact quantity and type of fuel issued or sold to each building or part of building or person, to- gether with the date when such issue or sale was made. As far as practicable, issues will be made to all buildings at the beginning of each month in such quantities as it is esti- mated will be required in addition to the balance remaining on hand from the previous month. On the first day of each month, or as soon thereafter as practicable, the fuel overseer shall make an inspection of fuel storage rooms of all build- ings and will estimate as accurately as possible the quan- tity of fuel remaining on hand at the close of the previous month. 15. In order that a uniform system of fuel accounting may be maintained at all military posts, Q. M. C. Form 432 shall be used for recording all data pertaining to fuel consump- tion, sales, and issues. Full instructions are printed on back of form. 16. Accounting for all fuel shall be made on Q. M. C. Form 211 at the close of each quarter. 17. The allowances prescribed in this oruer will supersede all special issues authorized for posts and stations for the fiscal year 1916. 18. In accordance with the provisions of paragraph 1036, Army Regulations (amended by Changes, Army Regulations, No. 7, War Department, 1914), in so far as that paragraph relates to the reimbursement of officers and enlisted men on detached service in foreign cities and occupying quarters other 40062°— 16 29 460 than public, allowances for the zones of equal temperature established will be as follows : Mexico City, Mexico : Zone. December, January, February 3 March, November 7 April, May, October r 10 June, July, August, September 13 Berne, Switzerland : December, January, February 1 March, November 5 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Stockholm, Sweden : December, January, February 1 March, November 5 April, May, October 9 June, July, August, September 12 Berlin, Germany : December, January, February 1 March, November , 5 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Constantinople, Turkey : December, January, February 2 March, November 6 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 13 Vienna, Austria : December, January, February 1 March, November 5 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Peking, China : December, January, February 1 March, November 5 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Brussels, Belgium : December, January, February 1 March, November 6 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 London, England : December, January, February 1 March, November 6 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Petrograd, Russia : December, January, February 1 March, November 5 April, May, October 9 JUBe, Jul^, 4ugU9t, September 12 451 Zone. Santiago de Cuba, for the year round 13 Tokyo, Japan : December, January, February 2 March, November 7 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Paris, France : December, January, February 2 March, November 7 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Quito, Ecuador : December, January, February 3 March, November 8 April, May, October 11 June, July, August, September 13 Madrid, Spain : December, January, February 2 March, November 7 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Rome, Italy : December, January, February 2 March, November ; 6 April, May, October 11 June, July, August, September 13 Monrovia, Liberia, for the year round 13 Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, for the year round 13 Lima, Peru, for the year round 13 Bogota, Colombia, for the year round 12 Buenos Aires, Argentine Republic : December, January, February 13 March, November 8 April, May, October 12 June, July, August, September 4 Copenhagen, Denmark : December, January, February 2 March, November 6 April, May, October 9 June, July, August, September 12 Guatemala City, Guatemala, for the year round 13 The Hague, Holland : December, January, February ^_ 2 March, November 6 April, May, October 9 June, July, August, September 12 Havana, Cuba, for the year round. 13 Nagasaki, Japan : December, January, February 4 March, November 8 April, May, October 12 June, July, August, September 13 452 Zone. Philippine Islands, for the year round 13 (Except Baguio and Camp Keithley, which are in Zone 12.) Santiago, Chile : December, January, February 13 March, November 8 April, May, October 12 June, July, August, September 4 Saumur, France : December, January, February 2 March, November 7 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Shanghai, China: December, January, February 4 March, November 8 April, May, October 12 June, July, August, September 13 Tien Tsin, China : December, January, February 1 March, November 5 April, May, October 10 June, July, August, September 12 Vera Cruz, Mexico, for the year round 13 The Hawaiian Department, for the purpose of determining commutation of heat, shall be considered in Zone No. 13 for the months of June, July, August, and September, and in Zone No. 8 for the other months of the year. (G. O. 57, 1914— 2164376, A. Q. O., as amended by Par. II, Q. O. 40, 1915— 2164376 E, A. O. 0.; G. O. 63, 1915—2314750, A. Q, O.; and Par. V, G. O. 65, 1915—2315392, A. G. O.) Note. — For charts showing zones of equal temperature, provided for in paragraph 1036, A. R., as amended, see G. O. 57, 1914. 211. Fires in stables. — Fires in stables will be permitted only upon the written authority of the department com- mander, who will designate the number and location of fires and the quantity of fuel expendable for the purpose. (Par. 13, Cir. 10, 1886, as amended J)y Par. II, G. O. 1, 1912— 1773892 C, A. G. 0.) Illuminating Supplies. 212. Allowances of electric current and lamps for light- ing purposes. — 1. In order to carry into effect the provisions of the Army Regulations and with a view to proper economy in interior lighting, the allowance of electric current in watt 453 hours per year for each of the various types of lamps installed in public buildings in which current is provided or paid for by the Government will not exceed the amounts set forth in Schedule A of this order. 2. The last column of Schedule A indicates the officer to whom the excess of current used, if any, will be charged. This officer is also charged with the duty of keeping himself informed as to the status of consumption of incandescent lamps and electric current in the building for which he is responsible. If an officer other than the one indicated in the schedude is in charge of any public building, the excess of current used, if any, will be charged to him. 3. The allowances of electric current in watt hours per year, as given in Schedule A, are based on the total wattage of lamps installed in the various buildings. Assume that a bakery has ten 50-watt gem lamps installed in it. The total lamp wattage is therefore 500 watts. According to Schedule A, each watt of this installation is entitled to 900 watt hours per year, and the total annual allowance of this building is therefore 500 times 900, or 450,000, watt hours per year. 4. If it is desired to ascertain the allowances for any month, the following per cent of the total annual allowances shall be used: January, February, March, October, November, and December, each 10^ per cent of the annual allowance; the remaining months of the year, 6J per cent each of the annual allowance. For posts located in the Tropics take 84 per cent for all months. For posts located in Alaska take 12J per cent for January, February, March, October, November, and December and 4^ per cent for the remaining months. 5. For posts located in Alaska the annual allowances shown in Schedule A will be Increased 50 per cent. 6. No existing authorizations for increased allowances for buildings on account of location or type of building or on account of installations of electric motors are changed by this order. 7. All requests for increases of allowances over and above those given in this order shall be submitted to The Adjutant General of the Army, through military channels, together with complete data and meter readings for a period of at least six months, showing clearly the necessity for the increase re- quested in each case. Requests for increased allowances shall not be made unless absolutely necessary. 454 8. Correct and complete records of incandescent lamps and electric current used in each set of quarters, each building, or each section of building where electric lights are installed shall be kept in the office of the quartermaster on Q. M. C. Form No. 451. Computations in accordance with Schedule A shall be made for each building and entered on a copy of form for that building. 9. It is intended that allowances shall be computed on the basis of lamps actually installed at any time and not on the number of lamps originally installed in buildings ; that is, on the size and number of lamps originally authorized or in accordance with such modifications as have been made by proper authority. Lamps used must be of the size and types furnished to posts by the Quartermaster Corps. The installa- tion of special types or increased sizes of lamps is prohibited. Allowances shall be checked annually, or oftener if necessary, previous to the beginning of the fiscal year, and the officer in charge in each building notified as to what the allowance for the building will be for the ensuing year. 10. In replacing metallized filament and carbon lamps by tungsten lamps, proper care will be taken not to increase the candlepower of lamps in any building over that originally installed or authorized since original installation. 11. The allowances of lamps given in paragraphs 13 and 14 and the allowances of electric current given in Schedule A are cumulative during the fiscal year. When an officer is relieved from duty that placed him in charge of any public building within the provisions of this order, and a new officer is assigned, meter readings and a lamp inventory shall be taken to fix the responsibility for excess of current and shortage of lamps, if any. Saving of lamps or current on one building, if any, shall not be applied to another building. 12. The number of kilowatt hours of electricity used in each building will be determined by the quartermaster at the end of each quarter and entered on a copy of Q. M. C. Form No. 451. 13. Lamp renewals for officers' and noncommissioned staff officers' quarters will not exceed annually 50 per cent of the total number of carbon or metallized filament incandescent lamps installed therein and 30 per cent of the total number of tungsten lamps installed. All in excess of this amount will be paid for by the occupants at the contract rate for lamps for 465 eastern delivery for the fiscal year in which the lamps are used. 14. Lamp renewals for public buildings (except officers' and noncommissioned staff officers' quarters) will be as given below. To find the number of lamp renewals permissible per year, divide allowances in " watt hours per watt of lamps in- stalled in building" by 500 for carbon lamps, by 700 for metallized filament lamps, and by 1,000 for tungsten lamps. The results obtained will be the percentages of lamp renewals allowable for carbon, metallized filament, and tungsten lamps, respectively. Example: Administration building. Annual allowance of carbon lamps is equal to 468 divided by 500, or 94 per cent; allowance of metallized filament lamps is equal to 360 divided by 700, or 52 per cent, and allowance of tungsten lamps is 380 divided by 1,000, or 38 per cent of lamps installed. The officer responsible for excessive use of current, as shown in Schedule A, will also be responsible for excessive use of incandescent lamps. 15. Where the voltage at the lamps is above 200 volts, the percentage for lamp renewals given in paragraphs 15 and 16 will be increased by 50 per cent for metallized filament and carbon lamps only. 16. Lamp renewals for any building will not be paid for unless the blackened or burned-out lamp to be renewed is turned into the office of the quartermaster or officer charged with accounting for light and lamp renewals. 17. Where incandescent lamps are used for street lighting the renewals will be restricted to the lowest number possible consistent with efficiency, and in no case will they exceed annually twice the total number of lamps installed. 18. At posts where current is obtained from commercial lighting companies it shall be the duty of the quartermaster to cause necessary readings of voltages at lamp sockets in buildings to be taken at suitable intervals, in order to de- termine whether or not current is being supplied at suitable voltages. 19. Quartermasters handling accounts for light are hereby required, when organizations change station, to furnish to officers responsible for allowances of lamps and electric cur- rent, as shown in Schedule A, statements showing the length of time that the organization was stationed at the post, its allowance of lamps and electric current during that time, and 456 the savings or excess consumption of lamps and electric cur- rent accumulated during that time for each building which the organization used or occupied. These accounts shall be transferred to the new station of the organization and the savings or excess consumption of lamps and electric current shall be applied to the accounts of the organization at the new station. This procedure shall be followed in the case of one or more transfers of any organization within any fiscal year. 20. A copy of Q. M. C. Form No. 451 for each building in the post which is lighted electrically shall be properly filled out and kept up to date at all times. These forms shall be kept in the office of the quartermaster or such place as he shall designate. When renewals of lamps are made the proper entries shall be made on these forms. Lamps broken through carelessness will be charged against the person re- sponsible. In order to make proper entries on this form the quartermaster shall cause meter readings to be made quar- terly instead of monthly, as heretofore. This requirement applies also to officers' and noncommissioned stafC officers' quarters, the occupants of which will no longer be furnished with monthly statements of their light accounts, but are charged with the duty indicated in paragraph 2 of this order, so far as it applies to quarters occupied by them. 21. These forms apply to the building, suite, or section named on face of form and not to any individual. The allowances of electric current and the renewals of lamps as authorized by this order are for the building itself and not for any individual, and will not be exceeded unless the same are paid for by the person responsible. In case any building is unoccupied, it will not be entitled to an allowance of lamps or electric current during the period or periods of vacancy. 22. Street lamps will be burned on a moonlight schedule of approximately 2,200 hours use per lamp per year where current is generated or where the terms of contracts for purchase of electric current will permit. Computations of an- nual allowances of electric current for total number of street lamps at post shall be made on this basis and entered on ji copy of Q. M. C. Form No. 451. The amounts as computed will not be exceeded without special authority of the Sec- retary of War. In cases where a post is only partially gar- risoned, the number of street lamps in use shall be reduced to the lowest possible number consistent with safety and fire protection. 457 Schedule A. Building. Annual allowance in watt hours per watt of lamps Installed in building. Metallized filament lamps. Tvmgsten Officer responsible for enforcement of order. Administration building Bakery Balloon house and hangars Band stand Barracks (including lavatory and mess hall). Bathhouse Boathouse Chapel Disinfecting plant Dispensary for hospital Drill hall Fire apparatus building (where fire-fighting force is housed). Fire apparatus building (to be lighted in case of fire or night drill only). General mess Guardhouse and prison rooms. . . Hospital Library Oflicers' assembly and reading rooms when separated from mess. Officers' mess Post exchange (including gym- nasium, shooting gallery, swimmmg pool, and bowling alley). Post office Power house and pump house (all-night service). Quartermaster Corps shops, storehouses, and scale houses. Railroad station and waiting rooms. Root house School (during authorized school period). Stable Teamsters' quarters , Telephone central, when sepa- l rated from other buildings. \Transformer substation 'Veterinary hospital and dispen- sary. 360 900 300 400 300 600 500 600 800 1,100 160 800 1,400 1,000 1,000 800 800 800 400 J, 000 550 500 400 600 1,000 500 400 380 950 320 320 850 450 320 630 520 630 850 170 850 1,500 1,050 1,050 850 850 850 420 3,200 580 550 320 850 420 630 1,050 520 420 Adjutant. Quartermaster. Ofiicer in charge. Adjutant. Organization com- mander. Officer in charge. Do. Chaplain. Quartermaster. Surgeon. Adjutant. Fire marshal. Do. Officer in charge. Adjutant. Surgeon. Officer in charge of library. Officer in charge. Mess treasurer. Officer in charge of post exchange. Postmaster. Quartermaster. Do. Do. Do. Officer in charge. Quartermaster, organ- ization commander. Quartermaster. Do. Do. Veterinarian. \NoTE.— Allowances for carbon lamps shall be 30 per cent in excess of above given ijowances for metallized filament lamps. • The allowance for any building not listed above will be the sme as that of the listed building to which it may be most 458 nearly compared as to purpose for which it is used. For enforcement of this order in such buildings the commanding officer will designate an appropriate officer. (G. O. 33, 1915 — 2133624 C, A. Q. O.) 213. Sale of illuminating supplies to retired oflftcers. — The provisions of paragraph 1054, Army Regulations, respect- ing sales to officers by the Quartermaster Corps of oil, lamps, wicks, and chimneys are construed to apply to retired officers of the Army. {Par. 2, Cir. 5, 1898—69805, A. O. O.) Oabe and Accountability, Quartermaster Property. Note. — For list of expendable articles supplied by the Quarter- master Corps for issue to troops, see Bulletin No. 3, 1914. 214. Transfers of quartermaster property. — In view of the many instances in which issuing officers have failed to receive promptly receipts covering transfers of quartermas- ter supplies, such failure resulting in inability to identify property and in consequent embarrassment to both issuing and receiving officers in the settlement of their property ac- counts, the attention of all officers belonging to, or on duty in, the Quartermaster Corps is invited to paragraphs 659, 665. to 669, 1140, and 1141, Army Regulations. Should it become necessary for an accountable officer to for- ward a certified invoice as a voucher to his property return, the certified invoice will be accompanied with a transportation receipt, certified bill of lading or extract therefrom, certified manifest or extract therefrom, or other evidence to show that the property was duly shipped, and a copy of the certified invoice will be forwarded to the receiving officer through his commanding officer. Within 10 days after the receipt of property the receiving officer will forward to the issuing officer the proper receipts; but should the receiving officer deem it necessary to call for a survey to determine and fix the responsibility for any shortage or damage found, he will make such call within 10 days and at the same time will inform the Quartermaster General and the issuing officer of the action taken. When the report of th< surveying officer shall have been received by the receivin officer, he will accomplish receipts in accordance therewift and forward them at once to the issuing officer. In the event of failure to forward the receipts or to not?y the issuing officer properly within the prescribed 10 days, le 459 officer against whom certified invoices are filed will be called upon by the Quartermaster General for an explanation of the delay. Whenever, through change of station of officers or troops or through other cause, quartermaster property would be left without a responsible officer in charge, the commanding officer will designate an officer to act as quartermaster and will afford the accountable officer, so far as practicable, the necessary time and opportunity to transfer his property to his successor. Careful compliance with the foregoing provisions should prevent delay in obtaining receipts from receiving officers. {Par. II, Cir. 48, 1907—1228216, M. S. O.) 215. Quartermaster property in hands of enlisted men changing" station. — When an enlisted man under orders to change station is to take with him public property pertaining to the Quartermaster Corps, the officer preparing the descrip- tive list will make notation thereon of the various articles comprising such property and take the soldier's receipt there- for. This receipt will be transmitted to the accountable quartermaster who will invoice the property to the quarter- master of the soldier's new station, filing with said invoice the soldier's receipt. Should the man be ordered to service in a territorial de- partment beyond the sea under orders which do not specify the particular place that is to be his new station, the in- voice, together with the receipt, will be forwarded to the department quartermaster of the over-sea department, who will have the property receipted for by some accountable quartermaster at department headquarters. When the en- listed man has been assigned to station, the property will be reinvoiced to the quartermaster of such station. Similar action will be taken in the case of a man who is ordered from an over-sea station to another over-sea station or to the United States. {Par. I, G. O. 65, 1915— 233 If9 11, A. O. O.) 216. Quartermasters not to devolve their duties upon noncommissioned officers, Quartermaster Corps — Employ- ment of pay clerks. — ^1. The presence of a quartermaster sergeant or other noncommissioned officer of the Quarter- master Corps at a post does not in any manner relieve the quartermaster from responsibility for the care of stores or property. 460 Commanding officers of military posts, according to their responsibilities and duties as fixed and prescribed by para- graphs 203, 658, and 751, Army Regulations, and paragraph 40, Manual for the Subsistence Department, will supervise carefully the duties of quartermasters at their respective posts and will not permit quartermasters to devolve their duties in any degree upon the quartermaster sergeants or other noncommissioned officers of the Quartermaster Corps. In cases of losses and embezzlements of stores or property, surveying officers, in their reports and recommendations, will be guided by the requirements of paragraph 712, Army Regulations. 2. Quartermaster sergeants. Quartermaster Corps, will -not be kept on one class of work continually, but will be made to alternate frequently from one division of the office to another, in order that they may become proficient in the various duties of the position and be afforded an opportunity to keep in touch with changing methods and conditions, so that when the service of one of these noncommissioned officers is re- quired it will be unnecessary to inquire whether he is a former quartermaster or commissary sergeant. 3. Pay clerks, Quartermaster Corps, will not be used for pay work exclusively, but will perform any clerical work per- taining to the Quartermaster Corps. (Par. I, G. 0. ^6, 1914 — 1519276 A, A. G. O.) 217. Typewriting machines not to be moved from one station to another. — Typewriting machines will not be taken from the United States or moved from one station to another without special authority in each case from the Quartermaster General of the Army. (Par. I, G. 0. 17, 1904^) 218. Property supplied for post use not to be taken to Philippines. — Supplies and material issued from depots or purchased and supplied to posts for post use will not be taken from the posts by organizations going to the Philippines. {Par. II, G. O. 84, 1904.) 219. Organizations ordered to or from Hawaii or the Philippine Islands to turn in field cooking equipment. — In the case of organizations under orders to proceed from the United States to Hawaii Territory or the Philippine Islands, or under orders to return to the United States from those places, the commanding officers of such organizations will, 461 prior to departure, turn in to the quartermasters of their respective posts or stations all field cooking equipment not actually required for use en route. {Par. Ill, O. O. 42, 1913 — 2023711, A. G. O.) 220. Quartermaster salesroom at posts. — Only one quar- termaster salesroom will be maintained at a military post or station for subsistence stores and quartermaster supplies. (Par. IV, O. O. 81, 19U— 2203196, A. Q. O.) 221. Disposition of post manure. — The manure of posts is quartermaster property, which should be used for the pub- lic service — First. For the benefit of post or company gardens. Second. For fertilizing ornamental grounds at posts, includ- ing post cemeteries. Third. In case any is not needed for these purposes, it should be sold by the post quartermaster and the proceeds of the sale be deposited to the credit of the United States on account of miscellaneous receipts. (Par. I, Cir. 12, 1891 — 8559, A. O. 0., 1889, and 17819, A. G. 0., 1891.) Pay and Allowances, Officers and Enlisted Men. 222. Officers required to be mounted — Character of per- sonally owned mount determines right to additional pay and mount maintenance. — Officers required to be mounted and who are furnishing their own mounts for use in the Govern- ment service are authorized to draw the additional pay and have their mounts maintained at Government expense only in cases where the officer has provided himself at his own ex- pense and for use in his duties at his station with at least one mount of good appearance, equaling in general qualifications the type supplied by the Government for the duty in ques- tion. Failure to have a mount of this character available for use at his station (excepting in the cases of officers falling within the provisions of paragraph 1274, Army Regulations), bars the officer from receiving the additional pay and from having his mount maintained at Government expense, regard- less of the number of other mounts he may have at his sta- tion for use. (Par. 9, Cir. 88, 1908—1436763, A. G. 0.) 223. Post and other commanders to satisfy themselves that mounts for which additional pay is drawn are suit- 462 able. — It will be the duty of post commanders and other com- manding officers to ascertain which of their subordinates are drawing additional pay for furnishing their own mounts for use in the Government service and are having said mounts maintained at Government expense. They will satisfy them- selves by personal inspection, inquiry, examination of evi- dence, or actual test that the mounts furnished by the officers in question are suitable — that is, such as to enable said officers to perform their mounted duty properly in garrison or in the field. Such officers should have at least one mount of good appearance, equaling in general qualifications the type sup- plied by the Government for the duty in question. In case a commanding officer is satisfied that the mount or mounts supplied by an officer are suitable, no further action is necessary. Should he find them not suitable, he shall so inform the officer, and in case the deficiency is not remedied within a month shall report the facts to The Adjutant Gen- eral of the Army, to the end that any additional pay drawn by the officer after the date of said report may be stopped against him. He shall also give directions that the main- tenance of the said mount or mounts at Government expense shall cease on and after the same date. {Par. 4, G. O. 125, 1908—U09321, A. O. O.) 224. — Interpretation of term " suitable mount " and de- scription of suitable mount. — 1 Suitable mount (charger) is interpreted to mean a horse with a minimum height of 15 hands 2 inches and with a minimum weight of 975 pounds, provided that officers may retain mounts that already have been declared suitable. The horse should be of good appear- ance and of such breeding and substance as will enable him to carry his owner over jumps of reasonable stiffness, includ- ing hurdles, ditches, fences, and other obstacles simulating those which ordinarily would be met in going cross-country. An officer's second mount may be smaller, of a polo type, but not less than 15 hands high. It must be sound, of good conformation, and useful in the military service. Animals now owned by officers conforming to these condi- tions, but having a minimum height of 14 hands 2 inches, may be qualified as second mounts. The "suitable mount (charger)" relates to the first mount of officers of all grades. 463 2. The following cut represents a typical suitable mount. Breeding — Sire Bona Rosa, a thoroughbred ; dam by Marminton, a thoroughbred. Weight — 1275 pounds. Height — 16 hands 2 inches. Girth — 79 inches. (Pars. 1 and 2, G. 0. 29, 1911—1750Jf3Jf, A. G. O., as amended by Par. IV, G. O. 46, 1913—20J,0958, A. G. 0., and Par. Ill, G. O. 33, 1914—211,8929, A. G. O.) 225. Period to be allowed for training officers' mount. — When an officer required to be mounted purchases a horse that has not been trained to the needs of the service, a period of six months after purchase is recognized as necessary for training. For such horses additional pay and forage are authorized only when they meet the requirements as to size and weight now prescribed for first and second mounts, and when they are suitable in conformation and gaits. Suitability, under the provisions of this order, will be determined by the post commander or other commanding officer. (Par. Ill, G. O. 3Jf, 1914—2097081, A. G. 0.) 464 226. Duty with militia not mounted duty in sense of paragrapli 1272, Army Regulations.— It is held that duty with the Organized Militia of officers of the active list and of retired officers does not require them to be mounted in the sense contemplated in paragraph 1272, Army Regulations. When the duties of an officer detailed with the militia require the use of a mount, as at the inspection of mounted organiza- tions or during summer encampments, and a mount can not be provided by the organization undergoing inspection or is not provided by the State, the Quartermaster Corps will fur- nish a suitable mount by hire or by assignment of a public horse when one is available. Officers on the active list will, however, be required to be mounted when on duty with mounted organizations of the militia the duties of which re- quire them to be mounted. (G. O. 121, 1911—181S396 A, A. G. O.) 227. Mileage and expenses of officers detailed to inspect militia. — Section 2 of the act approved June 22, 1906, being an act " To promote the efficiency of the militia," reads in part as follows : Sec. 2. * * * Provided also, That the sums so appor- tioned among the several States and Territories and the Dis- trict of Columbia shall be available for the purposes named in section fourteen of the act of January twenty-first, nine- teen hundred and three, for the actual excess of expenses of travel in making the inspections therein provided for over the allowances made for same by law ; * * * The Assistant Comptroller of the Treasury, under date of January 19, 1907, decided in relation to such act, " that Con- gress, by said section 2 of the act of 1906, when enlarging the objects for which the appropriation can be used, intended that the disbursing officer provided by section 14 of the act of 1903 should be the disbursing officer to receive and disburse the money for the objects contemplated by section 2 of the act of 1906 as well as for the objects contemplated by section 14 of the act of 1903." In pursuance of this law and decision the payment of excess expenses to inspecting officers of militia shall be made by State disbursing officers upon accounts certified to them from the office of the Quartermaster General of the Army. Officers of the Army detailed to inspection duty under the provisions of the militia act of January 21, 1903, whose ex- penses are in excess of the mileage accruing for such inspec- 465 tion travel, will forward to the Quartermaster General of the Army two signed mileage blanks, two copies of the orders, two copies of the approved itinerary, showing date of inspec- tion of each organization and duplicate detailed statement of the actual and necessary expense incurred, to be itemized so as to show in complete detail the nature of the expenses per- taining to each day of the inspection, the daily expense to commence with the charge for breakfast and end with the charge for lodging, using the following as a basis of what is allowable : 1. Fares upon railroads, steamers, or other usual modes of conveyance, including the actual cost of transportation of per- sonal baggage not in excess of 150 pounds to each purchased ticket whenever an extra charge is made therefor. 2. Cost of seat in parlor car, one double berth in sleeping car, or customary accommodations on steamer, where same are not included in the travel fare, and fees to porters or to stewards, not to exceed 25 cents for each 12 hours or frac- tion thereof of actual travel. 3. Hire of special transportation, either by land or water, where there are no regular means of conveyance. Ferriage, tolls, driver's service, and horse keeping, when transportation is hired. Subvouchers, properly receipted, will be required for these items when they exceed $1. When not practicable to obtain such subvouchers, the officer will so certify. 4. Transfer coach fare en route to and from depots and hotels or, when there are no such conveyances, moderate and necessary taxicab or hack hire not to exceed the authorized local rates, cost of transfers of baggage not to exceed $1 for each transfer, and fees to porters for handling baggage not to exceed 25 cents for each transfer of same. Items of taxicab or hack hire require explanation as to the distance and the necessity for same. 5. The actual cost of meals while traveling, where same are not included in the travel fare, and fees to dining-room waiters on train or boat not in excess of 15 cents per meal, provided the total charge for these items does not exceed $5 per day. The actual cost at hotels of meals, lodgings, baths, and fees to waiters and bell boys not to exceed 50 cents per day, or 15 cents to waiters for single meals at restaurants, and the actual cost of laundry, to a total not to exceed $5 per day for the time actually and unavoidably consumed in 40062"'— 16 30 466 making the inspections, the period to be determined by the terms of the officer's orders and the approved itinerary, count- ing from the day of departure from his station to the day of -return thereto, both days inclusive. Subvouchers, properly receipted, will be required for items of board and lodging. When not practicable to obtain such subvouchers the officer will so certify. Charges for baths, where baths are not included in the charge for lodging, will in every instance be supported by subvouchers. 6. All items of actual expense authorized above are for travel by the shortest usually traveled routes and at places named in the order or approved itinerary and in proceeding from point to point in the order stated therein. Expenses in- curred by any deviation from the itinerary or shortest usually traveled routes can not be considered as actual and necessary expense of the inspection. The officer will certify on the de- tailed statement that the account is correct and just, and that the amounts charged therein were actually paid by him. The Quartermaster General of the Army will in each case arrange for the payment of the statutory mileage upon one of the signed mileage accounts as reimbursement of part of the expense and will certify the other account to the proper State disbursing officer for payment of the excess expenses by check to the order of the officer signing the account to be transmitted to him through the office of the Quartermaster General of the Army. (G. O. 75, 1914— 217800 J,, A. G. 0.) 228. Official route of travel between United States and Europe. — The official route of travel between the United States and points in Europe is by way of New York City and the port in Europe affording first-class steamship service nearest to the destination or station of the officer, and mileage and actual expenses will be allowed by way of such route subject to the exceptions provided for in paragraph 1282, Army Regulations. (Par. IV, Bui. 16, 1914—2142575, A. G. O.) 229. Stoppage of pay for absence from duty on account of disease resulting from intemperate use of drugs, liquors, or other misconduct. — 1. The law provides that no officer or enlisted man in active service, who shall be absent from duty on account of disease resulting from his own intemperate use of drugs, or alcoholic liquors, or other misconduct, shall re- ceive pay for the period of such absence from any part of the appropriation in this act for the pay of officers or enlisted 467 men, the time so absent and the cause thereof to be ascer- tained under such procedure and regulations as may be pre- scribed by the Secretary of War. 2. Absence from duty because of the intemperate use of drugs or alcoholic liquors, or because of incapacity resulting from venereal diseases not contracted in line of duty, is within the purview of the statute quoted above ; and any offi- cer or enlisted man who is absent from duty for any such cause or causes, is not entitled to pay, as distinguished from allowances, for the period of such absence. 3. Whenever an officer or enlisted man is absent from duty due to causes within the purview of the statute quoted above, the company commander will state in the " Daily Sick Report " his opinion to that effect by noting " No ; G. O. 31, 1912," in the column headed " In line of duty " of the " Company Offi- cer's Report," and the surgeon will in like manner record his opinion in the column " In line of duty " of the " Medical Officer's Report." Notice that such an entry has been made will at once be brought to the attention of the officer or en- listed man concerned by the company commander. When the company commander and the surgeon are in ac- cord, the finding, if approved by the commanding officer, shall be final. Should the company commander and the surgeon disagree, or should the commanding officer dissent, the latter will call a board of officers of not less than two members, one of whom shall be a medical officer, to report upon and make recommendations in the case. Approval by the commanding officer of the findings of this board shall be final ; but if the commanding officer disapprove the findings of the board the proceedings will be forwarded for the action of the next higher authority. In the case of a company commander or of an officer or enlisted man not carried upon the rolls of a company, the duties hereinbefore required of the company commander will be performed by the next superior officer under whose com- mand or direction the officer or enlisted man concerned may be serving. The terms " company " and " company commander " will be understood as including a troop, battery, band, or detachment and the commanding officer thereof. 4. When it has been determined in the manner hereinbefore prescribed that an officer has been absent from duty due to 468 causes within the purview of the statute quoted above, the proper commanding officer will forward to the department commander a report showing the inclusive dates of the ab- sence and the cause thereof. This report will be forwarded to The Adjutant General of the Army for transmission to the Quartermaster General, who will take the necessary action looking to stoppage of pay for the period of absence from duty. In cases arising in the Philippine Department, the 5 - I "Ti^ $ .^^ */ - « - ia - i 1 ,«■■ i I .T ^ T) jEp H -B ED] i; IED E]s3| ^ ^ V3 T ,u "^ DnVe Way 1. Wall tents, large, open both ends (4), mixing tents. 2. Wall tents, large, open both ends (4), molding tents. 3. Wall tents, large, open both ends (4), proofing tents. 4. Wall tents, large, open both ends (2), bread tents. 4|. Storage tents (2), bread tents. 5. Wall tents, large, open both ends (2), flour tents. 6. Wall tents, large, open both ends (1), property tents. 7. Wall tents, large, open both ends (1), mess tent, 8. Pyramidal tents, large (3), sleeping tents (20 corp. baljers). 9. Pyramidal tents, large (4), sleeping tents (32 asst. bakers). 10. Pyramidal tents, large (1), sleeping tent (5 chief bakers). 11. Paulin, large (1), kitchen. 12. Pyramidal tent, small (1), storage (mess). 13. Pyramidal tent, small (1), cooks (2). 14. Pyramidal tent, small (1) cooks, police (2). 15. Ovens. 16. Wood piles. Summary : 18 wall tents, large. 2 storage tents. Paulins, large and small, as required. 8 pyramidal tents, large. 3 pyramidal tents, small. 508 with its prescribed equipment and on the completion of sucli service it returns with its equipment. If, due to losses or depreciation of material, a section or unit requires any equip- ment, it will be issued and will then become part of the com- pany equipment. The officer who makes such an issue ac- counts on his return for the missing or unserviceable material in the usual way. 4. The normal camp of a bakery company, and the arrange- ment and utilization of the tentage and ovens are indicated on the accompanying plan. While such arrangement is de- sirable, conserving energy and economizing space, it is not to be followed blindly, but the commander should exercise his judgment in making such modifications therein as will best meet conditions as they arise. (Par. I, G. 0. 29, 19U—2I413U B, A. G. 0., as amended by Par. IV, G. O. 6, 1915— 222 661 >,, A. G. O.) 265. Pennant for bakery companies and for quartermas- ter establishments in general. — The pennant prescribed in Appendix 5, Field Service Regulations, for " Supply Train and Quartermaster Depots," but without distinguishing number, is to be used as the distinguishing pennant for bakery com- panies and for quartermaster establishments in general for which pennants are or may be prescribed. {Par. II, Bui. 35, 1915—2172100 A, A. G. 0.) Army Tbanspoets. 266. Punishment of offenses committed on board. — ^Where an offense is committed on an Army transport by a person subject to the Articles of War, a military prosecution should be immediately instituted, by the preparation of charges and specifications. When an offense amounting to felony or a serious misdemeanor is committed by one member of the ship's company against another, on the high seas, neither party being subject to the operation of the Articles of War, the offender will be confined and turned over to the proper United States court at the first port of entry; if at such port of entry there be no court of the United States having jurisdiction over the offense committed, the offender will be held in confinement on board the ship until a port is reached in which there is a court of the United States having juris- diction of the offense as a crime committed on the high seas outside the territorial jurisdiction of any State or Territory. 509 If the offense be committed in the territorial waters of a State or Territory, the prisoner will be turned over to the proper State or Territorial court, if there be one, having jurisdiction of the offense. Should the offense be less serious, amounting to an infraction of the ship's discipline, or to a mere misdemeanor, reasonable disciplinary punishment may be imposed by the ship's master. Where an offense is committed on an Army transport, but in the territorial waters of a State or organized Territory of the United States, the injured party being a civilian, not a member of the ship's company, the offender will be surren- dered upon the presentation of a warrant by the proper Fed- eral, State, or Territorial authority, and the officer serving the same will receive the necessary assistance in execution, as provided in the 59th Article of War. If warrants from the United States and from the State or Territorial courts issue, in the same case, surrender will be made to the officer whose service is first in point of time. In no case, however, will any officer of the Army undertake to pass upon the sufficiency of a warrant issued by a court of the United States, or of a State or Territory, such questions being for judicial, rather than executive, determination. (O. 0. 208, 1910—1686109 B, A. G. O.) 267. Medical attendance. — In order that officers and en- listed men while on board Army transports may not, at any time, be without medical attendance, officers of the Medical Department and contract surgeons who may be assigned to duty as transport surgeons or with troops about to travel on transports will go on board the vessel, in every case, as soon as the first of the troops ordered to travel thereon shall em- bark, and all orders affecting their assignments to such duty will be so issued as to enable medical officers and contract surgeons to comply with this order. {Par. II, G. 0. 48, 1908 — 1297872, A. G. O.) 268. Officers of Marine Corps not to command troops of Army. — In the absence of specific orders from the President detaching officers of the Marine Corps for service with th« Army, the 122d Article of War does not authorize such oflScers to command troops of the Army, and such officers will neither be assigned nor permitted by commanding generals or other officers of the Army to command troops of the Army on Army transports or elsewhere. (G. O. 161, 1909—1540168, A. G. O.) 510 269. Uniform of Navy and Marine Corps trareling on transports. — A Navy Department general order requires that officers and enlisted men of the Navy or Marine Corps, em- barked on United States Army transports, will at all times wear uniform. The uniform to be worn will be prescribed by the senior naval line officer or marine line officer embarked, as the case may be, and will, as far as practicable, corre- spond to the uniform prescribed by the commanding officer of troops for the troops embarked. (Par. Ill, Bui. 47, 1914 — 2192676 C, A. G. O.) 270. Homeward-bound pennants. — Vessels of the United States Army transport service are authorized to fly a " Home- ward-bound pennant," furnished by the troops on board re- turning from foreign service. This pennant will consist of a blue field with 13 white stars thereon, and 2 stripes, the up- per stripe of white and the lower of red material, both taper- ing to a point. The hoist of the pennant will not exceed 6 Inches. (G. 0. U9, 1909—1541057, A. G. 0.) ARTICLE XXVII. MEDICAL DEPABTMENT. MEDICAL CORPS. 271. Use of medical histories by medical members of boards. — Owing to an apparent misapprehension on the part of officers undergoing examination before retiring boards and examining boards for promotion, the attorneys for such officers and certain of the boards conducting the examinations, as to the use by the medical members of the boards of medical histories furnished by the War Department and papers in the possession of the boards bearing upon the question of the origin of any disability that may be found to exist, the follow- ing rulings of the War Department, based upon the views of the Surgeon General and the Judge Advocate General of the Army, are promulgated for the information and guidance of all concerned : In the examination of an officer for retirement or promo- tion the medical members of the board act in the capacity of medical experts and testify as to the result of their examina- tion as such before the board. After acting in this capacity they take their places as members of the board, and, in the case of retiring boards, exercise the same functions as the other members. In making medical examinations, both in military and in civil life, the importance of the medical history is universally recognized, whether the examination is being made in the in- terest of the patient or for the protection of the Government. It is necessary not only to direct the attention of the ex- aminer to slight and inconspicuous signs and symptoms which would probably be otherwise overlooked, but also to assist in the interpretation of symptoms which may be common to many different conditions in order that they may be properly grouped as a symptom complex which points to some well- defined pathological condition. For the board to be deprived of so important a guide would limit the accuracy and extent of the professional scope of the examination and so diminish (511) 512 its value. This limitation would be quite as likely to be preju- dicial to the interests of the officers being examined as to be favorable to them. The error on the subject appears to arise from the tendency to assimilate to too great an extent the examination of an officer's physical condition by a retiring or examining board to the procedure of criminal trials, whereas the procedures are essentially different. Retiring and exam- ining boards are not bound by the strict limitations of the rules of evidence as applied in criminal procedure. While the Government may properly assume that its citizens are in- nocent until they have been proved guilty of an offense against the laws, it has never been assumed that all of its military officers are entitled to the privilege of retirement w^hen disabled until the disability is shown to be an incident of the service. The question as to whether or not a disability is an incident of the service is one to be decided by an investiga- tion which should be not ex parte, but impartial, and in which the board should avail itself of the testimony of the officer and of all other evidence obtainable. {Par. Ill, Bui. 2, 1913 — 1996551, A. Q. O.) 272. Taccination. — Vaccination being recognized as an effective means of preventing smallpox, all recruits upon en- listment and all soldiers upon reenlistment will be vaccinated. When the first vaccination of a recruit is noneffective, it will be repeated at the end of eight days. All the personnel of a military command, station, or trans- port, including civilians connected therewith, will be vacci- nated when in the opinion of the surgeon responsible for proper sanitation it is necessary as a means of protection against smallpox. Civilians refusing to be vaccinated when so directed by proper authority may be excluded from the military reservation or station. Officers should be vaccinated at least once in a period of seven years. Troops under orders to perform over-sea jour- neys or field service will be inspected by a surgeon with re- spect to their protection against smallpox, and those who in the opinion of the surgeon require it will be vaccinated. (Par. II, G. O. 30, 1914—2134798, A. G. O.) 273. Typhoid immunization. — All persons entering the military service will be immunized against typhoid fever, under the direction of a, medical officer, as soon as practicable after entrance. Exception may be made in the case of per- 513 sons over 45 years of age, and when the occurrence of a pre- vious attack of typhoid fever or a complete course of immuni- zation within three years is established to the satisfaction of the responsible medical officer. Cadets at West Point will be iinmunized on entering the Academy. Officers under 45 years of age will be reimmunized after five years, and enlisted men on the first reenlistment follow- ing the original administration. Except when directed by the War Department, only two complete courses of immuni- zation will be required during service in the Army. Reimmunization will consist of a series of three injections given exactly as in the first series. Recruits will be immunized at places of enlistment, unless, because of special assignment or other reason, the men are not to remain at the station long enough to allow the com- pletion of the course, in which event the immunization will be completed immediately after they join the organizations or stations to which they are assigned. On the descriptive and assignment card of every recruit or reenlisted man will be noted " Typhoid immunization completed (date) " or " Typhoid immunization not administered," as the case may be. In the latter case, company and detachment com- manders will see that the immunization is begun immediately after the men join the organizations or stations to which as- signed. In every case in which immunizaton has been com- pleted, the remark " Typhoid immunization completed, (date) ," will be entered on the soldier's descriptive list. Civilian employees who are subject to field service of any kind, including those on transports and in the mine planter service, will be immunized as soon as employed. Officers under whom such employees are working will enforce this order. The typhoid prophylactic to be used is manufactured ex- clusively at the Army Medical School, Washington, D. C, and detailed directions for its use are given in circulars from the Surgeon General's Office. Records will be kept at the hospital of all officers, soldiers, and civilians in the military service who receive the anti- typhoid prophylactic, giving the dates of immunization. (Par. I, O. O. ^, 1915—22Jf0717, A. G. 0., as amended by Par. IV, G. 0. 2S, 1915—2273630, A. G. 0.) 40062"— 16 33 614 274. Physical examination of candidates for foreign service appointments under State Department. — ^Medical officers on duty as attending surgeons in cities and those on duty as surgeons of posts will make the physical examination, at their respective offices or posts, of such candidates for for- eign service appointments under the Department of State as may report to them for such examination under proper au- thorization from that department. {Par. I, G. O. 64, 1910— 16I,3SSIf,A. G. 0.) 275. Contracts of contract surgeons and acting dental surgeons. — ^Whenever a contract is entered into with a civilian physician or a dentist as contract surgeon or acting dental surgeon, or whenever such contract is annulled, notification of the fact will be forwarded at once directly to The Adjutant General of the Army by the officer taking the action. (Par. I, G. O. 67, 1905—998896, M. /S'. 0.) 276. Dental surgeons and enlisted assistants. — Dental surgeons will hereafter be carried on the muster rolls, and their enlisted assistants on the muster rolls and returns of the hospital at their permanent stations. The enlisted assist- ant should, at all times, be at the disposal of the dental sur- geon, whom he should accompany on a change of station, and his descriptive list should be kept in the possession of the post surgeon, to whom should be invoiced the articles of his per- sonal equipment. Reports of change of status of the enlisted assistant of the dental surgeon should be made by the post surgeon. (Cir. 33, 1905—1032119, M. 8. 0.) 277. Material for treatment of dental injury. — ^When a dental injury, incurred in line of duty, is reported for treat- ment conformably to the provisions of paragraphs 1402 and 1403, Army Regulations, and the dental surgeon or acting dental surgeon has not on hand the material or equipment necessary to perform the work required, he will bring the case to the attention of higher authority for decision as to what further procedure shall be had. (Par. V, G. O. 67, 19U— 2203617, A. G. O.) HOSPITAL COEPS. 278. Equipment of men en route to Philippine Islands.— When enlisted men of the Hospital Corps are sent to the Recruit Depot, Fort McDowell, Cal., for transportation to the 615 I'hilippine Islands, their equipment will be limited to the necessary clothing, blankets, and hospital corps pouch, ex- cept in cases where commutation of rations is not drawn, when the haversack and mess kit will be included. (Par. I, Cir. 6, 1907—1203450, M. S. O.) 279. Transportation of public property with Hospital Corps men changing station. — In cases where the Army Regulations, general orders, and authorized manuals are silent on the subject and it is considered necessary to transfer with a member of the Hospital Corps changing station any articles of public property, the order directing the travel of the soldier should in each instance specify the articles of this character which the soldier should carry. (Par. /, Cir. 56, 1905 — 10Jf7315, M. S. O.) 280. Instruction in equitation. — ^At all posts where there are Cavalry troops, or a Field Artillery headquarters detach- ment, or Infantry mounted scouts and mounted orderlies, the men of the Hospital Corps referred to in paragraph 1434, Army Regulations, will be reported to a troop or mounted de- tachment commander on one day of each week, as may be determined by the post commander, for one hour's instruction in equitation, the soldier to use his own equipment and to groom the troop or detachment horse after the drill. Hospital Corps men who have had one year's service or more in the Cavalry, or who have received instruction for one year in the manner herein prescribed, will be excused. (Par. 2c, G. 0. 169, 1911—1859002, A. G. O.) 281. Horse equipments for mounted men. — ^The mounted men of the Hospital Corps referred to in paragraph 1434, Army Regulations, as "authorized tq be mounted" include both the mounted privates who habitually attend medical officers on the march and such other members of the corps as are specifically authorized to be mounted, and the prescribed horse equipments, to be kept on hand by surgeons of posts, should be supplied by the Ordnance Department for the maxi- mum number of men of the Hospital Corps authorized to be mounted. (Par. 5, Cir. 52, 1905— 10427 Jfl, M. 8. O.) 282. Care of horses and horse equipments. — ^Horses and horse equipments especially furnished for the use of enlisted men of the Hospital Corps will be cared for by such enlisted men. (Par. 6, Cir. 92, 1909—U97924, A. G. O.) 516 HOSPITAL BUILDINGS. 283. Use of concentrated lye in hospitals. — Paragraph 1182, Army Regulations, is construed as including the prohibi- tion of the use of concentrated lye upon the floors and wood- work in modern hospitals, kitcheas excepted. (Par. 2, Cir. 52, 1905—1045793, M. S. 0.) ARTICLE XXVIII. ENGINEER DEPARTMENT. 284. Approval of plans for pipe or cable lines in navi- gable waters of United States. — In view of the provisions of section 10 of tlie river and tiarbor act approved March 3, 1899 (30 Stat, 1151), all plans for pipe or cable lines to be laid in navigable waters of the United States, under the direction of any agency of the War Department, will be submitted to The Adjutant General of the Army in order that the recom- mendation of the Chief of Engineers and approval of the Secretary of War may be secured prior to the commencement of the work. (Sec. 2, Par. II, O. O. 56, 1915—2325189, A. G. 0.) 285. Settlement of transactions between appropria- tions. — 1. The following provision of law appears in the Army appropriation act approved April 27, 1914: Hereafter in the settlement of transactions between ap- propriations under the Engineer Department, or between the Engineer Department and another office or bureau of the War Department, or of any other executive department of the Government, payment therefor shall be made by the proper disbursing officer of the Corps of Engineers or of the office, bureau, or department concerned. 2. The Comptroller of the Treasury has ruled that under this provision all accounts of the character mentioned t6 which the Engineer Department is a party must be settled by check of the proper disbursing officer ; also, that the checks must be drawn to the order of the head of the bureau to be credited, e. g., " Chief of Engineers, U. S. Army," " Quarter- master General, U. S. Army," "Paymaster General, U. S. Navy," " Public Printer," etc., and the proceeds of the checks deposited in the Treasury for credit to the proper appropria- tion account. 8. In settlements of this character, bills for amounts due appropriations of the Engineer Department, or due appro- priations of another bureau of the War Department from the (517) 518 Engineer Department, will be prepared by tbe proper office of the creditor bureau, in quadruplicate — one original and three copies — which will be plainly marked " Original," " Dupli- cate," "Triplicate," or "Quadruplicate." The original and duplicate are for the vouchers of the office which pays the account, the triplicate for the chief of the creditor bureau, and the quadruplicate for the files of the office submitting the bill. The original and duplicate will be presented by the local office of the creditor bureau, for certification and payment, to the office to which the supplies were furnished or the services rendered, where they will be vouchered and paid in the same manner as other bills, except that checks will be drawn to the order of the head of the creditor bureau as above indicated. If practicable, payment will be made by a check drawn on the Treasurer of the United States, which will be sent, with suitable reference to the bill paid, direct to the office which presented the bill, for transmission to the chief of the creditor bureau, accompanied by the triplicate of the bill, on which will be indicated the appropriation and allotment or other fund to be credited with the payment. 4. If payment can not be made by the office to which the bill is presented in the manner above indicated, the original bill will be completed by such office by certification as to receipt of supplies or rendition of services, and such other certifi- cates as may be required by the debtor bureau before paymenr, and by statement of the appropriation and allotment or other fund, if known, chargeable with the account; the original bill, thus completed, with the duplicate, will then be returned to the office that presented the bill, which office will transmit them to the chief of the creditor bureau, together with the triplicate of the bill, the latter containing notation of the appropriation and allotment or other fund to be credited ; the original bill and the duplicate will then be transmitted by the chief of the creditor bureau to the proper bureau for settle- ment. Bills against the Panama Canal, and other bills pay- able in Washington, which do not require certification by a local representative of the debtor bureau, will be sent direct to the chief of the creditor bureau, who will present them for payment. 5. In transactions of the character referred to above, bills against appropriations of the Engineer Department, or bills of the Engineer Department against another bureau of the 519 War Department, received by the chief of the debtor bureau, will be referred to the proper disbursing officer for payment. {Par. I, G. O. 11, 1915—2212880, A. G. O.) 286. Drawing instruments and materials. — 1. The follow- ing articles, issued by the Engineer Department, are author- ized: For each post garrisoned by Cavalry, Field Artillery, or In- fantry, to be accounted for by the post engineer officer : Articles. Number. Unit price. Board, drawing, 31 by 42 inches, with trestle Chain, 100-foot, with pins Instruments, drawing, office, set, consisting of: Bow divider, 3i-inch Bow pen, Scinch Bow pencil, 3Hnch Box for leads Case, instrument Compass, 6^-inch, with fixed needle point, pen, pencil and lengthening bar Curves, irregular Divider, hair spring, SJ-inch Pen, railroad, 5-inch Pens, ruling, H, 5, and 5i-inch Pen, swivel curve, 4^incn Protractor, semicircular, 4-inch Triangle, SO'-eO" Triangle, 45° Level, engineer's Protractor, G. S. , semicircular, 8-inch, with case Rod, level, Philadelphia Scale, engineer's, 12-inch, with sheath Straight edge, steel, 42-inch T square, 42-inch Tape, metallic, 50-foot Transit Triangle, SO'-eO", 10-inch Triangle, 45°, 8-inch Tripod, level Tripod, transit $6.88 7.20 1.25 1.50 1.50 .15 3.35 4.75 .45 2.25 2.80 3.50 2.00 1.15 .20 .15 95.00 10.50 12.54 1.50 3.13 8.00 2.30 225.00 .80 .80 9.00 9.00 For each garrisoned Coast Artillery fort, to be accounted for by the Coast Defense Artillery engineer: Articles. Number. Unit price. Chain, 100-foot, with phis Level, engineer's Rod, level, Philadelphia. Tape, metallic, 50-foot — Transit Tripod, level Tripod, transit $7.20 95.00 12.54 2.30 225.00 9.00 9.00 520 2. The following semiannual allowances of supplies will be issued by the Engineer Department, if required : For each post garrisoned by Cavalry, Field Artillery, or Infantry : Articles. Unit price. Book, level Book, transit Cloth, tracing, 30-inch, 24-yard roll Erasers, rubber, ink Erasers, rubber, pencil >. Ink, drawing, black, bottles Ink, drawing, blue. Dottles Ink, drawing, brown, bottles Ink, drawing, carmine, bottles Pad, pencil pointing Paper, drawing, 30-mch, 30-yard roll Paste, library^ jar Pencils, drawing, H Pencils, drawing, 3H Pencils, drawing, 5H Pens, crow quill, dozen, with holder, card Pens, mapping, dozen, with holder, card. . Tape, adhesive, rolls Thumb tacks, dozen $0.35 .35 7.00 .05 .06 .19 .19 .19 .19 .08 2.52 .22 .32 .32 .02 .36 For each garrisoned Coast Artillery fort : Articles. Number. Unit price. Book, level 1 1 $0.35 .35 For each set of reconnaissance equipment, old model : Articles. Unit price. Book, note, field Erasers, rubber, pencil Paper, sketching case, 20-yard rolls Pencils, colored, blue Pencils, colored, green Pencils, colored, red Pencils, drawing, H Tape, adhesive, rolls 521 For each set of reconnaissance equipment, new model : Articles. Celluloid, sheets Erasers, rubber, pencil. Pads, timing Paper, sketching, gross . Pencils, colored , blue . . Pencils, colored, green . Pencils, colored, red . . . Pencils, drawing, H . . . Protectors, pencil point Tape, adhesive, rolls. . . Unit price. 12 $0.10 2 .06 6 .20 * 3.00 2 .08 2 .08 2 .08 6 .08 2 .05 2 .02 3. Tlie foregoing allowances are for future issues; instru- ments and supplies now on hand will be used as far as prac- ticable, even though they differ from those now prescribed. (Par. /, G. O. 2, 1915—2014526 A, A. G. 0.) 287. Harbor charts; actual existence of, to be certified. — Hereafter each return of Engineer property rendered by a coast defense Artillery engineer will bear the certificate of that officer that he has established by personal examination once in the accounting period the actual existence of all harbor charts and of all other confidential maps, charts, and dia- grams accounted for on the return. {Par. Ill, G. O. 32, 1913—1977596, A. G. O.) 288. Surveying and other delicate instruments — Packing and shipping. — The following instructions for packing and shipping surveying and other delicate instruments belonging to the Engineer Departmeht will be strictly observed by all persons charged with the shipment of such instruments: They should always be transported in the special cases pro- vided for them. These cases are provided for carrying pur- poses and not for shipping and should therefore be inclosed in a box for shipment. Such instruments always come into rigid contact with some part of their special cases and a cushion of elastic material should be placed on all sides be- tween the case and the shipping box to prevent the direct transmission of shocks to the instrument from rough or care- less handling in transit. As an additional precaution against injury, particularly from loose parts, the instrument case should be filled with soft, dustless material. 522 PACKING BOXES. Packing boxes should be made of light, sound lumber, se- curely and rigidly put together. Half-inch boards for the top, sides, and bottom and one inch for the ends are generally sufficient for single instruments. For more than one instru- ment or for large instruments one-inch lumber should be used. They should be made at least 2 inches and preferably 4 inches larger in all dimensions, inside measurements, than the instrument case, to provide a one or two inch space all around for a cushion of packing material. Transits, levels, and other delicate instruments will be less liable to injury if the packing box is provided with a carrying strap or rope to facilitate gentle handling in transit. PACKING MATEBIAL. Excelsior, straw, hay, cotton waste, or any other material that produces or contains dust, chaff, lint, or litter will under no circumstances be used as packing material inside of in- strument cases since the dust, etc., gets into the crevices, telescopes, and delicate parts of the instrument and necessi- tates a thorough and minute cleaning of the instrument be- fore it can be used. Such materials may be used for packing the instrument case in the shipping box, but when so used the instrument case should have a double wrapping of paper to prevent dust entering the case through cracks around the door or lid. For packing an instrument in its case there should be used only soft, tough tissue paper, or similar material, crushed in the hand into pads and stuffed gently around the instrument so as to form a complete, firm cushion on all sides, great care being taken to avoid injury to delicate parts. GENERAL RULES. Before packing the instrument the case will be carefully examined to determine whether it is in sufficiently good con- dition for the safe transportation of the instrument, particular attention being given to the door or lid, the receptacles for detached parts, and the base or seat upon which the instru- ment rests. When repairs are required to the case they will, if possible, be made before shipment to the extent necessary for the safe transportation of the instrument, and when such 523 repairs are impracticable the following precautions will be taken: Loose or broken doors or lids will be firmly secured in place by lashing, but without the use of tacks, nails, or screws. Detached parts for which the receptacles are broken or for which none is provided will be so secured in the case as to absolutely forbid their getting loose, and when this can not be done with certainty they will be shipped separately. If the seat upon which the instrument rests and that part of the lid that rests upon the instrument have lost any of their pad- ding, it will be replaced by a thin pad of soft cloth or blot- ting paper secured so as to remain in position in transit. Place the instrument in the case in such manner that it rests in the seat provided for it, that the lid or door closes without difficulty, and that the instrument touches the case or lid only at such points as are provided for supporting or steadying it. Place the detached parts in their receptacles and adjust the stops to hold them securely in place. Stuff the case with soft tissue paper, as above described, and close and lock it, attaching the key to the handle, strap, or other fixture on the case. Wrap separately in two thicknesses of paper to prevent dust, etc., entering the case and pack with hay, ex- celsior, or any other elastic material, in a suitable box. THEODOLITES AND TRANSITS. Theodolites and transits, especially such as have vertical limbs (arcs or circles), are by reason of their construction most diflficult to pack and most liable to injury in transit, particularly if not carefully packed. Especial care will there- fore be exercised in preparing them for shipment, following these rules : Examine the baseboard and its attached screw plate to see that they are in good order and will hold the instrument securely in place. Screw the instrument firmly upon the screw plate, lift the compass needle from its pivot, adjust leveling screws to approximate evenness, place in case and shift the instrument until it fits easily and the door can be closed without making contact between the instrument and the case at any point excepting where such contact is intended. Screw up all clamp screws so as to hold all parts of the instru- ment firmly in position, using judgment and avoiding force. Place the detached parts in their receptacles, seeing that none is omitted, and secure them carefully. Much damage fre- 524 quently results from a plumb bob or other accessory becoming loose in the case in transit. Crumple soft paper into pads and stuff them gently all around the instrument, taking care not to wrench, twist, or break any of the delicate attachments. Construct thus a perfect cushion, filling the case and permit- ting the door to close with light pressure. Close the door, secure and lock it, and attach the key to the outside of the case. TBIPODS. Tripods shoud be boxed or crated, as they are liable to dam- age in transit unless protected by a rigid case. The box or crate must be long enough to provide for a pad of packing material at each end for the protection of the head and shoes. The tripod cap should be firmly screwed in place, and if it is missing the screw threads should be fully protected by other means. SHIPPING DIKECTIONS. Packages should be marked " Delicate Instruments, Handle with Care," and shipments should be made by express and not by ordinary freight. Shipments of instruments from one military post or sta- tion to another or between posts and department head- quarters, or between military headquarters or posts and engineer depots, will be turned over to the Quartermaster Corps with request for transportation by express. Shipments made from engineer depots to officers who have charge of public works and who have funds at their disposal, or from such officers to engineer depots, will be made on Engineer Department bill of lading (Forms 34 and 34a) at the charge of the appropriations for such works. (G. O. l\, 1905—969423, M. S. O.) ARTICLE XXIX. ORDNANCE DEPARTMEl^. 289. Property accountability, coast defenses. — 1. For the purpose of accountability the ordnance property for wliicli coast defense ordnance officers are accountable will be divided into two divisions, viz : First Division. — This will include all seacoast guns and mortars, their carriages, spare parts, implements, and equip- ments; subcaliber guns and their fittings; range-finding in- struments ; articles for mechanical maneuvers ; machines and tools for permanent use at posts; drawing instruments; and all other stores in which transactions affecting the account- ability therefor rarely occur. Second Division. — This will include all other articles of ordnance property for which coast defense ordnance officers are accountable, and which are not included in the First Di- vision. All property of the Second Division will be accounted for on semiannual returns made on Form No. 18-Oover-B, and Form No. 18 (using such copies with blank or printed head- ings as may be required), in accordance with the instructions printed on the back of Form No. 18-Cover-B. An article will not be considered as included in both divisions. 2. The articles embraced in the First Division will be ac- counted for on a triplicate system of record cards (Form No. 17-A), one set of which will be kept in the office of the Chief of Ordnance and the other two sets in the office of the coast defense ordnance officer. When necessary, in carrying out the requirements of paragraph 13 of this bulletin, one of these sets will be transmitted to the Chief of Ordnance and the other will be retained by the coast defense ordnance officer. Upon receipt back from the ofl^ce of the Chief of Ordnance of the duplicate set, if any changes have been made therein, the triplicate set of cards will at once be made to agree therewith. Each card will give the name of an article, its classification, and the various quantities on hand at different times, as shown by the transactions recorded on the card. No debit or (525) 526 credit entries will be made on the cards, as any alterations in the quantities on hand will be explained by reference to the voucher authorizing the change of accountability. In de- scribing the articles on the card, the distinctive noun should be given first on the line headed "Article," followed by proper description, according to the nomenclature or description given in the ordnance price lists or pamphlets. 3. All vouchers which cover property pertaining exclusively to the First Division will be numbered in sequence, from 1 on continuously, irrespective as to whether they cover receipt or disposition of property, and the words " 1st Div." will be placed right after the voucher number on such vouchers, so as to distinguish them from vouchers pertaining to the other return. 4. To provide a record of the last serial number used and the next number available, and to prevent duplicating num- bers, and also to provide for reference purposes, etc., a de- scription of each voucher, a continuous register or record of the vouchers pertaining exclusively to the First Division return, will be kept on Form No. 17-B and Form No. 17-B-l, in accordance with the instructions printed on the back of Form No. 17-B. The form below illustrates the method to be followed in making the entries on this register. Form No. 17-B. (Approved by the Sec. ofWar March 18, 1914.) Register of vouchers pertaining exclusively to the return of the First Division ordnance property. Serial number of voucher. Date of voucher. Received from or issued to— Description of property covered by voucher. 1 2 3 1914. July 3 July 11 July 31 To C. 0., Watervliet Arsenal . From C. 0., New York Ar- senal. From C. 0., Watervliet Ar- senal. 2 3" guns, mod. of 1903. Hydraulic jacks. 2 3"guns, mod. ofl903. 5. When a voucher covers transactions pertaining to both forms of returns it will be considered as pertaining to the return of the Second Division property, but the words " 1st Div." will be written or stamped on such vouchers opposite 527 the names of the several articles which are accounted for on the record cards. A change in accountability on a card authorized by a voucher pertaining to the return of the Sec- ond Division property will be indicated by giving its proper 26 number with the notation " 2d Div." beneath it, as ^^ -^.^ The form below illustrates the method to be followed in preparing the record cards. Form No. 17-A, (Approved by the Sec. of War March 18, 1914.) S. A. R., 1st Div. C. D. of Narragansett Bay. Class i. Section j8. Article: Guns, 3-inch, 15 pdr. , model of 1903. Initials Date. Voucher No. Quan- tity. of cor- rect- ness. Remarks. 7 1 14 On hand 2 J. D. luns. 10 2 14 20 J. D. 12 3 14 26 2 J. D. O.K. 6 2 15 80 2D-. 3 J.D. 6. When a transaction occurs in any article accounted for by a record card, proper entries will at once be made and initialed to cover the transaction on each of the two copies of the card, in the duplicate and triplicate sets on file in the office of the coast defense ordnance officer, and one of these copies of the card, accompanied by the voucher, then promptly transmitted, without letter, to the ordnance office. If the voucher pertains to both forms of return it will, nevertheless, be transmitted. When this record card has been audited, the corresponding card covering accountability for the same ar- ticle on file in the office of the Chief of Ordnance will be re- turned to the accountable officer, together with th*e voucher if it pertains to the return of the Second Division property. On receipt of this card by the accountable officer he is required to continue the record on it, so that it will agree with the copy previously transmitted and placed in the set on file in the ordnance office, and then file it in the duplicate set retained in his office. 528 7. At the close of each semiannual period (June 30 and De- cember 31) the accountable officer will furnish a certificate, made on Form No. 17-C, which constitutes the semiannual return of First Division property, on which he will relate the quantities of the articles in which transactions have occurred during the period and state that for the remaining articles the accountability is the same as at the close of the preceding accounting period. The form below illustrates the method to be followed in executing these semiannual return certificates : Form No. 17-C. (Approved by the Sec. of War March 18, 1914.) Semiannual Retuen — Fikst Division. Coast Defenses of Nareagansett Bay, December 31, 191J{. I certify that the quantities of the articles of ordnance prop- erty pertaining to the First Division of the semiannual return M^ere the same at the close of the last semiannual accounting period as they were at the close of the preceding semiannual accounting period, except in the case of the following articles of ordnance property in which transactions have occurred during the semiannual period, and that the return covers the actual quantities of each of the different articles at the end of the period for which it is rendered, viz : Class I. Section 4- Guns, 1-pdr., subcaliber for 12" rifles, models of 1888 and 1895. 2 Wrenches, securing screw, for 1-pdr. subcaliber gun, model of 1900. Class I. Section 8. 4 Pans, drip, model B. « 4s * * * John Doe, Capt., Coast Arty. Corps, U. 8. A., Coast Defense Ord. ojgficer. jANtTAEY 2, 1915. 8. The various certificates, record cards, and vouchers per- taining exclusively to the semiannual return, First Division, will be filed in the office of the ordnance officer of each of the coast defenses, so as to provide for their safety and accessi- bility at all times. The record cards will be filed in suitable drawers, in which they will be arranged according to their classes and sections, and the cards in each section placed in alphabetical order. 529 9. When the transactions in any article of ordnance prop- erty pertaining to the First Division of the return exhausts the quantity previously on hand, the appropriate record card is no longer considered a live card, and will be filed in a sepa- rate drawer, wherein such inactive cards will be arranged according to their classification. If a transaction subse- qiiently occurs in this article, the same card will be again filed with the live cards and the record continued thereon. 10. When the records of transactions occupy all available space on both sides of a card, an additional card will be em- ployed, and reference will be made on this card showing that the records thereon are a continuation of those on a previous card. For the purpose of accountability these two cards, and any additional cards that may be found necessary for a con- tinuation of the record, will be considered as one card. 11. When a coast defense ordnance officer is succeeded in that capacity by another, the transfer of accountability for the property embraced in the Second Division will be made after the manner prescribed in Circular No. 3, Office of the Chief of Ordnance, 1913, and to cover the transfer of the account- ability for the property embraced in the First Division the transferring officer will transmit to the Chief of Ordnance the duplicate set of record cards on file in his office, accom- panied by proper certificates executed on Form No. 17-D in accordance with the instructions printed thereon. The form below will illustrate the method to be followed in executing the certificates on Form No. 17-D. FOEM No. 17-D, (Approved by the Sec. of War March 18, 1914.) I certify that all the ordnance and ordnance stores shown on hand by the record cards transmitted herewith have this 10th day of October, 1914, been transferred by me to Captain John Doe, Coast Artillery Corps. Frank Smith, 1st Lieut., Coast Arty. Corps, U. S. A. (Number of cards 1,000.) I certify that all the ordnance and ordnance stores shown on hand by the record cards transmitted herewith have been received by me from Lieut. Frank Smith, Coast Artillery Corps, on this 10th day of October, 1914. John Doe, Capt., Coast Arty. Corps, U. 8. A., Coast Defense Ord. Officer. (Number of cards, 1,000.) 40062°— 16 34 530 These certificates will be prepared in duplicate and one set will be filed in the office of the ordnance officer of the coast defenses where the property is located. Each certificate will state the number of accompanying record cards. 12. When the record cards, accompanied by the preceding certificates, shall have been received by the Chief of Ordnance, they will be compared with the record cards in the ordnance office, and in case they agree the outgoing officer will be re- lieved from further accountability for the property, and the duplicate set of record cards will be transmitted to the in- coming officer, who, upon receipt of this duplicate set of cards, will at once have the same compared with the triplicate set of these cards on file in his office to see that these two sets of the cards agree in all respects. The next semiannual certifi- cate return covering the property embraced in the First Di- vision rendered by the incoming officer will be modified in part to read as follows: I certify that the quantities of the articles of ordnance prop- erty pertaining to the First Division of the semiannual return were the same at the close of the last semiannual period as they were when the property was transferred to me. ***** 13. When it is desired to transfer accountability for any articles of ordnance property from one form of semiannual return to the other, a letter will be addressed to the Chief of Ordnance by the coast defense ordnance officer, describing the quantities and kinds of articles and the forms of return from which and to which it is desired to transfer the account- ability. In case the application meets with the approval of the Chief of Ordnance, a copy of the communication and of the approval will constitute a voucher for the purpose of making the desired transfer. {Bui. 13, 19 U— 2133611, A. G. 0.) 290. Electric circuits on seacoast gun carriages. — 1. All electric circuits to be used hereafter on seacoast gun car- riages for different purposes are divided into three kinds, viz, power, illumination, and firing. 2. Depending upon their object or character, these three kinds of circuits are divided into classes, as follows, viz: Power circuits: Class I. Retracting motor. Class II. Re- tracting and elevating motor. Class III. Traversing motor. Class IV. Projectile-hoisting motor. Illuminating circuits: Class I. Containing 16, 8, and 2 candlepower lamps. Class II. Containing 16 and 8 candle- 631 power lamps. Class III. Containing 16 and 2 candlepower lamps. Firing circuits: Class I. Independent metallic circuit for each carriage containing firing pistol and safety-firing switch ; current obtained from dry-cell battery or equivalent. Class II. Independent metallic circuit for each carriage containing a firing pistol ; current obtained from dry-cell battery or equiva- lent. Class III. Metallic circuit containing four mortars in parallel ; current obtained from hand-operated magneto-gen- erator. Class IV. Independent metallic circuit containing firing pistol, extending from motor-generator installed in em- placement to carriage. Power Ciecuits. CLASS I. 3. In power circuits of this class all parts of the circuit up to the ordnance terminal box are furnished, installed, and maintained by the Engineer Department. All other parts of these circuits, including ordnance terminal box in the counter- weight well, motor, etc., are furnished, installed, and main- tained by the Ordnance Department. Two sizes of motors are used: (a) Rated at 4 horsepower, having a speed of about 625 revolutions per minute, but capable of developing 8 horsepower, requiring about 6 kilowatts during short in- tervals ; ( & ) rated at 7.5 horsepower, having a speed of 1,000 revolutions per minute, but capable of developing 15 horse- power, requiring about 12 kilowatts during short intervals. 4. Power circuits of Class I have been applied to the fol- lowing carriages in service, viz: Using motor (a): 10-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1894-Mi; 10-inch dis- appearing carriages, L. F., model of 1896; 10-inch disappear- ing carriages, model of 1901, Nos. 1, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 13, and all after ; 12-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1896 ; 12-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1897, Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24, 25, 26, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31, 32, 33, 34, and 35 ; 12-inch disappearing car- riages, L. F., model of 1901, Nos. 2, 7, 8, 9, 11, and all after. Using motor (&) : 14-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1907. 5. It is intended to equip the 10-inch disappearing carriages, A. R. F., model of 1896, with the motor (a), and 14-inch dis- appearing carriages, L. F., model of 1907-Mi, with the. motor ( & ) . 632 CLASSES II AND III. 6. For power circuits of these two classes, which are always associated, the Ordnance Department furnishes and main- tains a switchboard and motor-generator set. The Engineer Department installs the switchboard and motor-generator set, find furnishes, installs, and maintains all parts of the circuits xip to the ordnance terminal box, including the connections between the emplacement mains and the Ordnance Depart- ment switchboard. All other parts of these circuits, including ordnance terminal box, motors, etc., are furnished, installed, and maintained by the Ordnance Department. The motors used in Class II and Class III circuits are rated at 4 horse- power, but are capable of developing 8 horsepower during short periods, and have speeds of about 625 and 565 revolu- tions per minute, respectively. 7. Power circuits of Classes II and III have been applied to the following carriages in service, viz: 10-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1901, Nos. 2, 3, 9, 10, 11 and 12; 12-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1897, Nos. 9, 11, 16, 17, 20, and 23 ; 12-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1901, Nos. 1, 3, 4, 5, 6, and 10. CLASS IV. 8. The details of this class of circuits have not been com- pleted; when completed, information with regard to them will be issued. Illumination Ciecuits. CLASS I. 9. Illuminating circuits of this class will contain three or four 16-candlepower lamps, three, four, or six 8-candlepower, and two 2-candlepower incandescent lamps. The 16-candle- power lamps are either 110 volts, requiring .5 ampere or 220 volts, requiring .25 ampere, depending upon the voltage of the current supplied from the emplacement mains, and are always connected in multiple. The 8-candlepower lamps are of either 74 volts, requiring .5 ampere, or 110 volts, requiring .25 ampere, depending upon the voltage of the current sup- plied from the emplacement mains, and are connected in multiple or series multiple. The 2-candlepower lamps are 110 n^olts, requiring .1 ampere, and are connected in multiple or 533 series multiple, depending upon the voltage of the current supplied from the emplacement mains. 10. All wiring up to the ordnance terminal box will be fur- nished, installed, and maintained by the Engineer Depart- ment. The remainder of the circuits will be furnished, in- stalled, and maintained by the Ordnance Department, except one 16-caudlepower portable lamp, cable, and plug box, which are also furnished by the Engineer Department, but will be installed by the Ordnance Department. 11. Illuminating circuits of Class I have been provided for the following carriages, viz : 6-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1903; 6-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1905 ; 6-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1905-Mi; 6-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1905-Mii; 10-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1 894-Mi ; 10-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1896 ; 10-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1901 ; 12-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1896; 12-inch disap- pearing carriages, L. F., model of 1897 ; 12-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1901 ; 14-inch disappearing carriages, Tv. F., model of 1907-Mi. Illuminating circuits of Class I will be provided for 8-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., models of 1894 and 1896. CLASS II. 12. Illuminating circuits of this class will generally contain one 16-candlepower and two 8-candlepower lamps of the same kind as is used in illuminating circuits of Class I. 13. All wiring up to the plug boxes on the base ring in- stalled by the Ordnance Department will be furnished, in- stalled, and maintained by the Engineer Department; all the remaining wiring will be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Ordnance Department. The engineer ducts will ter- minate in the annular space beneath the cover plates; the cables will be drawn by the Engineer Department through the holes in the base ring drilled by the Ordnance Department for the purpose or under the base ring, as may be required by the location of the plug boxes. 14. Illuminating circuits of Class II will be applied to all 12-inch mortar carriages, model of 1896-Mi; 12-inch mortar cariages, model of 1896-Mii; 12-inch mortar carriages, model of 1896-Miii ; and 12-inch mortar carriages, model of 1908. 534 CLASS III. 15. Illuminating circuits of this class will generally contain from three to six miniature incandescent lamps. The 5-inch barbette carriages, model of 1903, and the 6-inch barbette car- riages, model of 1900, have lighting circuits consisting of 2-candlepower, 4.5 to 5 volt lamps, connected to sights, the current being provided by dry cells. A rheostat is pro- vided on each battery box for regulating the voltage. The 4.7-inch Armstrong carriages, 5-inch barbette carriages, model of 1896, and 6-inch Armstrong carriages are provided with illuminating circuits for the night sight lamps. Two minia- ture lamps are provided for each night sight, the current be- ing supplied by a battery of dry cells. Each lamp is approxi- mately 2 candlepower and requires about 4.5 volts. A rheo- stat is provided on the battery box of each lamp circuit. Similar illuminating circuits are provided for the 15-pounder barbette carriages, model of 1902. Six-inch barbette car- riages, model of 1910, are provided with illuminating circuits of 2-candlepower incandescent lamps and a 16-candlepower portable lamp. Fifteen-pounder barbette carriages, model of 1903, are provided with illuminating circuits of 2-candle- power incandescent lamps only. For carriages installed in emplacements where the voltage of the mains is 110, 2-can- dlepower lamps having a voltage of about 110 and an amper- age of about 0.1 will be furnished. For carriages installed in emplacements where the voltage of the mains is 220, 74 or 110 volt lamps in multiple or series multiple will be furnished. For connecting the emplacement mains with the wiring on the carriages, the Engineer Department will furnish, install, and maintain the necessary wiring, the carriage ends of which will terminate as shown on the drawings of each carriage. 16. Illuminating circuits of the class provided for the 6-inch barbette carriages, model of 1910, will also be provided, as rapidly as funds for the purpose will permit, for 4.7-inch Armstrong carriages ; 5-inch barbette carriages, model of 1896 ; 5-inch barbette carriages, model of 1903; 6-inch Armstrong carriages ; 6-inch barbette carriages, model of 1900. Illuminat- ing circuits of the class provided for the 15-pounder barbette carriages, model of 1903, will also be provided, as rapidly as 535 funds for the purpose will permit, for 15-pounder barbette carriages, model of 1898— Mi, and 15-pounder barbette car- riages, model of 1902. FntENG CiRCITITS. CLASSES I AND II. 17. Firing circuits of these classes will be furnished, in- stalled, and maintained by the Ordnance Department. CLASS III. 18. In firing circuits of Class III (mortar carriages) all parts of the circuit up to the plug box on the base ring of the mortar carriage will be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Engineer Department. All other parts of the circuit, including the plug box, magneto generator, conductors on the carriages, etc., will be furnished, installed, and maintained by the Ordnance Department. 19. Firing circuits of Class III will be applied to all 13-incli mortar carriages, models of 1896-Mi, Mn, Mni, and 1908, when funds are available therefor. CLASS IV. 20. For firing circuits of this class, the Ordnance Depart- ment furnishes and maintains a motor generator. The Engi- neer Department installs the motor generator, furnishes, in- stalls, and maintains all parts of the circuit to a point inside the pedestal of the carriage as shown on the emplacement drawings, and makes the connections of the motor generator with the emplacement mains and the circuit on the carriage. All other parts of the circuit are furnished, installed, and maintained by the Ordnance Department. 21. Firing circuits of Class IV will be applied to the 6-inch barbette carriage, model of 1910. Obdnance Terminal Boxes. 22. A terminal box for each disappearing carriage will be furnished and assembled by the Ordnance Department in a niche to be made^by the Engineer Department in the counter- weight well. This niche should be in the rear wall of the 636 counterweight well within 15° of the diameter bisecting the angle of the field of fire, except for the 14-inch disappearing carriage. For this carriage the niche will be 15° or 75° to the right of the diameter; the 75° recess to be used if the left flank emplacement causes interference between the conduit from the ordnance terminal box and the pit ladder. For all 10-inch, 12-inch, and 14-inch disappearing carriages, except the 10-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1894-Mi, the niche should be 28 inches high, measured from the surface on which the base ring rests, 12 inches deep, and 14 inches wide. The niche for the 10-inch disappearing carriage, L. F., model of 1894-Mi, will be shown on the drawings of the em- placement for that carriage. This carriage, owing to its con- struction, differs from the other disappearing carriages in that it has two terminal boxes. One terminal box is secured to the transom of the carriage and consequently moves with it when the carriage is being traversed. The other terminal box is located in the pit made by the Engineer Department at the rear and underneath the flange of the base ring to which the foundation bolts are attached. The cover for this pit is furnished by the Ordnance Department. The center line of conduit laid by the Engineer Department for conductors to the terminal boxes for 10-inch and 12-inch disappearing car- riages should enter the niches not less than 8 nor more than 16.5 inches below the surface on which the base ring rests; for the 6-inch disappearing carriage, L. F., model of 1905-Mti, and 14-inch, model of 1907-Mi, not less than 6 nor more than 11.5 inches below the surface on which the base ring rests; for the 14-inch, model of 1907, not less than 6 nor more than 18 inches below the surface referred to above. For 6-inch dis- appearing carriages, models of 1903, 1905, and 1905-Mi, the niche should be 26 inches high, measured from the surface on which the base ring rests, 12 inches wide and 8 inches deep; and of the same dimensions but 9.5 inches deep for 6-inch dis- appearing carriages, model of 1898, and 13.5 inches deep for 8-inch disappearing carriages, model of 1896. The center line of conduit laid by the Engineer Department for conductors to terminal boxes for 6-inch and 8-inch disappearing carriages should enter the niche not less than 8 nor more than 16 inches below the surface on which the base ring rests. 23. The cables laid into the counterweight wells by the Engineer Department shall enter the ordnance terminal box 537 on either side but not both sides of the same box and shall be connected thereto by an approved form of water-tight connection. 24. A vertical groove starting in the bottom wall on the center line of the niche, 5 inches wide, 6 inches deep, and about 5 feet long, will be made by the Engineer Department in the wall of the counterweight well of each 10-inch, 12-inch and 14-inch disappearing carriage, except the 10-inch disap- pearing carriage, L. F., model of 1894-Mi. A similar groove 3 inches wide, 3.75 inches deep for 6-inch models of 1905, 1905-Mi, and 1905-Mii, and of 14-inch, model of 1907-Mi, 4 inches deep for 6-inch model of 1903, 5.25 inches deep for 6-inch model of 1898, and 9.25 inches deep for 8-inch model of 1896, and about 4 feet long, will be made by the Engineer De- partment in the wall of the counterweight well of the car- riages enumerated above. These grooves are to contain flexible metallic tubing 1, 2, and 3 inches in diameter, re- spectively. Near the lower end of each groove the Engineer Department will provide two holes for expansion bolts for securing the conduit. Teemination of Conduits and Condtjctobs at Carriages. 25. The end of each conductor led to and terminating at a carriage will be plainly tagged for convenient identification, and not less than 18 inches of extra length left for connec- tions. The end of each lead-covered cable will be left her- metically sealed unless it is to be immediately connected to a terminal box or other carriage wiring. 26. For 12-inch mortar carriages, models of 1896-Mi, Mix, Mm, and 1908, the conduits for conductors should enter the annular space outside the racer 6 inches below the level of the floor of the pit. 27. The carriage ends of conduits for conductors of illumi- nating circuits of Class III (barbette carriages for rapid-fire guns of 6-inch and less in caliber) should terminate with reference to the diameter through the front foundation bolt as follows, viz: 28. Fifteen-pounder barbette carriages, model of 1903, on radius 90** to right or left of radius joining foundation-bolt circle center with front bolt, and 10 inches from center of bolt circle. 538 29. Five-inch barbette carriage, model of 1903, at any one of the four points of intersection of the circumference of a circle 30 inches in diameter and having its center coincident with that of the foundation-bolt circle and the two diameters 45° on either side of the diameter through the front founda- tion bolt, and should be carried under the base ring to the plug boxes if so required by their location. 30. Six-inch barbette carriage, model of 1900, at any one of the four points of intersection of the circumference of a circle 40 inches in diameter and having its center coincident with that of the foundation-bolt circle, and the two diameters 45° on either side of the diameter through the front foundation bolt. 31. The terminal points of conduits for other barbette car- riages will be furnished when they shall have been deter- mined. Cabeiages in Service Equipped With Experimental Power Circuits. 32. Twelve-inch disappearing carriages, L. F., model of 1897, Nos. 9, 11, 12, 16, 17, 19, 20, and 23, are equipped with experi- mental electrical power systems, which it is intended to con- tinue in use as long as each is serviceable. Should it become necessary to replace any of these experimental power systems the carriages will be provided with power circuits of Class I. 33. The details of the several circuits will be determined by the Chief of Ordnance and the Chief of Engineers. 34. Where a complete and effective system of wiring has already been installed on seacoast carriages, no change will be made until the need for extensive repairs justifies replace- ment. (G. 0. 1, 1913—1987146, A. G. O., as amended by Par. Ill, G. O. 68, 1913—1987146 A, A. G. 0.) 291. Drawing instruments and materials issued to Coast Artillery. — The following drawing instruments will be issued by the Ordnance Department to each garrisoned Coast Artil- lery fort having guns of 6-inch or greater caliber: One beam compass. No. 770, with case; 1 beam compass bar, 30-inch, wood ; 1 beam compass bar, 70-inch, wood ; 1 dividers, propor- tional. No. 437, and case; 1 protractor, steel. No. 1253; 3 splines, xylonite, 36-inch, No. 1835 ; 8 spline weights. No. 2186 ; 1 straightedge, xylonite lined, maple. No. 1886, 30-inch; 1 straightedge, metal, No. 2020, 60-inch; 1 Arkansas oil stone, 539 No. 2720; 1 hardwood chest for drawing material; 1 map measure, 5-inch, No. 1692. The following instruments will be issued, in addition to those mentioned above, to every fort garrisoned by not more than two companies of Coast Artillery, and for each two com- panies in addition thereto: One set of drawing instruments, Key brand, No. 897, with case; 1 drawing board, 33 inches by 55 inches, or larger; 1 pair trestles, adjustable, pine, No. 2551-3; 1 set (10) irregular curves, xylonite, assorted; 3 horn centers, plain, No. 2690; 1 pen, detail, 6-inch, No. 558-2; 1 reading glass, 3-inch, No. 6970 ; 1 scale, architect, 12-inch, No. 1621; 1 scale, engineer, 12-inch, No. 1641; 1 tee square, xylonite, 36-inch, No. 1887; 1 triangle, xylonite, 30° by 60°, No. 1855, 6-inch; 1 triangle, xylonite, 30° by 60°, No. 1855, 12- inch; 1 triangle, xylonite, 45°, No. 1856, 6-inch; 1 triangle, xylonite, 45°, No. 1856, 12-inch ; 1 tin box, japanned. No. 2954, with water colors. No. 2920 ; full pans, Nos. 8, 10, 14, 21, 31, 33, 43, 44, 45, 47, and 101. (Colors to be renewed as required.) Six brushes, camel's hair, 1-6, No. 3132; 1 nest, 4 cabinet saucers. No. 3166. In addition to the foregoing the following will be issued to each coast defense ordnance officer : One frame, blue print, 30 inches by 42 inches, complete. No. 244 ; 1 tray, bath, 30 inches by 42 inches. No. 248 ; 2 ^in tubes for 10-yard roll of blue-print paper, 30 inches wide. No. 219 ; 1 pantograph, wood, No. 1143. The following annual allowance of materials for each two companies will be issued if required: Two rolls, 10 yards. Anvil drawing paper, mounted, 62 inches wide. No. 105; 2 rolls, 10 yards. Duplex drawing paper, not mounted, 42 inches wide. No. 50; 2 rolls, 24 yards each, tracing linen, 42 inches wide, No. 150; 1 roll, 5 yards, cross-section paper, drawing, ruled, unmounted, 10 by 10, 20 inches wide, orange; 1 roll, 5 yards, brown print paper, 42 inches wide; 1 roll, 50 yards, Simplex detail paper, 42 inches wide; 1 quire Coordinate paper (10.75 by 15.75), No. 337 L; 6 bottles indelible colored ink (Higgins'), blue, brown, green, carmine, yellow, and scarlet, with tray; 12 bottles waterproof drawing ink (Hig- gins' ) , black, indelible. No. 2969 ; 1 box leads for instruments, 2H and 6H, No. 3385 ; 3 dozen drawing pencils, 3H, 4H, 6H, Kohinoor, No. 3380; 2 pencil pointers, No. 3505; 5 dozen thumb tacks. No. 2678; 1 dozen detail pencils. No. 3 (No. 3348) ; 2 pencils, yellow. No. 3375-2; 1 dozen Gillott's pens, 540 No. 303 ; 1 dozen Gillott's pens, No. 404 ; 1 dozen drawing and lettering pens, No. 3203 ; 1 dozen mapping pens, Gillott's, No. 3213, with holder; 1 box round writing pens; 1 sponge rub- ber, No. 3407 ; 4 erasers, pencil. No. 3416 ; 2 erasers, ink, No. 3417 ; 3 bottles Helios erasing fluid, No. 240 W, No. 240 R, No. 240 Y ; 5 jars Higgins' drawing-board paste ; 2 gross of white- chalk for each gun emplacement and mortar pit in commis- sion; 1 roll, 5 yards, cross-section paper, tracing, engraved,, unmounted, 10 by 10, 20 inches wide, orange, for each company. The coast defense ordnance officer will, in addition, be supplied annually with not to exceed three 10-yard rolls of prepared blue-print paper, 30 inches wide, of medium thick- ness, slow, fresh, and of best quality for each company when required. If desired, the water colors and nests may be omitted and the following may be supplied in their place: One-half gallon white varnish, 1 pint turpentine, 1 small sponge. Diluted colored inks may be used for tinting, and if cov- ered with clear, white varnish the colors will be retained. For the different charts, atmosphere charts, etc., which are constantly in use and liable to be soiled, blurred, or erased, a specially protected surface is desirable. This may be sup- plied by thoroughly cleaning the surface of drawing paper and applying two or three coats of white varnish after tinting, allowing each coat to dry before applying the next. After thorough drying and hardening, the gloss may be removed with a sponge moistened slightly with turpentine. After being soiled it may be cleaned with a sponge moistened slightly with turpentine, new coats of varnish being applied, and the surface finished as before. The component parts of the set of standard drawing in- struments are as follows : One compass, 5i inches, with fixed needle point, pen, pencil point, and lengthening bar. No. 838; 1 hairspring divider. No. 837; 1 bow divider, 3^ inches, No. 750 ; 1 bow pen, 3^ inches, with needle point. No. 751 ; 1 bow pencil, 3i inches, with needle point. No. 752 ; 1 drawing pen, 4^ inches, No. 806 ; 1 drawing pen, 5^ inches. No. 808 ; 1 lead box, No. 830 ; 1 case. The numbers given in the foregoing lists refer to the cata- logue of Keuffel & Esser, and the material furnished will be as nearly similar as the regulations for purchase will permit. 541 If any instruments or materials are required in excess of tliose mentioned herein tlie special necessity therefor will be stated in the requisition. The lists referred to herein are for future issues; the sup- plies and instruments now on hand will be used so far as practicable, even though they may differ in make or quality from those now prescribed. All instruments pertaining to the Ordnance Department in excess of the allowances stated herein will be turned in to the proper armament officer for overhauling and storage with a view to their use in replace- ment. Issues will be made to coast defense ordnance officers, who will be held accountable for property. (Par. II, G. O. 74, 1914—1287028 B, A. G. 0.) 292. Instructions relative to the inspection, repair, and alteration of mobile Artillery materiel by officers and em- ployees of the Ordnance Department. — 1. The inspection, repair, and alteration of mobile Artillery materiel in the differ- ent military departments are placed under the charge of officers of the Ordnance Department as follows : Of the commanding officer, New York Arsenal, at Governors Island, New York Harbor: The Eastern Department. Of the commanding officer, San Antonio Arsenal, at San Antonio, Tex. : The Southern Department. Of the commanding officer, Benicia Arsenal, Benicia, Cal. : The Western Department. Of the commanding officer. Rock Island Arsenal, at Rock Island, 111. : The Central Department. Of the commanding officer, Manila Ordnance Depot, at Ma- nila, P. I. : The Philippine Department. Of the chief ordnance officer, Hawaiian Department, at Honolulu, Hawaii Territory: The Hawaiian Department. 2. When mountain, light, heavy, or siege cannon and their carriages and other Artillery vehicles, sights, implements, equipments, fire-control instruments, harness, etc., constitut- ing the equipment of mobile Artillery batteries and head- quarters detachments, are in need of repairs requiring the services of skilled mechanics of the Ordnance Department, the commanding officer of the battery or headquarters detach- ment concerned will submit a report to the officer charged by section 1 of this order with the repair of the materiel, de- scribing the character and extent of the repairs required and 542 the cause of the damaged condition of each article. Upon re- ceipt of such a report the ordnance officer in charge will cause the repairs to be made. If the repairs are of such a character that they can not be made by the battery mechanics he will furnish for the purpose such skilled mechanics and materials as may be required, and will inform the commanding officer of the battery or headquarters detachment, in advance, of the probable date on which the mechanics will arrive, and will instruct the latter to report in person upon their arrival, to this officer. The commanding officer of the battery or head- quarters detachment, in the absence of an officer of the Ord- nance Department, will keep a record of the hours worked each day by each man, and on completion of the repairs will forward a report of the time to the ordnance officer in charge of the repairs, showing the date and hour of arrival of each mechanic and the manner in which he conducted himself while on duty. If the repairs are of such a character that they can be made by the battery mechanic the repairs should be so made and the ordnance officer charged with the inspection of the batteries will furnish the necessary material required. 3. When the repairs can not be made at the post by the bat- tery mechanic as referred to above, or when they are of such slight character as not to justify the expense of sending a me- chanic to the post, the ordnance officer charged with the in- spection will inform the organization commander how these repairs can be made most expeditiously and satisfactorily. Authority is given to the ordnance officer charged with the in- spection to authorize shipment of articles of such limited weight as may be transported through the mails or by express at the minimum rate, as follows: To Watervliet Arsenal, breech mechanisms or parts thereof; to Frankford Arsenal, sights, range quadrants, range-finding material, fuse setters or parts thereof; all other material to the Rock Island Arsenal, except that in the Philippine Department articles requiring repairs will be mailed or shipped to the commanding officer, Manila Ordnance Depot. If it is considered that the repairs can be made at the arsenal at which the ordnance officer in charge is located, shipments may be made thereto as referred to above. If the repairs are considerable, or if they involve work on articles that are too bulky to be shipped as above de- scribed, the ordnance officer in charge will request the depart- ment commander to direct the shipment to an arsenal or depot 543 to be designated by the ordnance officer in charge for the pur- pose. In all cases where it is necessary for a battery com- mander to turn in the articles to an arsenal for repairs which will decrease the efficiency of the battery, the ordnance officer charged with the inspection will have the articles replaced at once, if practicable, and in other cases expedite the completion of repairs or issue of new parts to the greatest possible extent in order that the materiel of the battery may be maintained at all times in the best possible condition for service. The bat- tery commander, however, will be held responsible for any part of his equipment not being complete and serviceable un- less he can show that he has exhausted every means in his power to replace unserviceable equipment or obtain the addi- tional equipment required to complete the battery. Delays in repairs or filling requisitions will be reported by him to the Chief of Ordnance through the department commander. 4. When alterations or additions are directed to be incorpo- rated by the Chief of Ordnance in mobile Artillery materiel in the hands of Regular troops, and if such directions from the Chief of Ordnance do not state the arsenal that will furnish the necessary parts, the officer in charge of the inspection of the materiel will procure such parts, materials, and special tools as may be required either by manufacture or by requisi- tion and will invoice these articles to the post ordnance officer. If, under instructions of the Chief of Ordnance, the necessary materials are to be issued from a designated arsenal, the arti- cles will be invoiced by such an arsenal to the post ordnance officer direct, but in such a case the ordnance officer in charge of the inspection will be notified of the date of shipment and articles shipped. Any instructions and drawings necessary to clearly show the character of the work and the method by which it should be done will be sent from the issuing arsenal to the ordnance officer in charge, who will forward them to the battery or headquarters detachment commander. As in the case of repairs, the ordnance officer in charge of the inspection of the materiel will decide whether the work should be done by the battery mechanics or by an ordnance mechanic. No alteration or addition will be made which has not been previ- ously authorized by the Chief of Ordnance. 5. The materiel of batteries and headquarters aetachments of mobile Artillery shall be subject at any time to the inspec- tion of designated officers of the Ordnance Department, includ- 5M ing tlie firing of pieces, if deemed desirable, to see that it is ia efficient service condition and to place it in such condition if it should not be so. At these inspections the repairs or altera- tions that may have been made since the last previous inspec- tion should be carefully observed to see that the drawings, in- structions, etc., have been complied with. A statement of the changes made and of such alterations as are still to be incor- porated in the vehicles will be made on the regular form of inspection report submitted to the Chief of Ordnance. 6. As soon as practicable the inspecting officer will furnish directly to the post commander information in writing in re- gard to each battery or headquarters detachment, showing its condition as regards ordnance materiel, including any defects or evidences of neglect or improper use of materiel that the inspection may disclose. Department commanders will in- struct post, battery, and headquarters detachment commanders to furnish such assistance as may be necessary to make the in- spection and to perform the necessary work contemplated by this order. The officers of the Ordnance Department will fur- nish battery commanders with certificates in duplicate, stat- ing that the number of rounds fired were expended in making the inspection prescribed by this order. The certificates will constitute vouchers for dropping the ammunition from battery commanders' property returns. {Par. I, G. O. 28, 1913 — 1721932 B, A. O. O., as amended hy Par. Ill, G. O. 46, 1913— 1721932 C, A. G. O.) 293. Resizing of cartridge cases, 3-inch saluting guns. — 1. When cartridge cases for 3-inch saluting guns at any post become so expanded from use that they can not be readily inserted in the gun, they will be turned in to the posts desig- nated below to be resized and returned. 2. The resizing of these cartridge cases will be done under the direction of the ordnance officers of the posts in question, to whom resizing presses have been or will be issued : Watertown Arsenal, for the coast defenses of Boston and Springfield Armory. Watervliet Arsenal, for Madison Barracks, Plattsburg Bar- racks, Fort Ethan Allen, West Point, 3-inch gun at Newburgh, and Fort Ontario. New York Arsenal, for the coast defenses of eastern and southern New York, Fort Jay and Fort Slocum, Fort Wood. Fort Niagara, for that post and Fort Porter. 545 Sandy Hook Proving Ground, for Fort Hancock. Fort Myer, for that post and the coast defenses of the Poto- mac and Washington Barracks. Columbus Barracks, for that post and Fort Thomas and Fort Wayne. Augusta Arsenal, for Fort McPherson and Fort Oglethorpe. Fort De Soto, for that post and Fort Dade. Fort Sill, for that post and Fort Logan H. Roots and Fort Reno. San Antonio Arsenal,. for Fort Sam Houston, Fort Clark, and Fort Mcintosh. Fort Huachuca, for that post and Fort Apache, Fort Win- gate, Whipple Barracks, and Fort Bliss. Fort Logan. Fort Duchesne. Fort Douglas. Fort Rosecrans. Benicia Arsenal, for Alcatraz Island and Presidio of Mon- terey. Vancouver Barracks. Boise Barracks. Fort Yellowstone, for that post and Fort Missoula and Fort Assinniboine. Fort Keogh, for that post and Fort Lincoln. Fort Robinson, for that post and Fort Mackenzie, Fort Meade, and Fort D. A, Russell. Fort Leavenworth, for that post and Fort Riley, Fort Crook, and Fort Omaha. Rock Island Arsenal, for Fort Snelling, Fort Brady, Fort Sheridan, Jefferson Barracks, and Fort Des Moines. Fort Worden, for the coast defenses of Puget Sound, Fort Lawton, and Fort George Wright. Fort Davis, Alaska. Fort St. Michael, Alaska. Fort Gibbon, Alaska. Fort Liscum, Alaska. Fort Wm. H. Seward, Alaska. 3. In addition, one resizing outfit will be issued to the ord- nance officer of each of the coast defenses not provided for in paragraph 2 of this order for use in resizing the cartridge eases in those defenses. (G. 0. 21, 1907—1204192, M. S. 0., as revised hy office C. of 0.) 40062°- 16 35 646 294. Quarterly statements of mobile Artillery materiel or ammunition in hands of post ordnance officers.— Post ordnance officers who have in their possession mobile Artillery materiel or ammunition not carried on corresponding state- ments from battery, battalion, or regimental commanders will hereafter forward to the Chief of Ordnance on Ordnance De- partment Form No. 87 a quarterly statement of cannon, car- riages, ammunition, etc., on hand. (Par. IV, O. O. 39, 1914 — 2163476, A. G. O.) Small Abms and Small-Aems Ammunition. BIFLES. 295. Submission of United States rifles, caliber .30, model of 1903, for the action of inspectors and surveying officers. — 1. Experiments at the arsenals indicate that the rifle, with ammunition as now issued, should be serviceable for from 8,000 to 13,000 rounds. The earlier ammunition of 1906 model, however, was loaded with a nitroglycerin powder, and doubtless there are rifles in service which were fired one or tw^o seasons with this powder. With this powder the life of the rifle would be about 4,500 to 5,000 rounds. The foregoing results obtain at the arsenals where the work of cleaning and caring for the rifles is done by experienced and careful em- ployees. The unserviceable rifles turned in to the arsenals ap- pear to have become so more through want of careful cleaning and through the use of abrasives than by reason of the actual number of rounds fired. This appears from the fact that the rifles turned in are worn at the muzzles and the barrels are rusted or pitted, whereas with proper care the rifles should become inaccurate only by reason of erosion at the bullet seat. It may be considered that a rifle will be fired 400 rounds in one season. A rifle with reasonable care should be good for at least 10 years with the present powder, or for about 4,000 rounds. 2. Experience has shown that in general the accuracy of rifles is not affected sufficiently to make them unserviceable until the diameter across the lands at the muzzle exceeds 0.304 inch, and that rifles measuring 0.308 inch across the lands at the muzzle are generally unserviceable. Hereafter all rifles, before being submitted for the action of an inspec- tor or a surveying officer on the ground of lack of accuracy, wull first be inspected under the supervision of a commis- 547 sioned officer, using cylindrical plug gauges 0.304 and 0.308 inch in diameter, issued by tlie Ordnance Department for the purpose and to be obtained from the post or regimental ord- nance officer. Those rifles in which the 0.304-inch plug gauge does not enter or enters snugly will be retained in service without further accuracy tests. Those rifles in which the 0.308-inch plug gauge enters freely will be reported as unserv- iceable and will not be tested by targeting. Rifles considered unserviceable in which the 0.304-inch plug gauge enters freely and which will not admit a 0.308-inch plug gauge or admit it only snugly will be tested by targeting as hereinafter ex- plained before being submitted for the action of an inspector. After these tests witli plug gauges have been made, they will be certified to by the officer supervising tlie tests. Plug gauges will be issued to post or regimental ordnance officers without requisition. 3. The test will be made under favorable weather condi- tions by an expert shot with the rifle at known distance slow fire, under the personal supervision of a disinterested officer, and will consist of one target of 10 shots at each of the ranges, 300 and 500 yards, the targets to be preceded by sighting shots at each range and muzzle rest to be permitted. When practicable the expert making the test will be of an- other organization than the one to which the rifles belong. Before being tested at each range the rifles will be thoroughly cleaned and all metal fouling removed from the bore. The best ammunition available will be issued for testing the rifles, and ammunition of different dates of manufacture should not be used in making targets for a single rifle. If the mean radius of these targets is less than 6.5 inches at 300 yards, or less than 13 inches at 500 yards, the rifles will be considered sufficiently accurate to be retained in the service. If the mean radius is greater than that stated the rifles will be submitted to an inspector or surveying officer for his action. The results of the test will be certified to by the officer supervising it, and will be shown in the case of each rifle, the rifle being designated by its number and the initials of the arsenal where it was manufactured. If a range of 500 yards is not available the test should be con- ducted under the same conditions at each of the ranges 200 and 300 yards. If the mean radius of these targets is less than 6.5 inches at 300 yards, or less than 4.5 inches at 200 548 yards the rifles will be considered sufficiently accurate to be continued in service. 4. The expenditure of the ammunition necessary to con- duct the test prescribed in the preceding paragraph is au- thorized, but it will be furnished by the organization pre- senting the rifles for test from its allowance for target practice. 5. The mean radius of a group of shots is determined as follows : After removing the paper target from the frame, lay out vertical and horizontal axes which will contain the group of shots. Measure the vertical distance from the center of each shot hole to the horizontal axis; the mean of these dis- tances gives the vertical ordinate of the center of impact. Measure the horizontal distance from the center of each shot hole to the vertical axis; the mean of these distances gives the horizontal ordinate of the center of impact of the group of shots. After plotting the center of impact, measure the distance from the center of impact to the center of each shot hole. The mean of the distances from the center of impact to the centers of the shot holes is the mean radius. 6. In preparing the inventory and inspection reports, or re- ports of survey, the following data will be shown thereon : (a) The number of each rifle and its arsenal initial. (&) The date of issue of the rifle to the organization (date of invoice) and the number of target seasons it has been fired. (Par. I, Bui. 24, 1913—2033476, A. O. O., as amended by Par. IT, Bui. 15, 1915—2033476 A, A. Q. O., and Par. II, Bui. 31, 1915—2033476 B, A. G. 0.) 296. Use in swimming and wall-scaling exercises. — 1. Hereafter United States rifles, caliber .30, model 1903, may be used in swimming or wall-scaling exercises, but company commanders will be held responsible therefor. 2. The rifles will be carefully prepared for swimming exer- cises by the use of plenty of oil, cosmoline, or other suitable substance, and after each swimming exercise will be carefully cleaned and dried. 3. In the wall-scaling exercise the rifle will not be thrown from the wall, but will be taken from the top of the wall to the ground on the person of the soldier to whom it belongs in such a manner as to be ready for immediate use on reaching the ground. (Par. I, Cir. 38, 1910, as amended hy Par. I, G. 0. 43, 1911—1740445 A, A. G. O.) 549 297. Telescopic musket sights not to be separated from rifles. — 1. As each telescopic musket sight, model of 1908, has been carefully adjusted and fitted to a specially selected rifle by expert firings at the armories and marked with the number of the rifle to which it belongs, it is not intended that such telescopic musket sight should be permanently separated from its particular rifle. 2. In case it should become necessary to transfer a telescopic musket sight from one organization to another, the specially selected rifle to which it belongs should also be transferred. 3. Likewise, if it should become necessary to forward the specially selected rifle or its telescopic musket sight to an arsenal for repairs, both the rifle and the telescopic musket sight should be forwarded. (Par. II, Cir. 49, 1910—U91S10 A'^ A. G. O., as amended by Par. IV, Bui. 38, 19H—U91S10 A^ A. O. O.) 298. Assembling. — Instructions relative to the assembling of the 1907 gun sling on the rifle : Assemblage. — The sling is made up of four parts, the long strap, the short strap, and two keepers. To assemble it the plain end of the long strap is passed through the larger keeper, then through the metal loop of the short strap, passing from the undressed to the dressed side of the latter, then back through the larger keeper, forming the arm loop dressed side out. The same end is then passed through the smaller keeper, through the upper sling swivel from the butt toward the muz- zle, and back through the smaller keeper, the arm loop being completed by engaging the claw of the long strap in the proper holes in the other end of same. The size of the arm loop is adjusted to suit the Individual who is to fire the piece, the loop being drawn through the upper swivel until the claw comes well up toward the upper swivel. The claw end of the short strap is then passed through the lower swivel from muzzle to butt and brought up and engaged in the proper holes in the long strap, drawing the sling taut. This gives the parade position of the sling. To adjust it for firing or carrying, the claw of the short strap is disengaged and reengaged in the proper holes of the short strap, no change being necessary in the adjustment of the arm loop. (Cir. 16, 1907—1218323, M. S. 0.) 550 299. Spare parts of rifle and bayonet for repairs. — 1. The spare parts of the United States rifle, model of 1903, its appendages and accessories, and of the bayonet, model of 1905, listed in Column I of the table following section 6, Para- graph I of this order, will be issued to ordnance officers of posts and regiments for the purpose of making repairs to arms in the hands of troops in the field and in garrison. It is considered that the number of the respective parts listed will be sufficient to cover the ordinary repairs to 100 arms for at least one year; but if for any reason a greater number is required, special requisition can be made for the additional parts needed, in which case the necessity must be fully ex- plained. The allowance prescribed will be furnished with the first issue of arms, and thereafter post and regimental ord- nance officers will submit annually on July 1 requisitions for such number of spare parts as will bring the number on hand up to the prescribed allowance. No parts other than those named in the list will be issued. Post and regimental ord- nance officers will furnish to the various organizations in garrison the spare parts actually needed to replace those lost, broken, or unserviceable. 2. Each post or regimental ordnance officer and each com- pany or troop is furnished with a company repair kit for use in repairing the United States rifle, model of 1903. Contents of company repair kit. — One hammer, steel; 1 anvil ; 2 sets ; 1 hammer, brass ; 1 block, wood , 3 screw drivers; 10 drifts, assorted; 1 pliers; 1 assembling tool; 1 bullet- jacket extractor. 3. With the model of 1910 Infantry equipment and the model of 1912 Cavalry equipment the arm-repair chest, model of 1910, will be issued to companies and troops armed with the United States rifle, model of 1903, for cleaning, repairing, and preserving the arms and equipment. It will replace the com- pany repair kit. Contents of arm-repair chest, model of 1910. — ^Tools: One anvil ; 1 bullet-jacket extractor ; 8 drifts, assorted ; 1 drift. No. 3; 1 drift. No. 4; 1 eyelet awl, for putting eyelets in belt; 1 eyelet set; 1 file, 6-inch, hand, with handle; 1 file, 6-inch, round, with handle; 1 file, 6-inch, three-square, with handle; 1 hammer, steel; 1 hammer, brass; 1 handle, tool, containing 10 tools ; 1 oiler, with cap ; 1 pliers, flat nose ; 1 pliers, round nose ; 1 saw, crosscut, with detachable handle ; 1 screw driver, 551 No. 1 ; 1 screw driver, No. 2 ; 1 set, No. 1 ; 1 tool, for assem- bling safety lock on sleeve; 1 vise, 1.25 pound. Spare parts (pistol) : Two extractors; 2 firing-pin springs; 1 mainspring; 2 recoil springs; 2 sear springs; 2 stock screws. Tools for cleaning pistol : Ten cleaning rods ; 10 screw drivers ; 10 thong brushes. Cleaning material : Two pints cosmic ; 3 pints sperm oil; 250 cut patches (cotton flannel) ; 250 cut patches (Tampa flannel). Spare parts (rifle): Two bolts; 7 firing pins; 2 cut-off plungers ; 2 cut-off springs ; 2 ejector pins ; 4 ex- tractors; 5 front-sight covers (appendages to rifle) ; 2 lower- band screws; 2 mainsprings; 1 safety lock, complete; 2 slide binding screws ; 4 slide-cap pins ; 3 slides, assembled ; 1 stack- ing swivel ; 2 stacking-swivel screws ; 15 strikers. For shoes : Two quarts neat's-foot oil. For belts: Fifty eyelets; 50 washers for eyelets. 4. The spare parts of the United States rifle, model of 1903, its appendages and accessories, and of the bayonet, model of 1905, listed in Column II of the table, will be issued for mak- ing repairs and for filling requisitions from troops to com- manding officers of ordnance depots established in time of war. It is considered that the number of the respective parts listed will prove adequate for repairing 1,000 arms. Requisitions made by commanding officers of ordnance depots should be based on these numbers and the number of troops supplied by the depot. 5. Each ordnance depot established in time of war will be provided with the following outfits of tools for repairing arms. If the tools contained in these outfits are in any case found inadequate for the work, special requisitions should be made for the additional tools required. For the model of 1903 rifle two company repair kits or two arm repair chests, model of 1910. One armorer's tool chest containing the following tools : One vise ; 1 hand vise ; 1 screw wrench ; 1 hand brace ; 2 vise clamps, copper ; 2 vise clamps, wood ; 4 brace screw drivers ; 23 files, assorted ; 23 wood handles, for files. For rifle : Three head space gauges for rifles and carbines, models of 1896 and 1898; 2 head space gauges for rifle, model of 1903; 1 assem- bling tool, lower band. For revolver: Two assembling tools; 2 crane bushing screw drivers; 12 drifts, assorted; 4 hand screw drivers, assorted ; 2 pliers ; 2 sets ; 2 space gauges, maxi- mum and minimum ; 2 range rods. 552 6. In time of war all rifles which can not be repaired by- troops from the parts issued for that purpose will be turned in to the nearest ordnance depot. After examination, those rifles which can not be repaired at the depot will be shipped to the Springfield Armory, Rock Island Arsenal, or Benicia Arsenal, as the Chief of Ordnance may direct. Name of part. I. Number allowed for 100 arms. II. Number allowed for 1,000 arms. UNITED STATES RIFLE, MODEL OF 1903. Bolt: Extractorcollar: ^assembled Bolt stop: Bolt-stop pin Y Bolt-stop spring../ Butt plate Butt-plate cap Butt-plate pin Butt-plate screw, large Butt-plate screw, small Butt-plate spring Butt-plate spring screw Butt swivel: Butt swivel 1 Butt-swivel pin . . . [assembled. Butt-swivel plate.. J Butt-swivel screw Cut-oflf Cut-off plunger Cut-off screw Cut-off spindle Cut-oflf spring Ejector Ejector pin Extractor Firing pin: Cocking piece... 1 Firing-pin rod . .J Firing-pin sleeve Floor plate Floor-plate catch Floor-plate pin Floor-plate spring Follower Front sight Front-sight pin Guard Guard-screw bushing. Guard screw, front Guard screw, rear Hand guard Hand-guard clip Lowerband Lower-band screw Lower-band spring . . . Lower-band swivel ... Magazine spring Mainspring 100 30 30 30 60 30 30 45 15 15 45 45 60 120 15 30 30 30 553 Name of part. I. Number allowed for 100 arms. 11. Number allowed for 1,000 arms. UNITED STATES RIFLE, MODEL OF 1903— Continued. Rear sight: Base spring Drift slide No. 5— Drift slide, .05 peep..\ r^, , Drift-slide pin j-assembied. Joint pin : Leaf Movable base Slide— iiidIcap::H^bi«d Slide binding screw Slide-cap pin Slide-cap screw Windage screw — Windage screw ) Windage-screw collar... Windage-screw knob . . . Windage-screw pin Windage-screw spring. . Safety lock: Safety-lock plunger Safety-lock spindle Safety-lock spring Safety-lock thumb piece. Sear Sear pin Sear spring Sleeve: Sleeve Sleeve lock Sleeve-lock pin. . . Sleeve-lock spring Stacking swivel Stacking-swi vel screw Stock: Guard-screw bushing. . assembled or separately. it'ock-scVew;::;;:;::--^^««^bi«d. stock-screw nut. Striker Trigger Trigger pin Upper band Upper-band screw. . . APPENDAGES. Drift slide No. 4: Drift slide, .04 peep..\„„-gj_T,|g^ Drift-slide pin j-assemoiea Drift slide No. 6: Drift slide, .06 peep, .\aosftmbled Drift-slide pin |assemDiea Front-sight cover Oiler and thong case: Oil dropper Oiler cap washer Thong-case body — Oiler collar 1 Thong-case body Thong-case partition 30 45 50 10 10 450 100 200 100 554 Name of part. Number allowed for 100 arms. II. Number allowed for 1,000 arms. APPENDAGES— continued. Oiler and thong case — Continued. Thon^-case cap— Thong-case cap . .\assPTnhled Thong-case pad-./^^^®°^^^®^- Thong: Thong cord Thong tip Thong weight Thong brush Spare-part container (wood part) — ACCESSORIES. Cleaning rod, model of 1913 Brush section Handle section — Handle section.. 1 Knob Knob pin Patch section Second section Swivel Swivel screw Swivel section Cleaning-rod case Screw driver BAYONET, MODEL OF 1905. Bayonet, complete , Bayonet catch Bayonet grip, left , Bayonet grip, right , Bayonet nut Bayonet-scabbard catch . Bayonet screw , Bayonet spring Bayonet washer 100 20 400 8 200 8 200 18 400 2 30 3 70 3 70 3 70 3 70 3 70 3 70 3 70 3 70 2 50 2 30 2 30 6 60 6 60 4 60 2 30 4 50 5 60 4 60 (Par. I, G. 0. 26, 19U— 2134809, A. G. 0.) PISTOLS. 300. Kept on hand at posts for issue for pistol practice, gnard duty, etc. — 1. There will be kept on hand at each post garrisoned by Infantry, Coast Artillery, Engineers, or Ord- nance, a sufficient number of pistols (with two extra pistol magazines each), pistol belts and pistol holsters, to permit of the issue of five to each company belonging to a battalion of Infantry, and one for each sergeant of Coast Artillery, En- gineers, or Ordnance, not otherwise provided therewith, for use in pistol practice, interior guard duty, when on provost 555 guard and like occasions. Tliese pistols are in addition to those authorized in Unit Accountability Equipment Manuals. At posts where the organizations are provided with revolvers, a like number of revolvers and revolver holsters will be kept on hand in lieu of pistols and appurtenances. 2. These extra pistols or revolvers and their appurtenances are Class B property to be issued on memorandum receipt and will not be taken into the field. {Par V, G. O. 63, 19U— 2nmy, A. G. 0.) 301. Pistol equipment for ambulance companies and field hospital companies. — For the enlisted personnel of each am- bulance company and field hospital company the following articles are authorized: Twelve pistols; 12 pistol holsters; 12 slides, leather ; 12 magazine pockets, leather, double ; 24 magazines, pistol, extra; 252 cartridges, ball, pistol, caliber .45. This pistol equipment will be issued only to selected men, for instruction, for their own interior guard duty, and for service in campaign as authorized by the Geneva Convention. (Par. II, G. O. 65, 1915—2322295, A. G. 0.) 302. Issue of pistols, etc., to inspector-instructors. Or- ganized Militia. — Upon request by officers detailed as inspec- tor-instructors of the Organized Militia, the nearest post ord- nance officer will issue on memorandum receipt the following ordnance supplies: One automatic pistol, caliber .45, model of 1911; 2 extra magazines; 100 pistol ball cartridges, cali- ber .45, model of 1911 ; 1 pistol holster ; 1 pistol belt, model of 1912; 1 dispatch case. (Par. II, G. O. 4, 1915—22U523, A. G. O.) SMALL-AEMS AMMUNITION. Supply to be kept on hand. — 1. In order that the ammunition supply prescribed may be promptly established whenever that measure may become necessary, small-arms ammunition will be kept on hand in time of peace as follows : (a) By organizations. — Organization commanders will keep on hand the small-arms ammunition prescribed by the Unit Accountability Equipment Manuals. The foregoing ammuni- tion will accompany the troops in the field. (&) By posts. — Port ordnance officers will keep small-arms ammunition on hand as follows: One hundred and twenty rounds for each rifle, Infantry (except machine-gun platoon) ; 60 rounds for each rifle, Cavalry (except machine-gun pla- 556 toon) ; 2,950 rounds for each automatic machine rifle, caliber .30 ; 21 rounds for each pistol or revolver. Cavalry only. The foregoing ammunition will accompany troops in the field in the combat train. (c) By field supply depots. — The small-arms ammunition kept on hand in field supply depots will be as follows: One hundred and twenty rounds for each rifle, all arms ; 42 rounds for each pistol or revolver, all arms; 11,300 rounds for each machine gun or machine rifle. The foregoing ammunition will accompany troops in the field in the ammunition train. 2. The foregoing three classes of ammunition constitute the mobilization reserve ammunition. It will be additional to any other ammunition that may be on hand and will be kept separate, intact, and ready for issue at all times. The ammu- nition set aside for these purposes should be of the latest date of manufacture, the ammunition of earlier dates being re- placed and used for target practice and issues. Department commanders will cause such verifications or inspections to be made of this ammunition as will insure a strict compliance with this order. {Par. I, G. O. 49, 1913—1269582, A. G. O., as amended by Par. IV, G. O. 83, 1913—2080920, A. G. 0.) 304. Inspection of original pacl^ages containing blank cartridges. — When an original package containing blank car- tridges is first opened a careful inspection will be made, and should a ball cartridge be found the complete package will be sent through military channels to the Chief of Ordnance, United States Army, to enable the responsibility for the pres- ence of a ball among blank cartridges to be located by means of the packer's initials stamped on the package. None of the marks on the package should be defaced. {Par. Ill, G. 0. 182, 1905—1065826, M. S. O.) AETICLES OF PERSONAL EQUIPMENTS. 305. Ordnance property in possession of soldier detailed for duty at Scliool of Muslietry. — 1. An enlisted man who is detailed for duty at the School of Musketry at Fort Sill, Okla., before his departure for the school will sign a memorandum receipt to his company commander for all the ordnance prop- erty that is to be carried away by him. Memorandum in- voice and receipt for such property will be forwarded with the soldier's descriptive list to the commandant of the School of Musketry, who will sign the receipt and return it to the ac* 557 countable officer, thereby becoming responsible for the property during the period of the soldier's duty at the school. 2. Responsibility for property that is lost during travel will be fixed by a surveying ofiicer. 3. If an enlisted man v^^hile on duty at the school should lose, destroy, or otherwise dispose of any of the ordnance property referred to in paragraph 1 of this order, the value of such property will be charged against him on the first pay rolls after it is learned that the property has been lost, destroyed, or otherwise disposed of, and a statement of charges (Ordnance Department Form No. 86), made in dupli- cate, furnished to the post supply ofiicer, who will replace the articles so charged and use the statement of charges as a voucher to cover the dropping of the articles so issued. 4. If an enlisted man while on duty at the school should become separated from the service, accountability for the ordnance property left at the school by the soldier should bo covered by the exchange between the accountable officers of customary Invoices and receipts, made on Form No. 146, Ordnance Department, covering the transfer of the property from the commanding officer of the organization from which the soldier was detailed for duty at the school to the account- able officer at the school. The latter officer will then take up an account for the property on the return rendered to the Ordnance Department from the School of Musketry. The commanding officer of the organization from which the soldier was detailed will take immediate steps to have this property replaced, turning over to the supply officer the receipt of the accountable officer at the school for use as a voucher to cover the transaction. 5. The provisions of paragraph 1535, Army Regulations, do not apply in the cases of enlisted men detailed for duty at the School of Musketry. (Par. II, G. 0. 158, 1910—1652374, A. G. 0., as amended hy 0. C. 0,-2307080 K, A. G. 0.) ARTICLE XXX. SIGNAL CORPS. 306. Detached enlisted men. — 1. All enlisted men of the Signal Corps undergoing treatment at a general hospital or detached and serving at stations in the Eastern Department, except those on duty in the Canal Zone, will be regarded as members of Company G, Signal Corps, Fort Wood, N. Y., and their names will be borne on the rolls and other records of that company. 2. All enlisted men of the Signal Corps undergoing treat- ment at a general hospital or detached and serving at stations in the Central Department and Southern Department will be regarded as members of Company B, Signal Corps, stationed at the Army Service Schools, Fort Leavenworth, Kans., and their names will be borne on the rolls and other records of that company. 3. All enlisted men of the Signal Corps undergoing treat- ment at a general hospital or detached and serving at sta- tions in the Western Department and Hawaiian Department, except those on duty in connection with the operation of the Washington-Alaska Military Cable and Telegraph System, will be regarded as members of Company M, Signal Corps, Fort Mason, Cal., and their names will be borne on the rolls and other records of that company. 4. All enlisted men of the Signal Corps detached and serv- ing at stations in the Canal Zone will be regarded as members of Telegraph Company H, Signal Corps, Fort Sam Houston, Tex., and their names will be borne on the rolls and other rec- ords of that company. 5. All enlisted men of the Signal Corps detached and serv- ing at stations in the Philippine Department will be regarded as members of Company F, Signal Corps, Manila, P. I., and their names will be borne on the rolls and other records of that company. 6. All enlisted men of the Signal Corps serving at stations on the cable section and first section, Washington-Alaska (558) 559 Military Cable and Telegraph System, will be regardefl as members of Company C, Signal Corps, Valdez, Alaska, and their names will be borne on the rolls and other records of that company. 7. All enlisted men of the Signal Corps serving at stations on the second section, Washington-Alaska Military Cable and Telegraph System, will be regarded as members of Com- pany K, Signal Corps, Fort Gibbon, Alaska, and their names will be borne on the rolls and other records of that company. 8. All enlisted men of the Aviation Section of the Signal Corps, except those assigned to aero squadrons, will be re- garded as members of the School Detachment, Aviation Sec- tion, Signal Corps, San Diego, Cal., and their names will be borne on the rolls and other records of that detachment. 9. In order that the commanding officers of the companies and the detachment named may have full information for use in the preparation of muster rolls, regarding all changes in the status of the men of their organizations who are undergoing treatment or on detached duty, the following will be furnished to them by the immediate commanding officers of such soldiers : a. In case of discharge, desertion, death, furlough to the Reserve, retirement, or transfer from the Signal Corps, a complete descriptive list of the soldier. &. In case of transfer to another station without change of organization, written notice showing the station to which the soldier was transferred, the authority for the transfer, and the date of leaving station. c. In case of departure on or return from fjirlough, a writ- ten notice giving the authority and dates thereof ; and in case of conviction by a summary court-martial, a copy of the sum- mary court record. d. In case of enlistment or reenlistment, a copy of the sol- dier's descriptive and assignment card ; and in case of trans- fer to the Signal Corps from the line or other staff organiza- tions, a copy of the soldier's descriptive list. 10. In case of assignment to one of the companies or the detachment named by transfer from another geographical department or from another Signal Corps organization sta- tioned in the same department, the soldier's descriptive list required by paragraph 115, Army Regulations, will be made in duplicate, the original to be forwarded to the commanding 560 officer of the station to which the soldier is sent and the du- plicate to the commanding officer of the Signal Corps com- pany or detachment to which the soldier's new assignment carries him. Copies of descriptive lists intended for com- manding officers of companies stationed in Alaska will be sent to the company commanders through the officer in charge, Washington-Alaska Military Cable and Telegraph System, Seattle, Wash. If the transfer to another station involves a transfer of the soldier from one of the companies or the de- tachment named, a triplicate of the soldier's descriptive list will be sent to the commanding officer of the Signal Corps organization from which the soldier is transferred. (Par. I, G. O. 66, 1915—2343923, A. G. O.) 307. Keturns of Signal Corps organizations. — Command- ing officers of Signal Corps organizations, instead of rendering the monthly returns of their organizations on Form No. 30, A. G. O., will make such returns on forms to be furnished by the office of the Chief Signal Officer. {Par. V, G. O. 30, 1915— 2247198, A. G. 0.) Aviation Service. 308. Announcement of aviators and aviation mechani- cians. — 1. From time to time there will be announced in special orders of the War Department the names of the mili- tary aviators, junior military aviators, and aviation students who are on duty requiring them to participate regularly and frequently in aerial flights, which orders will specify the date on which such duty commenced. When such officers cease to be on duty that requires them to participate regularly and fre- quently in aerial flights, that fact will be similarly announced in orders specifying the date on which the duty terminated. The dates specified in these special orders will govern in de- termining the period for which increase of pay accrues. A copy of the order announcing the officer as being on duty that requires him to participate regularly and frequently in aerial flights will be filed with the first voucher upon which increased pay is charged, and the order will be cited on all subsequent vouchers so long as the increased pay is claimed. When the officer ceases to be on duty that requires him to participate regularly and frequently in aerial flights, a copy of the order announcing such fact will be flled with the voucher covering that period. In stating claims for the increase of pay, each 661 junior military aviator and military aviator will enter on the voucher the grade held under his line commission, as the increase of pay accrues only on the pay of such grade as increased by longevity pay. 2. From time to time there will be announced in special orders of the War Department the names of the enlisted men of the Aviation Section of the Signal Corps who are rated as aviation mechanicians and the names of those who are on duty requiring them to participate regularly and frequently in aerial flights, specifying the date of the rating or commence- ment of the duty. Upon receipt of such order the commanding officer of the enlisted men concerned will make notation on the first pay roll for aviation mechanicians as follows : Due soldier 50 per cent increase from , 191 — ; rated as aviation mechanician , 191 — , per S. O., No. — , W. D., 191— And for those on duty requiring them to participate regu- larly and frequently in aerial flights, the following : Due soldier 50 per cent increase from , 191 — ; on duty requiring him to participate regularly and frequently in aerial flights per S, O., No. — , W. D., 191—. Subsequent rolls will contain the following notation for aviation mechanicians : Due soldier 50 per cent increase, aviation mechanician. And for those enlisted men on duty requiring them to par- ticipate regularly and frequently in aerial flights, the notation : Due soldier 50 per cent increase. When enlisted men are disrated as aviation mechanicians or cease to be on duty that requires them to participate regu- larly and frequently in aerial flights, such fact will be simi- larly announced in special orders of the War Department, which orders will specify the date of the disrating or termina- tion of the duty, and the commanding officer of the enlisted men concerned will make notation on the proper pay roll of the date when the men cease to be entitled to the increase of pay, citing the number, source, and date of the order. When an enlisted man holding the rating of aviation mechanician reenlists on the day following the day of his discharge, his rating will be viewed as continuing in force. 3. Unmarried lieutenants of the line of the Army who are under 30 years of age and who desire a detail in the Aviation 40062°— 16 36 662 Section of the Signal Corps should apply, through military channels, to The Adjutant General of the Army, including in the application a certificate to the effect that to the best of their knowledge and belief they are in good physical condi- tion and free from abnormality of vision or hearing. A blank form for this purpose will be furnished upon application to the Chief Signal Officer of the Army. Before his other quali- fications are inquired into, each applicant will undergo a thor- ough physical examination, the character of which will be prescribed by the Surgeon General of the Army. (G. 0. 68, 1914—2189Jf80, A, G. 0.) 309. Examinations for rating of junior military avia- tor. — Examinations for the rating of junior military aviators \vill be held at such times as the exigencies of the service re- quire. Such aviation students as are recommended for this rating by the Chief Signal Officer of the Army to The Adjutant General will be ordered before such aviation examining board, to be composed of three officers of experience in the aviation service and two medical officers, as may be consti- tuted from time to time to conduct such technical and physical examinations as may be prescribed. The medical officers of the boards will take part only in the physical examination. The technical examinations will be both theoretical and prac- tical and cover the following subjects: General adaptability, flying, aeroplanes, aeronautical motors, meteorology, and navi- gation of the air. (Par. I, G. O. 20, 1915— 227 37 Jf9, A. G. O.) 310. Examinations for rating of aviation mechanician. — Examinations for the rating of aviation mechanicians will be held at such times as the exigencies of the service require. All enlisted men of the Aviation Section of the Signal Corps who desire to take the examination will 'apply in writing to The Adjutant General of the Army. An aviation examining board, to be composed of three officers of experience in the aviation service and two medical officers, will be constituted from time to time to conduct such technical examinations as may be prescribed. This examination will be both theoretical and practical, the theoretical examination to be limited to such questions as are considered necessary to show that the candidate's practical knowledge is based on correct theoretical information. The subjects will be maintenance and repair of aeroplanes, and the operation, maintenance, and repair of aeronautical engines. {Par. Ill, G. 0. 86, 1914— 2228807, A. G. 0. ) Radiotelegeaphy. 311. Use between Army stations. — 1. The use of radio- telegraphy for communicating between Army stations will be controlled by the provisions of the twelfth, thirteenth, and fourteenth regulations contained in section 4 of the act ol Congress approved August 13, 1912, published in Paragraph VII, Bulletin No. 16, War Department, 1912. 2. The following are announced as the standard wave lengths to be used in operating Army radio sets : Coast defense command shore stations. 1 kw. or more 1, 100 meters. Coast defense command shore stations, i kw 825 meters. Coast defense command harbor boats 400 meters. Mine planters 600 meters. Transports 600 meters. Tractor sets, 1 and 2 kw 825 meters. Skid sets, 1 and 2 kw 825 meters. Pack sets 500 meters. 3. In case a naval radio station and a military radio station are established in close proximity, and interference results, a working schedule should be arranged by the re- spective commanding officers. 4. If it should be desired to send an Army radiogram to a place beyond the range of the Army station, a request to for- ward the message should be sent to the naval station, as the Navy Department has agreed to forward all Army messages. (Par. IV, Q. O. 53, 1915—2309299, A. O. O.) 312. Use of " radio " and " radiogram " for ** wireless " and "wireless message." — In conformity with international usage, the word " radio " will be used to designate " wireless " and the word " radiogram " to designate " wireless telegram " and " wireless message." {Par. VII, Q. 0. 15, 1912—1904833, A. G. O.) 313. Letters S not to be used as call letters. — In order to prevent the distress call SOS from being confused v»^ith any other call, all radio stations of the Army are prohibited from using the letters S O as call letters. (Par. VI, G. O. 23, 1915—2277237, A. G. 0.) Telephones. 314. Post telephone systems. — 1. For administrative pur- poses the following telephonic communications are authorized 664 at military posts, and will be established by the Signal Corps as rapidly as funds become available. Telephones not specified in this order will be installed only upon the approval of the Chief Signal Officer of the Army, and the specific need for each must be stated when application is made for its installation. Oflace of the commanding officer 1 Office of the adjutant 1 Office of the quartermaster 2 Office of the quartermaster, additional (when approved in each individual case; to be on same line with other telephone) 1 Office of the Artillery engineer or signal officer 1 Office of the ordnance officer 1 Office of the sergeant major (when approved in each individual case) 1 Each officer's quarters 1 Officers' mess 1 The hospital I Each guardhouse 1 The post exchange 1 The pumping station 1 Power plant 1 The corral 1 The quartermaster dock 1 Barracks for each organization, band included 1 Quarters of the senior master electrician, electrician sergeant at Coast Artillery forts, or electrician at interior posts 1 Quarters of the quartermaster sergeant, Quartermaster Corps, at each garrisoned Coast Artillery fort, not coast defense head- quarters, during the existence of the unit system of administra- tion in the coast defense command of which such fort is a unit. 1 Telegraph office (if located on reservation) 1 Radio station 1 Target range (when approved in each individual case) 1 At Artillery posts where there is a local assistant to the dis- trict engineer officer the following additional telephones are authorized : Office of the local assistant to district engineer officer 1 Quarters of the local assistant to the district engineer officer (if living at the post) 1 The telephone switchboard will usually be located in the administration building. Only telephones supplied by the Signal Corps will be connected in any manner to these systems. Each year, as soon as practicable after the passage of the Army appropriation bill, tlie Chief Signal Officer of the Army, with the approval of the Secretary of War, will designate the 565 posts at which extended systems in accordance with this order will be installed during that fiscal year. Pending such installations the existing post teleplione sys- tems will remain. Additional telephones allowed under this order will be installed only as funds are available and when the present installation will permit of same without excessive cost. 2. When the Quartermaster Corps finds it necessary to con- tract for commercial telephone communication with a near-by town it will in every case endeavor to obtain this connection by trunk service through the Signal Corps switchboard. If it is impracticable to obtain the communication in this manner the Quartermaster Corps is authorized to contract for tele- phones in the offices of the commanding ofllcer and the quar- termaster, or such of them as may be necessary, and for the rental of a commercial wire, together with a sufficient number of telephones, and switchboard if necessary, for the official business of the post. If this commercial communication is obtained by trunk service through the Signal Corps switchboard, spare conduc- tors in existing Signal Corps cables or upon its pole lines may be used for the trunks ; but if the service can not be obtained in this manner, the commercial company will build and main- tain its own lines, entirely distinct from those of the Signal Corps. In the latter case the installation of the commercial lines on the Government reservation will be covered by a revocable license, as outlined in paragraph 3, in the case of posts having complete private telephone service. 3. At posts where private telephone service is desired in addition to that provided by the Signal Corps, a revocable license will be prepared for the approval of the Secretary of War, covering completely the conditions under which the poles may be erected, the wires strung, and the exchange service regulated, or the whole plant removed when required. This service will be permitted in no case without the approval of the Secretary of War and will be made an entirely separate installation from the Government lines. 4. Telephonic installations for rifle ranges, fire-control pur- poses, and the Army service schools are not included in the foregoing provisions. They are provided for separately, ac- cording to the necessities of the case. 566 TELEPHONE SYSTEMS AT COAST ARTILLERY POSTS. 5. The telephone system of coast defense constitutes a portion of its defense and is installed on the approval of the Secretary of War, It will be established and maintained from funds appropriated in connection with the establishment and maintenance of the fire-control installation. 6. In addition to the telephones authorized for administra- tive purposes at each post by paragraphs 1 and 2 of this order the following telephones will be installed in each coast defense. Fire-control switchboard room 1 Battle commander's station 2 Each fire commander's station Primary station of a mine command Mining casemate Meteorological station Tide station Loading room Torpedo storehouse Wharf (used by mine planter) Each storage magazine Ordnance storehouse Ordnance machine shop Engineer storehouse Signal Corps storehouse 7. From each post switchboard in coast defenses there will be one trunk line to the post switchboard at coast defense headquarters. When the battle commander's station is located at some other post than the coast defense headquarters a sufficient number of additional trunk lines will be installed to provide the necessary service. Detached posts and battle commands attached to coast defenses for administrative pur- poses will not be included in the coast defense telephone system. 8. In coast defenses provided only with the temporary sys- tem of fire control, the telephones mentioned in paragraph 6 of this order will be established upon the approval of the Secretary of War as funds are available. Except in cases where existing cables can be utilized, the trunk lines from post switchboards and from battle commanders' stations to the switchboard at coast defense headquarters will be established only in connection with the permanent fire-control installa- tion, and the provisions of paragraph 7 of this order will be subject to such modifications at the time of installation as may be required by local conditions. 567 MAINTENANCE OF SYSTEMS. 9. In order to localize responsibility for the proper care of the switchboard and to secure experienced services the com- manding officer of the post will, whenever possible, have the switchboard operated by men permanently detailed for that purpose. 10. Post telephone systems, as a rule, are to be maintainetl and operated by members of the garrison. INSPECTION OF SYSTEMS. 11. The systems at interior posts will be inspected twice annually by a competent inspector having technical knowledge of magneto and common battery systems, these inspections to be made, if practicable, during the two months prior to July 1 and January 1 of each year. The report covering these inspections will be prepared in triplicate on Signal Corps Forms Nos. 209 and 211, one copy to be retained for the files of the signal officer of the post, and the other two forwarded, through military channels, for the files of the department signal officer of the territorial de- partment concerned and the Chief Signal Officer of the Army. 12. The systems of Artillery posts will be inspected in con- nection with the other Signal Corps equipments at each post. The report covering these inspections will be prepared upon Signal Corps Forms Nos. 204 and 211 and forw^arded as stated in the above orders. 13. The department signal officers of the territorial depart- ments will apply for the necessary orders to have the above- mentioned inspections mado. (G. 0. 5, 1913 — 1421566 D, A. G. O., as amended by Par. Ill, G. O. 9, 1914—2123931, A. G. O.) Washington- Alaska Military Cable and Telegraph System. 316. Duties of officer in charge. — The officer in charge, Washington-Alaska Military Cable and Telegraph System, un^ der the Chief Signal Officer of the Army, is charged with all that pertains to the technical handling and maintenance of the cable and telegraph lines and the receipt and disburse- ment of funds pertaining thereto, and will exercise supervi- sion over the duties of the Signal Corps in connection with 568 the construction, operation, and mainteaance of all cables, tele- graph lines, and radio installations of that system. The com- manding general, Western Department, is charged with the discipline of all officers and enlisted men of the Army con- nected with the system, will render all practicable assistance in its maintenance and operation, and will cause such inspec- tions to be made as will satisfy him that the discipline of the officers and men connected with the system is satisfactory and that their performance of duty is prompt and efficient. {Par. II, O. 0. 81, 1914—2212708, A. O. 0.) War Department Telegraph Code. 816. Use and accountability. — The War Department Tele- graph Code, 1915, replaced the W^ar Department Telegraph Code, 1906, for official telegraphic code messages sent on and after December 1, 1915. Receipt of the War Department Telegraph Code, 1915, will be acknowledged directly to the Chief Signal Officer of the Army, and no further accounting for the code will be required until it is transferred, when the officer making such transfer will forward his receipt for the code to the Chief Signal Officer of the Army. All copies of the War Department Telegraph Code, 1906, together with appendices, will be returned to The Adjutant General of the Army. {Par. Ill, O. 0. 56, 1915—2323779, A. a, 0.) Note. — For lists of expendable articles of Signal Corps property issued to troops, see Paragraph I, G. O. No. 53, 1915. ARTICLE XXXI. EQUIPMENT. 317. Flat type of saddle for officers. — A flat type of saddle similar to the English saddle, covered with russet leather and provided with open stirrups of metal, may be used by all officers on all occasions, including test rides, ex- cept when on duty with troops in the field, at inspections, at drills (as a component part of the organization), and on occa- sions of ceremony, in w^hich cases the regulation saddle will be used. (Far. II, G. O. 197, 1910—1706700, A. G. O.) 318. Boxes and bedding rolls — Personal baggage of offi- cers in the field. — The personal baggage of officers when taking the field will be packed in boxes or bundles conforming to descriptions as follows : 1. A box made of three-ply veneer covered with vulcanized fiber, 32 inches by 19 inches by 13 inches over all. Handles to be of leather and all hinges, locks, and handles to be as flat as possible so as not to interfere with proper packing in wagons. The weight of the box when packed will not exceed 100 pounds. Any suitable equivalent, such as the Army trunk locker, a telescope, or leather trunk, conforming to the prescribed dimen- sions and weight and free from projecting parts is authorized. 2. A canvas roll, the bundle not to exceed 39 inches in length and 21 inches in diameter. 3. Canvas bedding rolls for use in the field, as contemplated herein, made in accordance with the sealed pattern in the office of the Quartermaster General of the Army, will be kept on hand by the Quartermaster Corps for sale to officers. (Par. I, G. O. 201, 1905—1076850, M. S. 0.; Par, I, Cir. 42, 1906—1143553, M. S. O.; Cir. 22, 1909—1514234, A. G. 0.) 319. Instructions pertaining to field equipment. — 1. Field service is defined to be service in mobilization, con- centration, instruction, or maneuver camps, as well as service in campaign, in simulated campaign, or on the march. (569) 570 The complete equipment for field service (equipment *'C") consists of engineer, ordnance, signal, medical, and quarter- master property, and is divided into two classes, "A" and "B." Equipment "A" is the equipment prescribed for use in campaign, in simulated campaign, or on the march. It is limited to the animals and vehicles prescribed in the Tables of Organization, the equipment and clothing worn on the person, and the articles carried on mount, and transported in field, combat, and divisional trains. Equipment " B " is the equipment which, in addition to equipment "A," is prescribed for the use of troops in mobiliza- tion, concentration, instruction, or maneuver camps, and during such pauses in operations against an enemy as permit the better care of troops. Equipment " C " is the sum of equipments "A" and " B," and therefore includes every article prescribed for field service as hereinbefore defined. When troops are ordered on field service, instructions will state the letter designation of the equipment to be taken. The instructions will also specify whether mosquito bars and head nets are to form a part of the equipment, and what winter articles, if any, are to be included. The same rule will apply in the issuance of subsequent orders when necessary. Articles distinctively for winter use can be transported as baggage on the march only when transportation in addition to that pre- scribed in equipment "A" is provided for that purpose. In addition to the allowances prescribed as the field equipments, service coats, cravats, fatigue clothing, and other articles of uniform, extra bedding, and toilet articles may be taken by officers and enlisted men with equipment " B," when author- ized in orders directing the movement of troops. 2. The articles of engineer, ordnance, and signal property listed in the several Unit Accountability Equipment Manuals belong to equipment "A." The articles of medical property belonging to equipment "A" are shown in the Manual for the Medical Department. The articles of quartermaster property belonging to equipments "A," " B," and " C," respectively, are shown in Equipment Tables, Quartermaster Supplies, 1915, published in G. O. 39, 1915, A. G. O. {Par. I, G. O. 85, lOUf— 2227724, A. G. O.) 320. Clothing component of the iield kit and the surplus kit. — 1. The field kit, clothing component, for all arms and 571 branches of the service, mounted and dismounted, in addition to the clothing worn on the person, is composed of the follow- ing articles : One blanket ; 1 comb ; 1 drawers, pair ; 1 poncho (dismounted men) ; 1 slicker (mounted men)^; 1 soap, cake; 2 stockings, pairs ; 1 toothbrush ; 1 towel ; 1 undershirt ; 1 housewife (for 1 man of each squad). The foregoing field kit, which is carried on the person by dismounted men and on the packed saddle by mounted men, is supplemented by the surplus kit, the two together making up the clothing component of the service kit. 2. The surplus kit consists of 1 breeches, pair; 1 drawers, pair; 1 shirt, olive drab; 1 shoes, russet leather, pair; 2 stockings, pairs ; 1 shoe laces, extra pair ; 1 undershirt. The surplus kit pertains to equipment "B" (Par. I, G. O. 85, W. D., 1914, par. 319, this compilation), as part of the perma- nent camp equipment, to be forwarded to troops when serving in instruction, maneuver, mobilization, or concentration camps, or when in active service a temporary suspension of operations permits the troops to refit. In peace-time maneuvers and marches the surplus kit may accompany the troops, if so directed in the orders prescribing the movement. The vehicles and animals of the combat train and those representing the divisional supply train will be utilized to transport them. 3. The sweater will form part of equipment "A" (Par. I, G. O. 85, W. D., 1914, par. 319, this compilation), pertain- ing to field service, and when climatic conditions require its use will be carried by the soldier on his person. When sweat- ers are not prescribed to be worn on the person, they will be collected into bundles of convenient size and secured by burlap or other suitable material or will be boxed. They will be marked ready for shipment to be forwarded when required. In peace-time maneuvers and marches the sweater, even though not prescribed to be carried by the soldier on the march, may accompany the troops, if so directed in the orders prescribing the movements. The vehicles and animals of the combat train and those representing the divisional supply train will be utilized to transport them. The same rule will apply in regard to overcoats. 1 For all enlisted men of the Quartermaster Corps, both mounted and dismounted ; also for enlistpd men of the Hospital Corps detailed as ambulance drivers and ambulance orderlies. 572 4. Surplus kit bags will be issued to each organization at the rate of one to each squad, one for the sergeants and one for the cooks and musicians (or trumpeters), and one for every eight men of detachments. Each bag will be marked with the letter of the company and the number of the regiment, as provided in paragraph 295, Army Regulations, for haversacks, and the proper desig- nation of the squads to which the bags belong, both markings to be in center of front cover flap, as shown in the following illustration : 5. The kit bag for the sergeants and that for the cooks and musicians (or trumpeters) will be marked " Sergeants," *' Cooks and musicians " (or Trumpeters), respectively. Simi- larly, the kit bags for detachments will be appropriately marked. The kit of each man will be packed as follows : Stockings to be rolled tightly, one pair in the toe of each shoe; shoes placed together, heels at opposite ends, soles out- ward, wrapped tightly in underwear, and bundle securely tied around the middle by the extra pair of the shoe laces, each bundle to be tagged with the company number of the owner. These individual kits will be packed in the surplus kit bag in two layers of four kits each, the breeches and olive-drab shirts to be neatly folded and packed on the top and sides of 573 the layers, the jointed cleaning rod and case, provided for each squad, being attached by the thongs on the inside of the bag. 6. (a) In garrison, tlie surplus kit articles are not re- quired to be kept habitually packed and stored, or kept apart from the rest of a soldier's belongings. The soldier should have the clothing component of the service kit. Surplus kits are packed only when commanders require it to be done. (h) Organization commanders will keep on hand a suffi- cient supply of surplus kit bags, marked as prescribed above, but unpacked. {Par. T, G. 0. 56, 1915—2293216, A. O. O.) 321. First-aid packets, Held and instruction.— ^T wo types of first-aid packets are supplied by the Medical Department, the field packet in a sealed metal case and the instruction packet in a cardboard box. The field packet, which forms part of the full equipment of enlisted men. will be inserted, ring down, in the pouch for first-aid packet, and will be carried as prescribed in the Uni- form Regulations. The pouch and packet will be regularly inspected and will not be used except for the purpose for which they are issued, and when damaged, destroyed, or lost through the fault of the soldier to whom issued the cost will be charged against him on the pay rolls of his organization. The instruction packet will be obtained by the surgeons of posts upon special requisition and supplied by them to com- pany commanders. The allowance for this purpose will be 20 packets for each company, battery, and troop, and 10 packets for each band. The dressings contained in these packets can be used repeatedly for the practical instruction of officers and enlisted men, and after being used for this pur- pose they should be repacked in the original form. Both packets are expendable, but officers will be held strictly accountable for their proper and economical use, and will exercise every care to prevent any unnecessary expenditure. (Par. /, Cir. 2, 1908—1180526 A, M. S. O., as amended by Par. I, Cir. 16, 1908—13J,77/f3, A. G. 0., and Par. V, G. 0. U, 1913— 2041021, A. G.O.) 322. Cavesson and longe. — ^The cavesson and longe adopted as part of the Cavalry equipment, model of 1912, for issue to Cavalry troops, is also authorized for issue — {a) To Cavalry organizations equipped with the old model Cavalry equipment in the ratio of 1 cavesson and longe to 674 30 individual horses or the major portion thereof, the allow- ances at peace strength being as follows : For a troop, 2 ; for headquarters troop, 1 ; for machine-gun troop, 2. {Par. IV, G. O. 36, 1915—2287777, A. O. O.) (b) To Field Artillery in the ratio of 1 cavesson and longe to 30 individual saddle horses or the major portion thereof, each battery to have at least one cavesson and longe. The issue of these articles to Field Artillery will be made on requi- sition and will be optional with Field Artillery commanders. (Par. Ill, G. O. 6, 1915—2235098, A. G. O.) (c) To Infantry in the ratio of 1 cavesson and longe to 30 individual saddle horses or the major portion thereof, each regiment to have at least one cavesson and longe and not more than two thereof, to be accounted for by the regimental ord- nance officer. The issue of these articles to Infantry will be made on requisition and will be optional with Infantry regi- mental commanders. (Par. Ill, G. O. U, 1915—2235098 B, A. G. 0.) 323. Care of saddle blankets. — Saddle blankets, before being folded and put in the storeroom after use, will be dried thoroughly. When in constant use they will be washed at least once a month and will be folded so that the side next to the horse will be changed frequently. (Par. 6, Cir. 47, 1909 — 15Ji6092, A. G. O.) 324. Kezincing of steel horse collars. — Steel horse collars may be turned in to the proper arsenals by commanding offi- cers of batteries of Field Artillery for rezincing, without the action of an inspector, when the zinc coating is worn off the inside of the collar where it comes in contact with the horse's shoulder, which condition is evidenced by rusting of the steel. Such shipments will be made to the commanding officer. Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, 111., except in the Philippine Department, where they will be made to the commanding offi- cer, Manila Ordnance Depot, Manila, P. I. (Par. I, G. 0. 136 1911— 182920 Jf, A. G. 0.) 325. Arms and equipments for post and Coast Artillery noncommissioned staff officers. — 1. The following arms and equipments are prescribed for sergeapts major, senior grade, master electricians, engineers, electrician sergeants, first class, Coast Artillery Corps ; ordnance sergeants, quartermas- ter sergeants, Quartermaster Corps ; and electrician sergeants, 576 second class, master gunners, sergeants major, junior grade, and firemen Coast Artillery Corps: FOR GARRISON. (a) Provided by tlie Ordnance Department: One noncom- missioned staff officer's saber; 1 saber knot; 1 saber scab- bard; 1 garrison belt, model 1910. FOR FIELD SERVICE. (a) Provided by the Ordnance Department: One can, ba- con ; 1 can, condiment ; 1 canteen ; 1 canteen cover, dis- mounted ; 21 cartridges, ball, piston, caliber .45 ; 1 cup ; 1 fork ; 1 haversack (if dismounted); 1 knife; 2 magazines, pistol, extra; 1 meat can; 1 pack carrier (if dismounted) ; 1 pistol; 1 pistol belt, without saber ring ; 1 pistol holster ; 1 pouch for first-aid packet ; 1 spoon ; 1 spurs, pair ( if mounted ) ; 1 spur straps, set (if mounted). Horse equipment (if mounted) — 1 bridle ; 1 currycomb ; 1 feed bag ; 1 grain bag ; 1 halter, head- stall ; 1 halter, tie rope; 1 horse brush; 1 lariat; 1 lariat strap; 1 link; 1 picket pin; 1 saddle; 1 saddlebags, pair; 1 saddle blanket ; 1 surcingle. (&) Provided by the Medical Department: One first-aid packet. (c) Provided by the Quartermaster Corps: (1) A field kit comprising, in addition to (d) and the cloth- ing worn on the person, the following articles: One blanket; 1 drawers, pair; 1 overcoat (when specially ordered) ; 1 poncho (if dismounted); 1 shelter-tent half; 5 shelter-tent pins; 1 shelter-tent pole; 1 slicker (if mounted); 1 soap, hand, cake; 2 stockings, pairs; 1 sweater (when specially ordered) ; 1 undershirt. (2) A surplus kit consisting of: One breeches, pair; 1 drawers, pair; 1 shirt, olive drab; 1 shoes, russet leather, pair ; 2 stockings, pairs ; 1 shoe laces, extra pair ; 1 undershirt. (3) Additional for permanent camp: One clothing roll; 1 bedsack ; 1 cot ; 1 mosquito bar. {d) Provided by soldier: One comb; 1 toothbrush; 1 towel. 2. The foregoing field kit, which is carried on the person by dismounted men and on the packed saddle by mounted men, is supplemented by the surplus kit, the two together making up the service kit. 576 3. The overcoat and sweater will not be taken into tlie field except when specially ordered. If these articles will probably not be required as a protection against cold weather, they will not be issued or, if issued, will be turned in to the quartermaster before taking the field. The necessary articles will be sent forward when required or will be issued by the quartermaster at the place where the soldier may be serving. 4. The equipment for field service, except the clothing com- ponent of the service kit, will be issued only when the non- commissioned officer is actually ordered into the field, but at other times will be kept in the possession of the proper supply officer at the post where the soldier is serving. 5. These noncommissioned officers in garrison will not be required to turn out in full field equipment. 6. When they are paraded for reviews and inspections their posts are as provided in the Infantry Drill Regulations for the regimental noncommissioned staff (or battalion noncommis- sioned staff at posts where no regimental noncommissioned staff officers are serving) , i. e., sergeant major on the right, post and other noncommissioned staff officers on his left in order of rank, senior on the right. (Par. Ill, G. 0. 66, 1915—1582423 A A. G. 0.) 326. Arms and equipments for field service, unlisted men of the Quartermaster Corps. — 1. The following arms and equipments are prescribed for field service for each en- listed man of the Quartermaster Corps : (a) Provided by the Ordnance Department : One canteen (if dismounted) ; 1 canteen. Cavalry (if mounted) ; 2 canteen- haversack straps (if dismounted) ; 1 canteen strap. Cavalry (if mounted) ; 21 cartridges, ball, pistol, caliber .45; 1 cup; 1 feed bag (if mounted) ; 1 fork; 1 grain bag (if mounted) ; 1 haversack (if dismounted); 1 knife; 2 magazines, pistol, extra ; 1 meat can ; 1 pistol ; 1 pistol belt, without saber ring ; 1 pistol holster ; 1 pouch for first-aid packet ; 1 spoon ; 1 spurs, pair (if mounted) ; 1 spur straps, pair (if mounted). (6) Provided by the Medical Department: One first-aid packet. (c) Provided by the Quartermaster Corps (horse equipment for each mounted man) : 1 bridle, riding; 1 currycomb; 1 hal- ter and strap ; 1 horse brush ; 1 saddle ; 1 saddle blanket. 2. The arms and ammunition will be kept in the possession of the quartermaster of the detachment and issued to the men 577 only when they are actually ordered into the field. One house- wife to every eight men of the detachment will then be issued as provided in paragraph 1215, Army Regulations. (Par. I, G. 0. 66, 1913—2060617, A. G. O.) 327. Stencils for Quartermaster Corps organizations. — The canteen, haversack, and personal equipment stencils issued by the Ordnance Department for Quartermaster Corps detach- ments will also be utilized by wagon, autotruck, pack train, and bakery companies ; no special stencils are issued for those organizations. (Par. IV, G. 0. 90, 19U— 2221849, A. G. O.) 40062°— 16 37 ARTICLE XXXII. ARMY RESERVE. 328. Regulations for the Army Reserye. COMPOSITION. 1. The Army Reserve, established by the provisions of the second paragraph of section 2 of the Army appropriation act of August 24, 1912 (37 Stat., 590, pp. 36 and 37, Bui. No. 15, War Department, 1912), will consist of: (a) Soldiers furloughed to the Army Reserve for the unex- pired portions of seven-year terms of enlistment, viz: (1) Those furloughed to the Army Reserve at the expiration of three years' service with the organizations of which they shall have formed a part. (2) Those furloughed to the Army Re- serve after four years' service with the organizations of which they shall have formed a part. ( & ) Those who enter the Army Reserve by enlistment or re- enlistment therein, viz: (1) Those who reenlist in the Army Reserve at the expiration of a seven-year term of enlistment. (2) Those who, being honorably discharged soldiers of the Regular Army, enlist in the Army Reserve. 2. Soldiers and former soldiers otherwise eligible may enter the Army Reserve under the following terms and conditions, viz: (a) Any enlisted man, at the expiration of three years' con- tinuous service with the organizations of which he shall have formed a part either under a first or any subsequent enlist- ment for a term of seven years may, upon his written applica- tion to that effect, be furloughed and transferred to the Army Reserve, in the discretion of the Secretary of War. Any sol- dier so furloughed and transferred will not be entitled to re- enlistment in the service until the expiration of his term of seven years. (&) Any enlisted man serving either under a first or any subsequent enlistment for a term of seven years is subject to being furloughed to the Army Reserve upon the completion of (578) 579 four years' service witli the organizations of which he shall have formed a part, unless he shall have applied for discharge at the expiration of four years' continuous service with such organiziatons with a view to immediate reenlistment for an- other period of seven years, or unless he shall have applied in writing for authority to remain with the organization to which he belongs until the completion of his whole enlistment, with- out passing into the Reserve, the right to so remain being sub- ject to good conduct and physical fitness for duty. (c) Any enlisted man who shall have served a seven-year term of enlistment, either with the organizations of which he shall have formed a part or partly with such organizations and partly in the Army Reserve, may be reenlisted for a further term of seven years under the same conditions in the Army at large or, in the discretion of the Secretary of War, for a term of three years in the Army Reserve. (d) Any person who may have been honorably discharged from the Regular Army, with character reported at least good, and who has been found physically qualified for the duties of a soldier, if not over 45 years of age, may be enlisted in the Army Reserve for a term of three years. ENLISTMENT. 3. All enlistments and reenlistments in the Army Reserve shall be for a period of three years. 4. Enlistments and reenlistments in the Army Reserve may be made by any officer authorized by the War Department to recruit for the Army. Rules and regulations governing the enlistment and reenlistment of persons for the active Army will apply to enlistments and reenlistments for the Army Reserve with .the following exceptions : (a) No applicant for enlistment or reenlistment in the Army Reserve will be held at a general recruiting station, recruit depot, depot post, or other place, either pending his acceptance or after the enlistment is completed, nor w^ill he be forwarded to a recruit depot, depot post, or other place. (6) If otherwise qualified, married men may be enlisted or reenlisted in the Army Reserve without reference to higher authority. (c) If otherwise qualified, applicants not over 45 years of age may be enlisted in the Army Reserve. 580 (d) Former service as indicated in subdivisions (c) and (d) of paragraph 2 is required as a qualification for enlistment or reenlistment in the Army Reserve. 5. After the nature and terms of enlistment in the Army Reserve have been fully explained to the applicant, and before the enlistment blanks are filled, the officer will read to him and offer him for his signature the following declaration, which forms part of the enlistment paper : DECLARATION OF APPLICANT. I, , desiring to enlist in the Army Re- serve of the United States for the term of three years, do declare that I am of the legal age to enlist (or,reenlist) and believe myself to be physically qualified to perform the duties of an able-bodied soldier ; and I do further declare that I am of good habits and character in all respects and have never been discharged from the United States serv- ice (Army or Navy) or any other service on account of disability or through sentence of either a civil or military court, nor discharged from any service, civil or military, except with good character and for the reasons given by me to the recruiting officer prior to this enlist- ment or reenlistment. • Given at this day of 191__. Witness Us; 6. The following form of enlistment contract, duly sworn to, will be signed by each reservist on enlistment : THE UNITED STATES OP AMERICA : State of CiTYj Town, or Military Post I, , born in , in the State of , aged years and months, by occupation a , having served in the Army of the United States and having been last discharged from at on ,do (Name of organization.) (Place.) (Date.) hereby acknowledge to have voluntarily enlisted this day of , 191 , as a soldier in the Army Reserve of the United States of America for the period of three years, unless sooner discharged by proper authority, and subject to active military service upon the summons of the President of the United States : And do also agree to accept from the United States such bounty, pay. 581 rations, and clothing as are or may be established by law. And I do solemnly swear (or affirm) that I will bear true faith and allegiance to the United States of America; that I will serve them honestly and faithfully against all their enemies whomsoever ; and that I will obey the orders of the President of the United States and the orders of the officers appointed over me, according to the Rules and Articles of War. [seal] Subscribed and duly sworn to before me this day of , A. D. 191__. Recruiting Officer. MEDICAL EXAMINATION. 7. The physical examination of applicants for enlistment or reenlistment in the Army Reserve will be conducted in ac- cordance with the authorized rules for the examination of re- cruits. 8. An applicant for enlistment or reenlistment in the Army Reserve at a garrisoned post, camp, or arsenal where there is no medical officer or contract surgeon will be physically ex- amined before enlistment by the civilian physician employed by the Medical Department. The employment of civilian physicians at the prescribed rates is authorized for the physical examination of applicants for enlistment or reenlistment in the Army Reserve at general recruiting stations. 9. When a soldier belonging to the Army Reserve is sum- moned for active service he will be subject to reexamination to determine his physical fitness for service at the time. PAY AND ALLOWANCES. 10. Soldiers in the Army Reserve not in active service are not entitled to pay or allowances. 11. When a soldier is furloughed to the Army Reserve his accounts shall be closed and he shall be paid in full to the date such furlough becomes effective. Soldiers furloughed after three or four years shall, in addition, receive trans- portation in kind and subsistence, as provided for by the Army appropriation act approved August 24, 1912, in the case of discharged soldiers. 12. In the event of threatened or actual hostilities, the President, when so authorized by Congress, may summon all 582 furloughed soldiers who belong to the Army Reserve to rejoin their respective organizations, and during the continuance of their service with such organizations they shall receive the pay and allowances authorized by law for soldiers serving therein; and, under like conditions and authority, the Presi- dent may summon for active service any enlisted man who shall have enlisted or reenlisted in the Army Reserve, and during the continuance of such active service each soldier so serving shall receive the additional pay now provided by law for the soldiers of his arm of the service in their second en- listment period. Upon reporting for duty and being found physically fit for service soldiers of the Army Reserve shall receive a sum equal to $5 per month for each month during which they shall have belonged to the Reserve, as well as the actual cost of transportation and subsistence from their homes to the places at which they may be ordered to report for duty under such summons. 13. For the purpose of utilizing as an auxiliary to the Army Reserve the services of men who have had experience and training in the Regular Army in time of war or when war is imminent, and after the President shall, by proclamation, have called upon honorably discharged soldiers of the Regular Army to present themselves for reenlistment therein within a specified period, subject to such conditions as may be pre- scribed in said proclamation, any person who shall have been honorably discharged from said Army, with character reported as at least good, and who having been found physically quali- fied for the duties of a soldier, if not over 45 years of age, shall reenlist in the line of said Army or in the Signal or Hos- pital Corps thereof within the period that shall be specified in said proclamation, shall receive on so reenlisting a bounty which shall be computed at the rate of $8 for each month for the first year of the period that shall have elapsed since his last discharge from the Regular Army and the date of his reenlistment therein under the terms of said proclamation ; at the rate of $6 per month for the second year of such period ; at the rate of $4 per month for the third year of such period ; at the rate of $2 per month for any subsequent year of such period ; but no bounty in excess of $300 shall be paid to any person under the terms of the Army appropriation act ap- proved August 24, 1912. 583 EECOKDS AND REPORTS. 14. The records of Class A reservists will be kept as follows : Quartermaster Corps. — In the office of the Chief, Quarter- master Corps. Hospital Corps. — In the office of the Surgeon General. Ordnance Department. — In the office of the Chief of Ordnance. Signal Corps. — In the office of the Chief Signal Officer. General service detachments and Indian scouts. — In the office of The Adjutant General. Service-school detachments. — In the office of the comman- dant of the service school where the detachment is serving. Band and detachments, United States Military Academy. — In the office of the superintendent. United States Disciplinary Barracks Guard. — In the office of the commandant of the disciplinary barracks at which serving. Battalion of Engineers. — ^Noncommissioned staffs and band : In the office of the battalion commanders. Companies : In the office of the company commanders. Infantry, Field Artillery, and Cavalry. — Regimental and bat- talion noncommissioned staffs and bands : In the office of the regimental commanders. Companies, batteries, and troops : Id the office of the organization commanders. Coast Artillery Corps. — Noncommissioned staff : In the office of the Chief of Coast Artillery. Bands: In the office of the district commanders. Companies : In the office of the company commanders. Porto Rico Regiment of Infantry. — In the office of the regi- mental commander. Philippine Scouts. — In the office of the department com- mander. 15. The records of Class B reservists will be kept in the office of The Adjutant General of the Army. But Class B re- servists may be assigned to organizations by direction of the Secretary of War and when so assigned their records will be transferred to their respective organizations and thereafter kept as prescribed for reservists of Class A. 16. When a soldier is furloughed to the Army Reserve, he will be furnished with a reservist's descriptive card (Form 584 443, A. G. O. ) . These will be made in duplicate, one of which will be given to the reservist and the other sent to the office where the records of the reservists are kept (par. 14). 17. Soldiers furloughed to the Army Reserve will be fur- loughed in the grade held by them on the date the furlough becomes effective. When, in the event of actual or threateneisclpllne : At service schools. See Service Schools. Delay in answering official communications 181 Escape of prisoners 55 Marines serving with Army 182 On transports 266 Diseases : Infectious or epidemic, protection at posts 79 Venereal — Prevention and detection 92 Stoppage of pay for absence due to 229 Divisions (Tactical) : Bakery companies 264 Removal of charge of desertion by regimental commander in 43 Division (Tactical) Commanders: Enlisted men, discharged by purchase 48 Examining boards for promotion 8 Loaning of records to courts and boards 200 Orders — Copies for War Department bureaus 187 Publication of honorable mention 65 Prisoners, escapes 55 Troops — Instruction and training 85 Payment of, in field 231 Undesirable or unsuitable soldiers 50 Docked Horses: Not to be taken to Philippine Islands 262 625 I>Tawlng Instraments: Par. Sec. Engineer Department, allowances and prioe list- 286 Ordnance Department, issued to Coast Artillery- 291 Ih-ugs: Intemperate use of 220 Eastern Department: Transportation requests, supply of 287 See also Department Commanders ; Panama. Educational Institntions Army. See Garrison Schools for Officers ; Post Schools for Enlisted Men ; School for Saddlers and Battery Mechanics of Field Artillery ; Service Schools. Edacational Institntions, CIyII : Affiliation of students with militia 130 36-38 Apportionment of details to 130 2 Arms, etc., issues to 130 39-59 Blank forms and textbooks furnished to 188 Bond to cover issues of arms, etc 130 60-69 Classification 130 4-« Details of officers and noncommissioned officers- 130 7-17 Distinguished colleges and honor schools 130 32-35 Duties of officers and noncommissioned officers detailed to 130 18-21 Graduates — Appointment as second lieutenants 130 35 Certificates issued to, by War Department- 131 Inspections 130 31 Military publications for sale to 189 Organization and instruction 130 22-30 EfBcieney Batings, ClTilian Employees: Not to suffer on account of militia duty 157 EflRciency Records of Officers: Compilation and custody 195 Considered in making assignments and details. 11, 12 Data for 195. 196 List of officers having knowledge of foreign lan- guages 197 Notation on — Certificate of proficiency. School of Mus- ketry 127 Employment of outside influence to obtain assignments, etc 11 Failure to take obstacle ride 25 Standing in garrison and service schools. See Garrison Schools for Officers; Serv- ice Schools. Kffleieney Report:? of Officers: Entries relative to maintenance of organization equipment 136 Summary of, for efficiency records 195 40062°— 16 40 626 Electric Circnits: Par. Sec. Lighting and power, installation at posts 74 On seacoast gun carriages 290 Electrician Sergeants, Coast Artillery Corps: Appointment, duties, etc 99, 123 Arms and equipment 325 Electricity : Allowances for lighting 212 Contracts for 207 Electric Plants: Light and power, fuel allowances 210 Seacoast fortifications, spare parts for 98 Engineer Corps. See Corps of Engineers. Engineer Department: Civilian clerks — Increased pay while serving in Philippine Islands 154 Transfers to and from Philippine Islands. 154 /See also Civilian Employees. Drawing instruments and materials issued by_ 286 Electric circuits on seacoast gun carriages 290 Electric lighting and power circuits, installa- tion 74 Engineer School. ;Sfee Engineer School. Field equipment of troops 319 Harbor charts, existence of to be certified on returns 287 Inspection of steam boilers 138 Pipe or cable lines in navigable waters, ap- proval of plans for 284 Settlement of transactions between engineer and other appropriations 285 Spare parts for electric plants, seacoast forti- fications 98 Supervision of, by Chief of Staff 168 Surveying and other instruments, packing and shipping 288 Unit accountability equipment 136, 137 /See also Chief of Engineers ; Corps of En- gineers ; Staff Corps and Departments. Engineer School: Commandant 124 3-5 Course of instruction 124 12-15 Directors and instructors 124 8-11 Discipline 124 20 Examinations 124 16-19 Graduation 124 21,22 Object, supervision, and control 124 1, 2 Regulations 124 Secretary 124 6, 7 Engineers, Coast Artillery Corps: Appointment, duties, etc 99 Arms and equipment 325 627 Enlisted Men: Par. Sec. Absences not in line of duty 229 Army Reserve 328-331 Assignments and details. See Assignments and Details, Enlisted Men. Character given on discharge certificate. See Discharge Certificate. Chief musicians, colored regiments, appoint- ment 31 Credit at post laundries 115 Deceased soldiers. See Deceased Soldiers. Desertion and deserters. See Deserters. Detached men of Signal Corps, how borne 306 Detached service. See Detached Service, En- listed Men. Details to service schools. See Service Schools. Discharges. See Discharge of Enlisted Men. Encouragement of exercise and recreation among 92 Enlistments. See Enlistments ; Reenlistments. Equipment. See Equipment. Extra duty — Clerks ; seacoast defenses, switchboard op- erators ; on Washington-Alaska Tele- graph System 62 Forbidden to aid in the soliciting of claims 76 Foreign service. See Foreign Service. Furloughs. See Furloughs. Held in service beyond terms of enlistment — At isolated station, when soldier desires to reenlist 47 Terms expiring at sea en route to United States 45 Hospital Corps. See Hospital Corps. Identification records. See Identification Rec- ords. Indebtedness — Prisoners restored to duty 232 To merchants 40 To post exchanges 116 To post laundries — Charge of, on pay rolls 115 Is indebtedness to United States 116 Letters, mailing in the field 199 Noncommissioned officers. See Noncommis- sioned Officers. Ordnance property, loss or damage 193, 305 Payments. See Payments to Enlisted Men. Physical inspections 92 Post schools 118 Promotion — Applicants for retirement 41 From ranks. See Appointments. 628 Enii»ted Men— Continued. Par. Sec. Provisional units 82 E*urchase of discharge 48 Quartermaster property in hands of, changing station 215 Quarters — Commutation and rental 207, 230 Lreased, of absent enlisted men 209 Noncommissioned staff officers 30 Refusing to submit to surgical operations 53 Reservists. See Army Reserve. Transfers. See Transfers of Enlisted Men. Transportation — To homes, retired 42 To United States, former 236 Trial for failure to report for venereal prophy- laxis 92 Typhoid immunization 273 Unsuitable or undesirable 50 Vaccination 272 Bnilsted Strength of Army: Additional sergeants, Infantry and Field Artil- lery, for duty w^ith militia 34 Maintained as prescribed in Tables of Organi- zation 82 BnUstments : Army Reserve 328 Enlistment papers — Data for changes on 180 Disposition of 172 Identification records 171 Preparation of, enlistment of dishonorably discharged men 173 See also Descriptive and Assignment Cards ; Descriptive Lists. Hollstment period, computation, enlistment of dishonorably discharged men 173 Fraudulent, dishonorable discharge for 52 Equiptuent : Bakery companies 264 Cavesson and longe, issue to Cavalry, Field Ar- tillery, and Infantry 322 Hnlisted men — Field : Field kit and surplus kit — Clothing component 320 How carried 320 First-aid packets, information and in- structions concerning 321 Instructions pertaining to 319 Quartermaster Corps, enlisted men 326 Surplus kit bags, issue, marking, and packing 320 Sweaters and overcoats, how carried- 320, 325 629 Eqvipmeiit — Continued. Enlisted men — Continued. Par. See. Field and garrison : Coast Artillery Corps, noncommis- sioned staff 325 Post noncommissioned staft: 325 Hospital Corps : Horse equipments, mounted men 280-282 Men en route to Philippine Islands — 278 Pistol equipment, ambulance and field hospital companies 301 Expendable articles — Lists of: Supplied by Quartermaster Corps, note page 458 Supplied by Signal Corps, note page 568 Unit accountability equipment 136 Field cooking, to be turned in when 219 Horse collars, steel. Field Artillery, rezincing — 324 Instructions in care of 85 Officers — Boxes and bedding rolls, field baggage 318 Saddle, flat type authorized 317 Reconnaissance 286 Saddle blankets, care of 323 Stencils for Quartermaster Corps organiza- tions - 327 Unit accountability 136, 137 Equitation : Encouragement of 21, 22 Instruction in — Enlisted men of Hospital Corps 280 Part of garrison training, mobile army 85 School of. See Mounted Service School. Schools in mounted commands 86 Examination for Appointment: Commissioned officers — Chaplain 7 Corps of Engineers, from civil life 6 Exemptions 5, 130 9, 27 Line of Army, from Army and civil life 5 Philippine Scouts, reappointment of 8 Volunteers 10 Noncommissioned staff officers — Coast Artillery Corps 99,100,102 Post '■ 28 See also Boards of Officers. Examination for Promotion: Commissioned officers — Exemptions 8,9 28,51 Laws and regulations 8 Enlisted candidates for commission 5 630 Examination for Promotion — Continued. Par. To grades of electrician sergeant, first class, and sergeant major, senior grade, Coast Artil- lery Corps 99,100 See also Boards 'of Officers. Examinations : Civil service, consular and diplomatic, officers and employees not to instruct for 4 For detail at Army War College 120 For rating — Aviation mechanicians 310 Junior military aviators 309 See also Examination for Appoint- ment ; Examination for Promotion ; Physical Examinations. Examining Boards. See Boards of Officers. Exchange, Post: Indebtedness of enlisted men, why entitled to payment of 116 Laundries operated by, how designated 114 Quarters for Young Men's Christian Association. 80 Regulations, note page 232 Services for Government, restrictions on fur- nishing 117 Exchanges : Company, establishment of, prohibited 104 Exercises, Physical: Gymnastics, instruction in 85 To be encouraged among soldiers 92 Expendable Articles: Supplied by Quartermaster Corps, note page 458 Supplied by Signal Corps, note page 568 Unit accountability equipment 136 Expositions : Attendance of troops 93 Express Transportation. See Transportation. Extra-Duty Pay: Clerks, seacoast defenses ; switchboard oper- ators ; on Washington- Alaska Telegraph Sys- tem 62 Extra Issues: Ice to organizations of Philippine Scouts 254 Soap, candles, etc., during field service 253 Farriers and Horseshoers, School for. See Mounted Service School. Field Artillery: Appointments, second lieutenants 5 Attendance at School of Musketry of officers at Fort Sill 127 Attendance of officers at service practice 88 Battalions, channels of correspondence 178 Sec. 631 Field Artlllet) ^^Continued. Par. Sec. Cavosson and longe, issue to 322 Detached officers — Apportionment of 13 To attend service practice 88 Details to service sctiools. See Service Schools. Examination and classification of gunners, note page 202 Excess commissioned personnel in organiza- tions 14 Horse collars, steel, rezlncing 324 Inspection, repair, and alteration of materiel — 292 Instruction order 87 Obstacle ride for officers 25 Promotion of officers 8 Quarterly statements, materiel and ammuni- tion 294 Regimental headquarters detachments, admin- istration, instruction, and command 90 School for Saddlers and Battery Mechanics 129 School of Equitation 86 School of fire instruction units — Exempt from annual instruction order 126 Officers exempt from garrison school course- 126 Sergeant-instructors for duty with militia 34 Statistical data reports 83 Tests of troops and materiel 87 Field Artillery Board: Constitution and duties 334 Field Cooking Equipment: Turned in, when 219 Field Engineer School. See Army Service Schools. Field Equipment. See Equipment. Field Hospital Companies: Pistol equipment for 301 Field Service: Equipment 319, 320, 325, 326 Issues of soap, candies, etc., during 253 Officers' personal baggage, packing 318 Officers to keep in condition for 21, 22 Orders for, to designate equipment to be taken. 319 Term defined 320 Training for. See Training and Instruction of Troops. Field Service and Correspondence School for Medical Officers. See Army Service Schools. Field Training: Object, bases and elements 85 Final Statements: Cltargea for loss or damage of ordnance property. 193 Men discharged by purchase 48 Not to be prepared on typewriting machine 194 Stoppages, absences not in line of duty 229 632 Finger Pri«t and Photographic System of Identifteatioii. Par. • Sec. See Identification Records. Fire BxtingHishers, Chemical: Instructions governing use 204 Firemen, Coast Artillery Corps: Arms and equipment 325 Certificates of proficiency 102 Instrnction, appointment, and duties 99, 102 FInt-Aid PaeiietB: Information and instructions concerning 321 For^e : Horses of mounted officers 222,223,225 Hospital cows 112 FM-elgn Armies: Data concerning 170 F«relgn Languages: List of officers liaving Icnowledge of 197 Fvreign Serrlee: Bnlisted men — Date of arrival in United States from 17 Discharges and transfers, organizations designated for Philippine service 46 Hawaii, Panama, and Philippine Islands : Tours 15 1 Transfers of noncommissioned officers to and from 15 2—5 Officers — Date of arrival in United States from 17 En route to Hawaii or Philippine Islands to report to commanding general, West- em Department 19 Individually ordered on, transport accom- modations 18 Returning from, via San Francisco, to re- port there 20 Tours and extension of tours, Panama, Ha- waii, and Philippine Islands 15, 16 1 Frandnlent Enlistment: Dishonorable discharge for desertion and 52 Fuel: Allowances, issues, sales, responsibility, etc 210 Excess consumptions 210 Fires in stables 211 Reimbursement for, officers and enlisted men serving abroad 210 Standard and equivalents 210 Temperature zones 210 See cUso note page 452 Pnnds, Public: Advertising, vouchers for 148 Available balances, payments from 151 Cash receipts, daily entry 141 Certificates of d^wsit, delay in returning 145 633 Fonds, Public — Continued. Checks — Par. Se^. Indorsements on 142 Objects for which drawn 140, 141 Outstanding lists of 143, 152 Illegal expenditures 147 Money accounts — Delinquency in rendition of 146 Retained, disposition of 152 Pay, computation of annual or monthly 144 Personal possession of disbursing officers 139, 140 Post laundry funds 114 Proceeds of sales — Post manure 221 Waste products 135 Special deposit account, disbursing and collect- ing officers 14© Transactions between appropriations 134, 285 Treasury warrants, Indorsements on 142 Funds, Special: Company — Accumulation : Establishment of exchanges for, pro- hibited 104 Sale of flour sacks and barrels 105 Debts due by deserters 110 Expenditures authorized : * For articles of food, troops on practice marches 107 Generally 10« Purchase of cows 108 Purchase or repair of typewriters 109 Expenditures unauthorized : For articles of food, troops in cam- paign : 107 For rent of land for gardens _ 109 General mess — Sale of flour sacks and barrels for benefit of _ 105 Hospital — Forage for hospital cows 112 Purchases of articles of rations from '. Ill Statements of, constitute hospital council book 118 Provisional units 90 Furloughs : Candidates for commission 35 Enlisted men at service schools. See Service Schools. Soldiers changing station by order of War Department 36 To Army Reserve 328, 329, 331 Game and Fish Laws: Not operative on military reservations 81 634 Gardens : Par. Sec. Rent of land for, from company funds unau- thorized 109 Garrison Schools for Officers: Attendance of officers 118 8-17 Attendance of officers of tlie Organized Militia. 118 49-60 Certificate of proficiency 118 39, 40 Examination 118 28-38 Examination papers, disposition of 118 43 Exemption from examination for promotion 118 42 Instruction — Annual period of 118 7 Preliminary course 118 20-22 Regular course 118 23-27 Instructors 118 18, 19 Personnel of service schools not required to at- tend. See Service Schools. Postgraduate work 118 45-48 Reports in case of deficiency 118 41 Supervision over 118 61 Textbooks 118 44 Garrison Training: Object, bases, and elements 85 Gas: Contracts for 207 General Mess Fnnd: Sale of flour sacks and barrels for benefit of 105 General Prisoners. See Prisoners. General Staff Corps: Chief of Staff- Details, duties, etc 168, 332 1-5 Office: A supervising bureau of War Depart- ment 168 3 Direct correspondence 168 13 Divisions and duties of assistants in charge 168 6-15 Divisions, not offices of record 168 15 Compilation of laws, etc., relating to 168 Details, duties, etc 168 16-20 Examination questions, garrison schools 118 Inspection of civil educational institutions. See FJducational Institutions, Civil. Test rides for officers of 22 War College Division — Army War College. See Army War College. Data concerning foreign armies 170 Information to and from military attaches. 170 Maps to be furnished 169 Military publications : List of, for issue or sale to Army, militia, and educational institu- tions 189 635 General Staff Corps — Continued. War College Division — Continued. Military publications — Continued. Par. Sec Policy in reference to distribution to Army 190 Textbooks for educational institutions. 188 Gifts or Presents: Restrictions on 3 Government Hospital for the Insane: Admission of civilian employees 161 Gnn Carriages : Electric circuits on 290 Gun Sling: Assembling of, on rifle 298 Handwriting : Evidence of genuineness of, in court-martial trials 201 Harbor Charts: Existence of, to be certified on returns 287 Hawaiian Department: Commutation of heat 210 Enlisted men returning from, discharges and re- enlistments 45 Field cooking equipment, organizations ordered to and from 219 General prisoners transferred to United States, descriptive lists 56 Officers proceeding to — Report to commanding general, Western Department 17 Transport accommodations 18 Telescope cases supplied enlisted men en route to or returning from 246 Tours of duty in 15 Transportation of baggage to 238 Transportation requests, supply of 237 Transportation to United States of former soldiers and employees 236 See also Department Commanders. Headquarters Companies and Detachments: Administration, instruction, and command of — 90 Heat: Commutation 210, 230 Contracts 207 See also Fuel. Historical Record: Staff corps, regiments, etc 84 HoUdays : Falling on Sunday 164 Labor Day, per diem employees 165 Saturdays 166 Honorable Mention: Publication in orders 64 636 Hone Collars: Par. Sec. Steel, Field Artillery, rezincing of 324 Hone Equipment: Enlisted men, Quartermaster Corps 326 Hospital Corps — Care of 282 Supply of 281 , Post and Coast Artillery Corps noncommis- sioned staff officers 325 Saddle blankets, care 323 Henemanship : Encouragement of and tests in 21, 22 See also Equitation. HMBes of Mounted Officers: Certificate of officers having mounts transported- 260 ^Descriptive cards to accompany shipments 261 Docked horses not to be taken to the Philippine Islands 262 Exemption fi*om payment of entrance fee, Phil- ippine Islands 263 Leasing of stabling 1 207 Maintenance at Government expense 222, 223, 225 MalleiUy administration of 258 Suitable mount — Qualifications for 222, 224 Suitability determined by commanding officers 223, 225 Training, period allowed for 225 Use in test and obstacle rides 24,25 H«ne8, Public: Condemned, issued to militia 259 Descriptive cards 257 Furnished Hospital Corps, care of 280, 282 Instructions in training 85 Mallein, administration of 258 Officers on militia duty 226 Remounts ; allowance, requisitions, issues, and training 256 Hospital Corps: Equipment of enlisted men en route to Philip- pine Islands 278 Horse equipment — Care of 282 Supply of : 281 Instruction in equitation 280 Pistol equipment ambulance and field hospital companies 301 Sergeant-instructors for duty with militia 34 Transportation of public property with members of 279 Hospitals : Cases marked " not in line of duty " transferred to 229 637 Hospitals — Continued. Par. Sec. Funds. See Funds, Special. Investigations by pension examiners at 77 Soliciting of claims at, prohibited 76 Use of lye on floors 283 Ice : Issue of, to Philippine Scouts 254 Identification Becords: Loaning to courts-martial, boards, etc 200 System prescribed 171 See also note page 397 Illnminating Supplies: Electric cunenc — Allowances of lamps and current for light- ing 212 Excess consumptions 212 Sale of, to retired officers 213 Income Tax: Collected at source — Method of accounting for 235 Officers subject to 234 Quartermasters collecting 234 Indebtedness of Enlisted Men: Due company fund by deserter 110 For merchandise 40 To post exchanges 116 To post laundries 115, 116 Indian Campaign Badge. See Medals and Badges. Indorsements: Method of writing in correspondence 174 On checks and Treasury warrants 142 Infantry : Appointments, second lieutenant 5 Battalions, channels of correspondence 178 Cavesson and longe, issued to 322 Detached officers, apportionment of 13 ; Details to service schools. See Service Schools. Excess commissioned personnel in organiza- tions 14 Field officers to attend target practice of Field Artillery 88 Promotion of officers 8 Provisional units, administration, instruction, and command 90 Sergeant-instructors for duty with militia 34 Statistical data reports 83 Injuries : Compensation for civilian employees 167 Dental, material for treatment 277 Inspections : ' Business methods, department headquarters 184 Civil. educational institutions 130 ■ 31 Fuel-consuming apparatus 210 638 Inspections — Continued. Par. Sec Mobile Artillery materiel 292 Original packages containing blank cartridges. 304 Physical, of troops 92 Post telephone systems 314 Steam boilers and pipes 138 Unserviceable rifles 295 Wall lockers and refrigerators 204 Inspector General's Department: Form for lists of outstanding checks 143 Inspection of business methods, department headquarters 184 Promotion of officers 8 Supervision of, by Chief of Staff 168 Sec also Staff Corps and Departments. Inspector-Instrnctors, Organized Militia: Assignments 13 Eligibility for detail to staff corps 13 Issue of pistols to 302 Inspectors : Condemned horses for issue to militia 259 Test of Field Artillery troops and materiel 87 To report — As to adequacy of fuel allowances at posts. 210 Company commanders failing to secure proper shoes for troops 91 Ofllcers failing to take obstacle ride 25 Instroments : Band, care and preservation 250 Drawing, issued by Ordnance Department 291 Engineer Department — Drawing, issue 286 Surveying and other instruments, packing and shipping 288 Insnlar Affairs, Enroan of: Details of officers in 14 Intemperance : Drugs and alcoholic liquors 229 Inventory and Inspection Reports: Horses for issue to militia 259 Rifles -- 295 Issues : Drawing instruments and materials 286, 291 Expendable articles — Quartermaster supplies, note page 458 Signal Corps supplies, note page 568 Fuel - 210 Ice to organizations of Philippine Scouts 254 Soap, candles, etc., during field service 253 Unit accountability equipment 136 639 Jadge Advocate General of the Army : Par. Sec. Comptroller's decisions to be referred to, for notation 177 Jadge Advocate tienerars Department: Detail of officers in 14 Promotion of officers 8 Supervision by Chief of Staff 168 Judge Advocates of Courts-Martial: Administration of oatbs of office 5 1 Records loaned for use of courts 200 Kitchen Utensils: Allowances, note page 494 Kits: Field, service and surplus 320,325 Surplus kit bags 320 Lamps. See Illuminating Supplies. Laundries : Agents, company noncommissioned officers not to be employed as 39 Charges on pay rolls for work 192 Operated by post exchanges and private parties, how designated 114 Post — Competition with private establishments — 114 17 Credit to enlisted men 115 How designated 114 Indebtedness of enlisted men : Charges of, on pay rolls 115 Is indebtedness to United States 116 Regulations 114 Services for bureaus of War Department 114 15, 16 Services for Government, restrictions on — 117 Leases : Buildings and grounds 207 Quarters — Absent enlisted men 209 Officers, acting dental surgeons, pay clerks, nurse corps, enlisted men 207 Troops 207 Rooms for recruiting purposes 207, 208 Stabling for officers' private mounts 207 Leaves of Absence: Officers at service schools. See Service Schools. Letters : Method of writing 174 Soldiers', mailing in the field 199 Light: Commutation 230 Contracts 207 Electric, allowances of current 212 Liqaors : Alcoholic, intemperate use of 229 640 I.Ocken : Par. Sec. Standard color for all 205 Trunk — Identification marks 242 Wail, use, etc 204 Use of, for officers' field baggage 318 Loss of Property: In transportation, private property 240 Ordnance property 193, 305 Quartermaster property 216 Lye: Use of, on hospital floors 283 Mttehine-Giin Companies and Troops, Provisional: Administration, instruction, and command 90 Hail Hatter: Letters of soldiers in the field 199 Penalty envelopes 198 Uallein Treatment: Administration 258 Hannals : Changes, how published 186 Destruction of obsolete 191 Issue and sale 189 Submarine mining, tests of submarine-mine cable 96 Trade schools, engineer troops 89 Unit accountability equipment 136 Hanure at Posts: Disposition of 221 Haps: Confidential, actual existence to be certified on engineer property returns 287 Copies to be furnished War College Division 169 Harches : Field training 85 Practice and test. See Physical Tests of Offi- cers. Harlne Corps: Communicating orders to, serving with Army — 182 Officers not to command troops of Army . — 268 ' Officers to attend Army War College 120 Officers to attend School of Musketry 127 Uniform on transports 269 Harking : Quartermaster property for issue or shipment — 241 Surplus kit bags ^ 320 Trunk lockers 242 Haster Electricians, Coast Artillery Corps: Appointment, promotion, duties, etc 99 Arms and equipment 325 Haster Gunners, Coast Artillery Corps: Appointment, duties, etc 99 Arms and equipment 325 G41 Hedsl8 and Badges : Campaign badges — Par. Sec. Authority for issue 66 China, Civil War, Indian, Spanish, and Philippine, award of 68 Issue to militia and sale to persons in civil life, note 167 Notation of issue on soldier's record 66 Part of effects of deceased soldiers 67 Procedure in case of loss 1 66 Certificate of Merit Badge — Authority for and conditions of issue 66 Medal of Honor — Announcement of awards 64 Presentation of 63 Philippines Congressional Medal — Issued for enlisted service in Regular Army_ 65 Repair of, issued by Ordnance Department 71 Service badges — Army of Cuban Occupation and Cuban Pacification — Issue and sale 69 Swordsman's badge 70 lledlcal Attendance: Army transports 267 Reservists not entitled to 331 Medieal Department: Acting dental surgeons. See Acting Dental Surgeons. Civilian clerks, transfers to and from, and ad- ditional pay for, Philippine service 154 See also Civilian Employees. Dental surgeons. iSfee Dental Surgeons. Field equipment of troops 319 Finger-print apparatus and supplies 171 B^rst-aid packets 321 Hospital Corps. See Hospital Corps. Hoepitals — Funds. See Funds, Special. Investigation of pension claims by pension examiners 77 Soliciting of claims in, prohibited 76 Use of lye on floors 283 Medical officers. Sec Medical Officers. Nurse corps, quarters, rental, and commuta- tion 207, 230 Supervision of, by Chief of Staff 168 Typhoid prophylactic 273 See also Staff Corps and Departments ; Surgeon General of the Army. MecUeal Officers: Certificates of disability 63 Duty on transports 267 40062°— 16 41 642 Vedical Officers — Continued. Par. Sec. Field Service and Correspondence School. Bee Army Service Schools. Identification records 171 Members of boards of oflBcers 5,6,8,10,271 Physical examinations — Candidates for foreign service. State De- partment 274 Clerks for Philippine service 154 Oflacers, annual 22 Promotion 8 Reports of deaths 78 Supervision of practice of civilian physicians at posts 79 Typhoid prophylaxis 273 Vaccination 272 Venereal diseases — Inspections of troops for 92 Lectures on sexual physiology 92 Transfers of cases _ 92 Nileag'c and Expen.ses: OflScers inspecting militia 227 Official travel route between United States and Europe 228 Military Attaches: Information to and from 170 Military Aviators. See Aviation Service. Military Commissions: Loaning of records for use of 200 Military Correspondence: Carbon copies of requests for authority to advertise 175 Channels of communication — Address 174 Between Chief of Coast Artillery and Coast Artillery Board— 333 Correspondence affecting settlement of ac- counts 152 Decisions of comptroller, for notation by Judge Advocate General 177 Enlistment papers and muster rolls, data for changes in 180 In battalions and squadrons 178 Marine Corps, serving with Army 182 Reenlistment, applications for 179 Relating to service schools. See Service Schools. With Field Artillery Board 334 . With service schools and technical boards, from office of Chief of Staff 168 With State officials and Army officers on militia duty from Division of Militia Affairs 168 643 Military Correspondence — Continued. Par. Sec. " Confidential," use of word in 176 Debts of soldiers to merctiants 40 Letters and indorsements, mettiod of writing 174 Penalty envelopes 198 Prompt reply to official communications re- quired 181 Record at administrative Iieadquarters 183 Military Education. See Educational Institutions, Civil ; Garrison Schools for Officers ; Post Schools for Enlisted Men ; Schools for Saddlers and Bat- tery Mechanics of Field Artillery ; Service Schools. Military Posts. See Camps ; Posts and Reservations. Military Publications: List of, for issue or sale to Army, militia, and j civil educational institutions 189 Obsolete, destruction of 191 Policy in reference to distribution to Army 190 See also Blank Forms and Books. Military Situation: Officers to refrain from publication of views on_ 1 Militia Affairs, Division of: Duties, etc 168 Militia, Organized: Camps of instruction — Attendance of troops 93 Rations 255 Condemned horses of Army issued to Field Ar- tillery 259 Duty of officers with — Furnishing of mounts when required for 226 Not mounted duty in sense of A. R. 1272_ 226 With mounted organizations 226 Employees' ratings not to suffer on account of duty in 157 Inspector-instructors, issue of pistols to 302 Military publications, issue and sale 189 Officers inspecting, mileage and expenses 227 Officers of, attending service schools. See Service Schools. Sergeant-instructors 34 Mine Planters; Rated enlisted men, Coast Artillery Corps, number allowed 103 Vaccination and typhoid immunization of civil- ian employees on 272, 273 Mobile Army: Provisional units, administration, instruction, command 90 Training — General instructions 85 644 Noblle Army — Continued. Training — Continued- Par. Sec. Supplemental instructions : Engineer troops 89 Equitation schools in mounted com- mands 86 Field Artillery- Detached officers to attend serv- ice practice 88 Instruction order 87 Fit of shoes and care of feet of sol- diers 91 MoMle Artillery: Inspection, repair, etc., of materiel 292 Quarterly statements of materiel and ammuni- tion 294 Noney Accounts. See Disbursing Officers ; Funds, Pub- lic. mounted Offlcerg: Mounts and pay. See Horses of Mounted Offi- cers ; Payments to Officers. HoDnted Service School: Enlisted men, detail of 125 8 Exemption of graduates from test rides 23 Graduates to instruct in schools of equitation, mounted commands 86 Regulations 125 School for Farriers and Horseshoers 125 7 School of Equitation — Courses for noncommissioned officers 125 6 Courses for officers 125 o-5 Special regulations 125 9 Mules : Descriptive cards 257 Mallein treatment 258 Musicians : Competition with civilians 7S See also Chief Musicians. Miuter Bolls: Data for changes on 180 Dental surgeons and enlisted assistants, how carried 276 Detached enlisted men, Signal Corps 306 Men under suspended sentence of dishonorable discharge 54 Notation on, of character given on discharge 51 Preparation on typewriter 194 Provisional units . 9* National League of GoTernment Employees: Membership in 158 Navy : Hx-midshipman, eligibility for commission 5, 6 Officers to attend Army War College 120 645 Nayy — Continued. Par. Sec Officers to attend School of Musketry 127 Transmission of Army radiograms by naval stations 311 Uniform on transports 269 Nonoommlssioned Officers: Coast Artillery Corps. See Coast Artillery Corps. Details to civil educational institutions of re- tired. See Educational Institutions, Civil. Details to service schools. See Service Schools. Fuel 210 Illuminating supplies 212 Of companies, restrictions on employment 39 Of organizations designated for Philippine serv- ice, discharge 46 Of provisional units 82,90 Of school detachments, appointments and war- rants 32, 33 Post noncommissioned staff. See Post Noncom- missioned Staff Officers. Quarters, assignment to noncommissioned staff- 30 Responsibility for heating equipment in quar- ters 210 Sergeant-instructors, Organized Militia 34 Swordsmanship course. School of Equitation. See Mounted Service School. Transfers between organizations in United States and Panama, Hawaii, and Philippine Islands 15 2-5 Notarial Work: Civilian employees 159 Nurse Corps: Commutation of quarters 230 Rental of quarters 207 Oaths of Office: Administration 5 1 Obstacle Bide. See Physical Tests of Officers. Officers : Absences not in line of duty 229 Appointment. See Appointments. Assignments. See Assignments and Details, Officers. Attendance at practice marches. See Physical Tests of Officers. Baggage. See Baggage. Boards. Bee Boards of Officers. Clubs and messes, use of public buildings 206 Commercial interests in Philippine Islands 2 Commutation of quarters 230 Courts-martial sentences affecting status of 202 Deceased officers. See Deceased Officers. 646 Officers — Continued. Par. Sec. Detached service. See Detached Service, Offi- cers, Details. See Assignments and Details, Officers. Disability, use by boards of papers bearing on origin 271 Efficiency records. See Efficiency Records of Officers. Equipment — Boxes and bedding rolls, field baggage 318 ' Saddle, flat type authorized 317 Forbidden to — Aid in the soliciting of claims 76 Instruct for civil service and other ex- aminations 4 Use outside influence to obtain assign- ments, etc 11 Foreign languages, knowledge of 197 Foreign service. See Foreign Service. Fuel 210 Garrison schools 118 Gifts or presents, restrictions on 3 Illuminating supplies 212 Income tax 234,235 Leaves of absence at service schools. See Serv- ice Schools. Loss or damage to private property in trans- portation 240 Oaths of office 5 Obstacle ride. Cavalry and Field Artillery. See Physical Tests of Officers. Official correspondence. See Military Corre- spondence. Payments. See Payments to Officers. Physical tests. See Physical Tests of Officers. Private mounts. See Horses of Mounted Offi- cers. Promotion 8 Rental of quarters 207 Responsibility for heating equipment in quarters 210 Retired. See Retired Officers, To refrain from publication of views on mili- tary situation 1 Typhoid immunization 273 Vaccination 272 Official Communications: Prompt reply required 181 See also Military Correspondence. Orders : Affecting status of officers and enlisted men at service schools. See Service Schools. 647 Orderg — Continued. Par. Sec. Announcing awards of medal of honor and cer- tificate of merit 64 Aviators and aviation meclianicians announced in -_— ^ 308 Department and division headquarters, fur- nished staff bureaus 187 For field service, to designate equipment to be taken 319 Publishing honorable mention 64 Hating and disrating enlisted men, Coast Ar- tillery Corps 103 Remitting or mitigating sentences of general prisoners 58 Suspending execution of dishonorable discharge- 54 To marines serving with Army, channels 182 Travel, civilian employees 155 Travel, duty on transports, unattached ofllcers- 19 See also Bulletins ; Changes in Regulations and Manuals. Ordnance and Ordnance Stores: Accountability for, men detailed to School of Musketry 305 Accounting for, in coast defenses 289 Cavesson and longe, Cavalry, Field Artillery, and Infantry 322 Drawing instruments and materials issued to Coast Artillery 291 Horse collars, steel, rezincing of 324 Horse equipments for Hospital Corps 281 Inspection upon, etc., of mobile Artillery ma- teriel 292 Issue to civil educational institutions 130 Lost or damaged, charges on pay rolls 193 Outfits for resizing cartridge cases 293 Quarterly statements, mobile Artillery materiel and ammunition 294 Unit accountability equipment 36, 37 Unserviceable rifles 295 See also Ammunition ; Arms, Ordnance Department: Civilian employees. See Civilian Employees. Detail of ofllcers in 14 Electric circuits on seacoast gun carriages 290 Medals and badges issued by — Repair of 71 Swordsman's badge, issue 70 E*romotion of officers 8 School for Saddlers and for Battery Mechanics of Field Artillery 129 Supervision of, by Chief of StafC 168 See also Chief of Ordnance; Staff Corps and Departments. 648 Ordnance Officers: Par. Sec. Coast defenses 62, 289, 291 Inspection, etc., mobile Artillery materiel 292 Post 293-295, 299, 302, 303 Regimental 295, 299 Ordnance Sergeants: Examination of applicants for appointment 28 Reports of discharge 29 Overcoats : How carried in field 320, 325 Paeklng: Company and regimental property 243 Instruction In 85 Quartermaster supplies 241 Surveying and other instruments 288 Panama : General prisoners transferred to United States, descriptive lists 56 Tours of duty in 15 Panama Canal: Detached service of officers 14 Settlement of transactions between engineer and canal appropriations 285 Pay: Annual or monthly, computation of 144 Clerks transferred to and from Philippine Islands 154 Pay Clerka: Commutation of quarters, heat, and light 230 Employment, etc 216 Rental of quarters 207 Payments : Accounts of civilians for serving subpoenas 203 From available balances 151 From lump-sum appropriations, civilian em- ployees 156 Purchases not made by formal contract 150 Payments to Enlisted Men: Aviation duty, additional pay 308 Commutation of rations, discharged soldiers 233 Commutation, quarters, heat, and light 230 Extra-duty 62 Overpayments 231 Payment of troops 231 Stoppages — Absence from duty due to misconduct 229 Indebtedness of prisoner restored to duty_ 232 Veterinarians may witness 26 Payments to Officers: Aviation duty, additional pay 308 Commutation, quarters, heat, and light 230 Income tax deductions 234, 236 649 Payments to Officers — Continued. Par. Sec. Mileage and expenses — OflScers inspecting militia 227 Official route of travel between the United States and Europe 228 Mounted pay — Accounts for separate, when prepared in advance 230 Duty with militia not mounted duty 226 Mounts : Character of, for which drawn 222 Commanding oflBicer to determine suit- ability 223, 225 Interpretation of term " suitable mount " 224 Period allowed for training 225 Stoppages, absence from duty due to miscon- duct 229 Pay Rolls: Additional pay, aviation duty 308 Charges on — Ijaundry work 115, 192 Loss or damage, first-aid packets 321 Ordnance property 193, 305 Extra-duty pay 62 Overpayments 231 Preparation in the field or in time of war 231 Preparation on typewriting machine 194 Stoppages — Absence due to misconduct 229 Indebtedness of prisoner restored to duty 232 Penalty Envelopes: Authorized and unauthorized uses 198 Penalty clause may be written or printed 198 Pennants : Baking companies and other quartermaster establishments 265 " Homeward-bound," on transports 270 Pension Claims: Evidence from the records T7 Investigations by pension examiners — _ 77 Soliciting on posts, etc., prohibited 76 Philippine Campaign Badge and Congressional Medal. See Medals and Badges. Philippine Constabulary: Details of officers with 14 Philippine Department: Clerks, transfers to and from 154 Commercial interests of officers in 2 Disbursing officers, funds in personal posses- sion 139 Docked horses not to be taken to Philippine Islands 261 650 Phllippino Department — Continued. Par. Sec. Enlisted men returning from, discharges and re- enlistments 45 Equipment of Hospital Corps men en route to_ 278 General prisoners transferred to United States, descriptive lists 56 Identification records 171 Increased pay of clerks serving in 154 Officers proceeding to — Exemption from fee for entrance inspec- tion of mounts 263 Report to commanding general. Western Department 17 Transport accommodations 18 Organizations going to — Discharges and transfers 46 Property supplied for post use not to be taken 218 Telescope cases 246 Turn in field cooking equipment 219 Organizations returning from — Discharges and reenlistments 45 Telescope cases 246 Turn in field cooking equipment 219 Payment of commutation of quarters, enlisted men 230 Stoppages of pay, absences not in line of duty. 229 Tours of duty in 15 Transportation of baggage to 238 Transportation to United States of former sol- diers and employees 236 See also Department Commanders. Philippine Scouts: Appointment and promotion of officers 8 Issue of ice to organizations 254 Physical Examinations: Candidates for foreign service, appointments, State Department 274 Civilian clerks for Philippine service 154 Of troops for venereal diseases 92 fiee also Examination for Appointment ; Examination for Promotion ; Physical Tests of Officers. Physical Exercise: JTor officers, regular and systematic exercise enjoined 21, 22 Gymnastics, etc., instruction of troops 85 To be encouraged among soldiers 92 Physical Tests of Officers: Attendance at practice marches 21, 22 Physical examinations, annual 21, 22 President's order requiring annual 21 651 Physical Tests of Officers — Continued. Test rides and marches, annual — Par. Sec. Exemptions from 22, 23 Instructions governing _ 22 Marcliing test, field officers, Coast Artillery Corps 22 Obstacle ride, Cavalry and Field Artillery. 25 Use of flat type saddle 317 Use of private mounts 24, 25 Pipe Lines in NarigaWe Waters: i Approval of plans for 284 Pistols: Ambulance and field hospital companies 301 For practice, etc., at posts 300 Inspector-instructors of militia 302 Political Activity: And assessments or contributions, civilian em- ployees 163 Porto Rico: Disbursing officers, funds in personal posses- sion 139 Porto Blco Regiment of Infantry: Appointment and promotion of officers 8 Details of officers with 14 Post Commanders: Applications for reenlistment 179 Attendance of officers at Field Artillery service practice 88 Bands playing outside posts 75 Boards of officers — Candidates for commission 5, 6, 10 Unsuitable or undesirable soldiers 50 'Cavalry and Field Artillery, to conduct ob- stacle rides 25 Control and supervision of construction work — 73 Extension of privileges to Young Men's Chris- tian Association 80 Fuel-consuming apparatus and methods of fir- ing 210 Furloughs or delays to enlisted men 36 Garrison schools. See Garrison Schools for Officers. Inspection of wall lockers, refrigerators, and fire extinguishers 204 Instruction and training of Field Artillery 87 Instruction in equitation. Hospital Corps 280 Operations of laundries. See Laundries. Paroled prisoners 57 Permission for pension examiners to make in- vestigations 77 Physical exercise of officers 22 Post schools. See Post Schools for Enlisted Men. 652 Post €ominander8 — Continued. Par. Sec. Prevention of soliciting of claims on posts 76 Quarters for noncommissioned staff oflScers 30 Regulation of practice of civilian physicians on posts 79 Reports- Deaths and burials 78 Deserters and general prisoners 61 Fouling of cables, coast defenses 95 Service badges, issue of 69 Retained money accounts, etc., stored at posts. 152 Schools of equitation in mounted commands 86 Shoes and facilities for fitting at posts 91 Supervision of duties of post quartermasters 216 Venereal diseases, prevention and detection 92 Post Laundries. See Laundries. Post Noncommissioned Staff Officers : Arms and equipments, garrison and field service. 325 Employment, quartermaster sergeants. Quarter- master Corps 216 Examination of candidates for appointment 28 In garrison, not required to turn out in full field equipment 325 Reports of discharge 29 Review and inspection, posts at 325 Pest Qnartcrmasters. ISee Quartermasters. Posts and Reservations: Bands playing outside posts 75 Buildings, etc., naming after living oflBcers for- bidden 72 Civilian physicians practicing on 79 Contracts for gas, electric current, and water supply 207 Control and supervision of construction work 73 Deaths and burials, reports of 78 Drawing instruments and material issued by Engineer Department 286 Electric current, allowances for lighting 212 Electric lighting and power circuits, installation- 74 Exchanges. See Exchange, Post. Fuel, instructions governing issue 210 Game and fish laws not operative on reserva- tions 81 Laundries.. See Laundries. Manure, disposition of 221 Pension examiners may investigate claims at — 77 Pistols for practice, guard duty, etc 300 Property issued for post use not to be taken to Philippine Islands 218 Quartermaster salesroom 220 Refrigerators not to be removed from buildings at posts 204 65a Posts and Beserrations — Continued. Par, Sec. Saluting guns, resizing cartridge cases 293 Schools. See Garrison Schools for Officers; Post Schools for Enlisted Men. Small-arms ammunition kept at posts 303 Soliciting of claims on, prohibited 76 Supply officers 136 Telephone systems 314 Typewriting machines not to be moved from 217 Use of public buildings for officers' clubs, etc 206 Wall lockers not to be removed from buildings. 204 Young Men's Christian Association, privileges for 80 Port Schools for Enlisted Men: Regulations and supervision 118 Post Surgeons. See Medical Officers. Practice Marches: Attendance of officers 21, 22 Troops 85 Presents : Restrictions on 3 Prisoners : Clothing- Disposition of 249 Issues to , 248 Descriptive lists 56 Dishonorable discharge, suspension of 54, 56 Investigation of 55 Reports of escape and apprehension 61 Orders remitting or mitigating sentences, form of 58 Parole of 57 Restored to duty, collection of indebtedness of- 232 Transferred to United States 56 Transportation allowance on release — In case of fraudulent enlistment 59 Last enlisted in Alaska, Hawaii, or Philip- pine Islands _^ 60 Private Property; Claims — ^ For damages to, from military operations- 153 For loss of, in transportation 240 Professional Books and Papers: Retired or deceased officers 239 Promotions : Commissioned officers — Laws and regulations 8 Use of outside influence to obtain 11 Hnlisted applicants for retirement 41 From the ranks 5 See also Examination for Promotion. 654 Provisional Units, Tables of Organization: Par. Sec. Administration, instruction, and command 90 Enlisted men for detail with . 82 Public Animals. See Horses, Public ; Mules. Publications. See Military Publications. Public Buildings: Electric current, allowances of 212 Fuel allowances 210 Quarters for Young Men's Christian Associa- tion 80 Use of, by officers' clubs 206 Public Funds. See Funds, Public. Public Property: Accountability and responsibility — Drawing instruments and material : Issued by Engineer Department 286 Issued by Ordnance Department 291 Ordnance property, coast defenses 289 Organization commanders and post supply officers 136 Quartermaster property at posts 216 Submarine mine property 96, 97 Barrels, boxes, etc., sale without action of in- spector 135 Embezzlement or loss, pertaining to Quarter- master Corps 216 Loss or damage, ordnance property 198, 305 Packing and marking for shipping. See Mark- « Ing; Packing. Retained property accounts, disposition of 152 Sales. See Sales of Public Property. Steam boilers and pipes, inspection of 138 Stores procured by bureau of War or Navy Department for another bureau 134 Supplied for post use, not to be taken to Philippine Islands 218 Transfers, quartermaster property 214, 215 Transportation. See Transportation. Typewriting machines not to be moved from station 217 Unit accountability equipment — Classification, etc 136 Organizations changing station 137 Wires and cables, tables of sizes 133 Purchase of Supplies: By one bureau for another 134 Contracts, protest against award 132 Wires and cables, tables of sizes 133 Quartermaster Corps: Army transports. See Transports. Badges and medals furnished by 65, 66, 68, 69 Bakery companies 264, 265 Band instruments 250 655 Qoartermaster Corps — Continued. Barracks and quarters. See Barracks and Quarters. Par. See. Bedding rolls for sale to officers .318 Civilian clerks — Admission to Government Hospital for In- sane 161 Transfers to and from, and additional pay for Philippine service 154 See also Civilian Employees. Clothing and equipage. See Clothing and Equipage. Commercial telephone service 314 Electric lighting and power circuits 74 Electric plants, seacoast fortifications, spare parts 98 Enlisted men of — Arms and equipment, field service 326 Attached to provisional units 90 Forage for hospital cows__ 112 Fuel 210 Illuminating supplies 212, 213 Laundries. See Laundries. Pay clerks 216^230 Pennants for establishments 265 Post quartermasters. See Quartermasters. Public animals. See Horses, Public ; Mules. Quartermaster sergeants, Quartermaster Corps. 28, 29,216 Stencils for organizations of 327 Supervision of, by Chief of Staff 168 Transportation. See Transportation. See also Quartermaster General of the Army ; Quartermaster Property ; Quarter- masters ; Quartermaster Supplies ; Staff Corps and Departments. Quartermaster General of the Army: Delays in accomplishing transfers of supplies- _ 214 Examination papers, candidates fqr appoint- ment of quartermaster sergeant, Quartermas- ter Corps 28 Excess fuel consumptions at posts 210 Expenses of officers inspecting militia 227 Leases and contracts 207 Remounts for the Army 256 Removal of typewriting machines 217 Reservations on transports 18.238 Stoppages of pay 229 Quartermaster Property: Embezzlement or loss 216 Field cooking equipment, to be turned in when. 210 For post use, not to be taken to Philippine Islands 218 656 Qaartermastor Property — Ck)ntinued. Par. Sec. 1b hands of enlisted men changing station- 215 Lockers.. See Lockers. Manure, disposition of 221 Portable gas cookers from recruit depots, dis- position 244 Refrigerators and fire extinguishers 204 Responsibility of post quartermasters 216 Steam boilers and pipes 138 Transfer of 214 Typewriters not to be moved from station 217 Qoariermasters : Income-tax collections 234 Leases and contracts 207 Payments — Commutation of quarters, etc 230 Of troops 231 Poet — Canvas bags for recruits 247 Disposition of post manure 221 Duties, responsibilities, etc 216 Issues and sales of fuel 210 Operation of post laundries 114 Property transferred with enlisted men 215 Telescope cases for enlisted men 246 Wall lockers and refrigerators 204 Promotion 8 Rations for militia in joint camps 255 Transfers of property 214 Travel allowances, discharged soldiers 233 Qaartermastcr Supplies : Expendable articles issued to troops, note_page 458 Field equipment of troops 319 Ice for organizations, Philippine Scouts 254 Marking, for issue 241 Packing and marking for shipment 241 Rations. See Rations. Salesroom at posts 220 Sales to Young Men's Christian Association 80 Quarters: Commutation 230 Considered as not available, when 230 Electric current for lighting 212 B^eld oflBcers detailed to School of Equitation 125 For noncommissioned staff officers 30 Fuel allowances 210 I^easod, absent enlisted men 209 Leasing 207 Militia officers attending service schools. See Service Schools. Term " public quarters " construed 230 Young Men's Christian Association in garrison and field 80 657 Radio Telegraphy: Par. Sec. " Radio " and " radiogram " used for " wire- less " and "wireless message " 312 Standard wave lengths 311 Transmission of Army radiograms by naval sta- tions 311 Use between Army stations 311 Use of letters S O as call letters prohibited 313 Rations : Commutation, discharged soldiers 233 Militia at joint maneuvers 255 Purchase of articles of, from hospital fund 111 Savings privilege suspended during maneuvers- 255 Reconnaissance Equipment : Allowances for each set 286 Records : Army reservists 328 Carbon copies for 174 Coast defenses, confidential — Harbor charts, etc., existence to be certified on returns 287 Safekeeping 94 Historical record of organizations and staff de- partments , 84 Identification 171, 200 Information from, in pension claims 77 Loaning to courts-martial, boards, etc 200 Method of keeping — At administrative headquarters 183 Desertion circulars, filing at posts 185 Of oflacers — Constitute basis of assignments and details 11, 12 Detached service 14 Typhoid immunization 273 Recreations : Physical, to be encouraged among soldiers 92 Recrnitlng Service: Leasing of rooms for 207, 208 Recruiting officers, paroled general prisoners 57 Recruits — Identification records 171 Issue of canvas bags to 247 Physical examination, note page 395 Typhoid immunization 273 Vaccination 272 Transportation requests, supply of 237 See also Enlistments ; Reenlistments. Reenlistments : Applications for, channels 179 Army Reserve 328 40062 •— 16 42 658 Beenllstments — Continued. Day following discharge — Par. Sec. Rated enlisted men, Coast Artillery Corps. 103 Soldiers ordered to isolated stations 47 ^ Terms expiring at sea 45 Deserters, dishonorably discharged soldiers, etc_ 173 Refrigerators : Instructions governing use, etc 204 Regimental Commanders: Boards, unsuitable or undesirable soldiers 50 Historical record of organizations 84 Officers and enlisted men for detail to service schools. See Service Schools. Removal of charge of desertion against soldier. 43 Reports, statistical data of organizations 83 Rosters of noncommissioned officers eligible for tours in Hawaii, Panama, and Philippine Islands 15 Schools of equitation in mounted commands 86 Training and instruction of troops 85 Regimental Commissaries : Payment of troops 231 Regiments : Packing property of, for shipment 243 Provisional units — Enlisted men for detail with 82 Regulations for 90 Regulations : Changes in Army and other, how published 186 Destruction of obsolete 191 Issue and sale 189 Reimbursement : Expenses of officers inspecting militia 227 EMel, officers and enlisted men serving abroad — 210 Private property lost or damaged in transporta- tion 240 Remounts : Allowances, requisitions, issues, and training — 256 Rentals : Of quarters, etc _* 207 Telephone service at posts 314 Repairs : Mobile Artillery materiel 292 To rifle and bayonet 299 Reports : Army reservists 328 Campaign badges and service badges 66,69 Charges on pay rolls, loss or damage ordnance property _ 193 Commandants of service schools. See Service Schools. Deaths and burials at posts and in the field — 78 Desertion and apprehension of deserters 61 669 Reports— Continued. Par. Sec. Discharge of post noncommissioaed staff officers 29 Escape and apprehension of general prisoners 61 Excess commissioned personnel in organi- zations 14 Field Artillery service practice 87 Fouling of cables, seacoast defenses 95 Fuel 210 liarrison schools. See Garrison Schools for Officers. Injuries to employees 163 Inspection of post telephone systems 314 Officers' detached service 14 On officers — Annual physical examination and test 21, 22, 25 Courts-martial sentences affecting status 202 Deficient in service practice, Field Ar- tillery 87 Failing to secure proper shoes for troops 91 Falling out on or failing to take practice marches 21 On sergeants major. Coast Artillery Corps 101 Operation of post laundries 114 Prisoners violating parole , 57 Sale of waste products 135 Sanitary, to show dates of physical inspections of troops 92 Statistical data of organizations 83 Submarine-mine cable, test, repair, and classi- fication 96 Requisitions : Blank forms and books furnished by Adjutant General's Department 188 Cavesson and longe, for Field Artillery and In- fantry 322 Clothing for general prisoners 248, 249 Drawing instruments and materials issued by Ordnance Department 291 First-aid packets 321 Mallein 258 Military publications furnished by Army War College Division 188, 189 Musical instruments 250 Remounts 256 Spare parts — Electric plants, seacoast fortifications 98 Repairs to rifle 299 Special deposit account forms 149 Stencil outfits, for marking quartermaster sup- plies 241 Supplies and services for post laundries 114 Swordsman's badges 70 660 Requisitions — Continued. Par. Sec. Telescope cases 246 Unit accountability equipment 136 Reservists. See Army Reserve. Retired Enlisted Men: Details to civil educational institutions 130 Promotion of applicants for retirement 41 Transportation to homes 42 Retired Officers: Details to civil educational institutions 130 Duty with militia not mounted duty 226 Sale of illuminating supplies to 213 Shipment of baggage 239 Retiring Boards. See Boards of Officers. Returns of Troops: Enlisted assistants of dental surgeons carried on hospital 276 Information relative to reservists 330 Notation on, of character given on discharge 51 Provisional units 90 Signal Corps organizations 307 Rifles : Assembling of gun slings on 298 Inspection of unserviceable 295 Spare parts for repairs 299 Telescopic sights not to be separated from 297 Use in swimming and wall-scaling exercises 296 See also Arms. Sacks : Sale of, for benefit of company and mess funds. 105 Saddle : Flat type authorized for use by officers 317 Saddle Blankets: Care of 323 Sales of Public Property: Forage for hospital cows 112 Fuel 210 Illuminating supplies, to retired officers 213 Post manure 221 Quartermaster and subsistence supplies to Young Men's Christian Association 80 Waste products, without action of inspector — 135 Saluting Guns: Resizing cartridge cases 293 Sarlngs of Rations: Suspended during maneuvers 255 School Detachments: Noncommissioned officers — Appointment 32, 99 Warrants 33 Transfers of enlisted men to and from 32 See also Service Schools. 661 Sehoel for Farriers and Horseshoers. See Mounted {Service Scliool. Sdiool for Saddlers and for Battery Hechanics of Field Artillery: Par. Sec. Regulations i 129 Scliool of Equitation. See Mounted Service School. Scliool of Fire for Field Artillery: Courses of instruction 126 10, 11 Object and personnel 126 2-8 Part of command of Port Sill, Okla 126 1 Regulations 126 School of Musketry: Administration 127 1-18 Admission of officers of militia, Marine Corps, and Navy 127 II-7 Attendance of officers of Field Artillery regi- ment at Fort Sill 127 II-7 Courses of instruction 127 j ~ ' ^ Object and personnel 127 1-2, 15 Ordnance property in hands of enlisted men 305 , Part of command of Fort Sill, Okla 127 I-l Regulations 127 School year 127 II-l Selection of student officers and noncommis- sioned officers 127 II-2-7 School of the Line. See Army Service Schools. Schools. See Garrison Schools for Officers ; Post Schools for Enlisted Men ; Service Schools. Schools for Bakers and Cooks: Regulations '. 128 Schools of Eqnitation: In mounted commands 86 Seaeoast Fortifications: Damages to private property from gun prac- tice 153 Electric circuits, gun carriages 290 Electric lighting and power circuits, installa- tion 74 Electric plants, spare parts 98 Safe-keeping of records concerning 94 Switchboard operators, extra duty 62 See also Coast Defense Command. Sergeant-Instrnctors, Organized Militia: Selection for duty, etc 34 Sergeants Major, Coast Artillery Corps: Appointment, promotion, duties, etc 99, 100 Arms and equipment 325 Reports on 101 gervlee Badges. See Medals and Badges. 662 Services: Par. Sec. By bureau of War or Navy Department for an- other bureau 134 By post exchanges and laundries for Govern- ment 1 117 Transactions between engineer and other ap- propriations 285 Service Schools: Graduates to be utilized in training troops 85 School detachments 32,33,99 Tactical instruction of troops to accord with teachings of 85 See also Army Service Schools ; Army War College ; Coast Artillery School ; Engineer School ; Mounted Service School ; School for Saddlers and for Battery Mechanics of Field Artillery ; School of Fire for Field Ar- tillery ; School of Musketry ; Schools for Bakers and Cooks. Shipping. See Packing; Transportation. Fit of, for troops 85, 91 Signal Corps: Aviation section. See Aviation Service. Civilian clerks — Increased pay while serving in the Philip- pine Islands 154 Transfers to and from Philippine Islands. 154, See also Civilian Employees, Code, War Department, use and accountability. 316 Detached enlisted men, how borne 306 Details to service schools. See Service Schools. Electric lighting and power circuits, installa- tion 74 Expendable articles, Signal Corps property, note page 568 Field equipment of troops 319 Post telephone systems 314 Promotion of officers 8 Returns of organizations 307 Sergeant-instructors for duty with militia 34 Supervision by Chief of Staff 168 Unit accountability 136, 137 Washington-Alaska Cable and Telegraph Sys- tem — Duties of officer in charge ^^ 315 Extra-duty men 62 See also Chief Signal Officer of the Army ; Radio Telegraphy ; Staff Corps and Departments ; Telegraph- ing. Signaling: Instruction in — .- 85 663 Signal School. See Army Service Schools. Sonthern Department: Par. Sec Transportation requests, supply of 237 See also Department Commanders. Spare Parts: Electric plants, seacoast defenses 98 Repairs to rifle and bayonet 299 Squadrons : Channels of correspondence. 178 Training of troops 85 Stables : Fires in 211 Leases of 207 Staff College. See Army Service Schools. Staff Corps and Departments: Details in 13, 14 Details of officers to Army War College 120 Historical record of 84 Physical tests of officers 22 Promotion of officers 8 See also Chiefs of Bureaus. Steam Boilers and Pipes: Inspections of 138 Stencils : For marking quartermaster supplies 241 For Quartermaster Corps organizations 327 Stoppage of Pay: Absence from duty due to misconduct 229 Indebtedness of prisoner restored to duty 232 Submarine Mine Property: Cables, test, repair, and classification 96 Ordnance Property Regulations govern 97 Subpoenas : Accounts of civilians for serving 203 Subsistence Stores: Salesroom at posts 220 Sunday : Extra-duty pay 62 Observance of holidays falling on 164 Supply Companies: Administration, instruction, and command 90 Surgeon General of tlie Army: Officers for detail to Field Service School for Medical Officers 121 Physical examination, aviation service 308 See also Medical Department. Surgical Operations: Soldiers refusing 53 Surplus Kit Bags: Issue, marking, and packing 320 Sorveying Instruments: Packing and shipping 288 664 Surveying Officers: Par. Sec. Damages to private property 153 Loss of ordnance property 305 Loss or embezzlement of quartermaster prop- erty 216 Sweaters : How carried in field 320, 325 Swimming : Instruction 85 Use of rifle in 296 Switchboard Operators: Extra-duty pay for 62 Swordsmanship : Badge for 70 Course at Scliool of Equitation. See Mounted Service School. Instruction, part of garrison training 85 Tables of Organization: Bakery companies, organizations, etc., shown in 264 Enlisted strength to he maintained as pre- scribed in 82 Regulations for provisional units prescribed in_ 90 Tableware : Allowances, note page 494 Target Practice: Ammunition for 136 Field Artillery 87, 88 Mobile army, periods for 85 Provisional units 90 See also Training and Instruction of Troops. Telegraphing : Cablegrams 252 Code or cipher 252,316 Instructions supplemental to Army Regulations- 252 Night telegrams 252 Omission of unnecessary words . 252 See also Radio Telegraphy. Telephones : Commercial service 314 Post systems, maintenance, inspection, etc 314 Telescope Cases: Issue and disposition 246 Telescopic Musket Sight: Not to be separated from rifle 297 Temperature Zones: In connection with fuel allowance. See Fuel. Tents : Stovepipe openings not to be cut in 251 Young Men's Christian Association 80 Test Bides and Marches. See Physical Tests of Officers. 665 Par. Field Artillery troops and materiel 87 Rifles, before submitting to inspector 295 See also Physical Tests of Officers. Textbooks. See Blank Forms and Books ; Military Publications. Torpedo Depot, Fort Totten, N. T.: Records of tests of submarine-mine cable 96 Turning in submarine-mine property to 97 Tonrnaments : Attendance of troops 93 Training and Instrnction of Troops: Bakery companies . 264 Engineer troops 89 Equitation schools in mounted commands 86 Field Artillery — Detached officers to attend service practice- 88 Instruction order 87 Fit of shoes and care of feet of soldiers 91 Mobile army, general instructions 85 Provisional units 90 School troops — School of Fire for Field Artillery, instruc- tion batteries 126 ^ School of Musketry 127 Transfers of Unlisted Men: Cost of 37 Ordnance property indebtedness 193 Organizations changing station between United States and Alaska 38 Organizations designated for Philippine service- 46 To and from school detachments 32 To Army Reserve. Sec Army Reserve. To staff corps or departments 172 Transfers of Property: Ordnance property, men detailed to School of Musketry 305 Quartermaster property 214 Unit accountability equipment and other prop- erty 136 Transportation: Baggage — Field officers detailed to School of Equi- tation 125 Of deceased or retired officers 239 To ponolulu, Manila, etc 238 Discharged soldiers 233 Express, surveying, and other instruments 288 Forage for hospital cows 112 For individual officers on transports — 18 Former soldiers and employees to the United States — 236 Sec. 666 Transportation — Continued. Par. Sec. General prisoners on release — In case of fraudulent enlistment 59 Last enlisted in Alaska, Hawaii, or Philip- pine Islands 60 Officers' mounts. See Horses of Mounted Officers. Packing and marking property for. See Mark- ing; Packing. Portable gas cookers sent from recruit depots. 244 Private property, loss or damage in 240 Property with members of Hospital Corps 279 Requests, supply of 237 Tentage and equipment, Young Men's Christian Association 80 Transports : Accommodations for individual officers 18 Blank forms for troops 188 Homeward-bound pennants 270 Medical attendance on 267 Officers of Marine Corps not to command troops on 268 Punishment of offenses committed on board 266 Unattached officers assigned to duty on 19 Uniform to be worn by Navy and Marine Corps on 269 Travel Allowances; Civilan employees 155 Discharged soldiers 233 Men discharged by purchase not entitled to 48 Men furloughed to Army Reserve 331 Militia officers attending service schools. Bee Service Schools. Travel route between United States and Europe. 228 Treasury Warrants: Indorsements on 142 Troops : Attendance of — At celebrations, expositions, etc 93 At militia camps of instruction 93 Officers of Marine Corps not to command 268 Payment of 231 See also Training and Instruction of Troops. Trunk Lockers. See Lockers. Typewriting Machines: Not to be moved from station 217 Preparation of muster rolls and other papers on_ 194 Purchase or repair from company fund 106 Typhoid Immunization: Instructions governing 273 Noted on descriptive and assignment card and descriptive list 273 667 Typhoid Immnnization — Continued. Par. Sec. Prophylactic furnished by Medical Department. 273 Records 273 Uniform : Campaign and other badges part of 66, 69, 70 Disposition of articles of — Abandoned by deserters 248 Odd articles 245 Pertaining to dishonorably discharged sol- diers 249 Pertaining to general prisoners 249 Navy and Marine Corps on transports 269 Wearing by general prisoners 249 Unit Accountability Equipment: Classification, accountability, etc 136 Organizations changing station 136, 137 United States Disciplinary Barracks: Descriptive lists — Prisoners recommended for restoration to duty 56 Prisoners transferred to 56 Parole of prisoners 57 Usury : By civilian employees, prohibited 160 Vaccination : Instructions governing 272 Venereal Diseases: Prevention and detection 92 Stoppage of pay for absence due to 229 Vessels : Army transports. Sec Transports. Inspection of boilers and steam pipes 138 Naming after living officers forbidden 72 Officers and crews excepted from Saturday half- holiday order 166 Veterinarians, Cavalry and Field Artillery: Campaign badges 68 Commutation of quarters 230 Entitled to salutes from enlisted men 27 May serv& — As exchange officers 26 On boards of survey 26 On councils of administration 26 May witness payments to enlisted men 26 Not competent to sit as members of courts- martial 26 Volunteers : Examination of applicants for commission in__ 10 Voting : In congressional elections, civilian employees— 162 Vouchers : Advertising 148 Commutation of quarters, heat, and light 230 668 Touchers — Continued. Par. Sec. Purchases not made by formal contract 150 Services for Government by post exchanges and laundries 117 Transactions between engineer and other ap- propriations 285 Wall Lockers. See Lockers. Wall-Scaling Exercises : Use of rifle in ^ 296 War Department: Appointment and promotion of officers 5-8, 10 Board of Review 332 Certificates of proficiency for graduates of civil educational institutions 131 Civilian employees. See Civilian Employees. General Staff. See General Staff Corps. Orders remitting or mitigating sentences of general prisoners 58 Telegraph Code 316 Warrants : Noncommissioned officers of school detach- ments 33 Washin^on-Alaska Military Cable and Telegraph System : Duties of commanding general. Western Depart- ment 315 Duties of officer in charge 315 Enlisted men, Signal Corps, on duty with 306 Extra-duty men 62 Waste Products: Sale without action of inspector 135 Water Supply: Contracts for 207 Western Department: Alaska — Disbursing officers, funds in personal pos- session 140 Enlisted men, organizations ordered to and from : Discharges and reenlistments 45 Telescope cases 246 Transfers 38 General prisoners transferred to United States, descriptive lists 56 Road commission and railroad, details of officers 14 Transportation to United States, former soldiers and employees 236 Washington-Alaska Cable and Telegraph System 315 Officers en route to Hawaii or Philippine Islands to report to commanding general 19 "Western Department — Continued. Par. Sec. Officers returning from foreign service via San Francisco to report to commanding gen- eral 20 Transportation requests, supply of 237 See also Department Commanders. Wireless Message: " Radiogram " to be used for, and " radio " for wireless 312 Wires and tables: Tables of sizes 133 Toang Men's Christian Association: Privileges in garrison and field 80 THIS BOOK IS DUE ON THE LAST DATE STAMPED BELOW AN INITIAL FINE OF 25 CENTS WILL BE ASSESSED FOR FAILURE TO RETURN THIS BOOK ON THE DATE DUE. THE PENALTY WILL INCREASE TO SO CENTS ON THE FOURTH DAY AND TO $1.00 ON THE SEVENTH DAY OVERDUE. AKonix JUL 24 t9b2 7^ ^-^ ^m INTER - LIBRARt: 40AR APR 3196 8 LD 21-5m-l,'39(7053s7) VB 403; 6 . 357437 ^ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA UBRARV